diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 17:53:51 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 17:53:51 -0800 |
| commit | 4c137ba88ae2a5a71abc2956b899dd7443deb3f7 (patch) | |
| tree | d0d6034ae496d54f1e8661cb89f53333d4e94fc6 | |
| parent | ec0076c99808d4888d2d0b315eab3323724371bf (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-0.txt | 6165 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-0.zip | bin | 119698 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h.zip | bin | 6568764 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/55845-h.htm | 7403 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 56564 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_004a.jpg | bin | 126608 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_005.jpg | bin | 37834 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_006.jpg | bin | 1764031 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_007.jpg | bin | 81040 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_130.jpg | bin | 131776 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_132.jpg | bin | 1898112 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_219.jpg | bin | 126751 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_221.jpg | bin | 1778549 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_297.jpg | bin | 136297 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55845-h/images/i_299.jpg | bin | 350363 -> 0 bytes |
18 files changed, 17 insertions, 13568 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9105232 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #55845 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55845) diff --git a/old/55845-0.txt b/old/55845-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 19a6ee5..0000000 --- a/old/55845-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6165 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt, by Floyd -Akers - - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - - - - -Title: The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt - - -Author: Floyd Akers - - - -Release Date: October 29, 2017 [eBook #55845] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - - -***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY FORTUNE HUNTERS IN EGYPT*** - - -E-text prepared by Mary Glenn Krause, MFR, Stephen Hutcheson, and the -Online Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page -images generously made available by Internet Archive (https://archive.org) - - - -Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this - file which includes the original illustrations. - See 55845-h.htm or 55845-h.zip: - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/55845/55845-h/55845-h.htm) - or - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/55845/55845-h.zip) - - - Images of the original pages are available through - Internet Archive. See - https://archive.org/details/boyfortunehunter00aker - - -Transcriber’s note: - - Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_). - - - - - -[Illustration: Ships of the desert.] - - -THE BOY FORTUNE HUNTERS IN EGYPT - -by - -FLOYD AKERS - -Author of -“The Boy Fortune Hunters In Panama,” etc. - - - - - - -[Illustration: Publisher Logo] - -Chicago -The Reilly & Britton Co. -Chicago - - - * * * * * * - - BOYS BOOKS BY FLOYD AKERS - - The Boy Fortune Hunters in Alaska - The Boy Fortune Hunters in Panama - The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt - - Cloth 12 mos. Splendidly Illustrated. - Price 60 cents each. - - * * * * * * - - -Copyright 1908 -by -The Reilly & Britton Co. - - - - -LIST OF CHAPTERS - - CHAPTER PAGE - I The Runaway 9 - II Our Venture 21 - III An Obstinate Passenger 47 - IV A Riot and a Rescue 65 - V The Professor’s Secret 76 - VI The Treasure of the Ancients 92 - VII A Great Undertaking 109 - VIII Gege-Merak 119 - IX Across the Black Mountains 135 - X Deep in the Desert Sands 150 - XI Taking Chances 167 - XII Abdul Hashim Explains 183 - XIII Prisoners 204 - XIV The Well of the Scorpions 213 - XV Van Dorn Turns Traitor 222 - XVI The Mad Camel 233 - XVII Iva 242 - XVIII Ketti Proves a Friend 250 - XIX Lovelace Pasha 261 - XX The Khedive Takes the Last Trick—but One 275 - - - - - CHAPTER I. - THE RUNAWAY. - - -I was standing on the deck of the _Seagull_, looking over the rail and -peering into the moonlight that flooded the bay where we lay at anchor, -when the soft dip of an oar caught my ear. - -It was the softest dip in the world, stealthy as that of an Indian, and -in the silence that reigned aboard ship I stood motionless, listening -for a repetition of the sound. - -It came presently—the mere rustle of the drops as they slid off the -oar’s blade—and a small boat stole from the shadows astern and crept to -our side. - -I glanced along the rail and saw, a few paces away, the dim form of the -watch, alert and vigilant; but the man knew I was there, and forbore to -hail the mysterious craft below. - -At a snail’s pace the boat glided along our side until it was just -beneath me, when I could see a blot in the moonlight that resembled a -human form. Then a voice, so gentle that it scarce rose above the -breeze, called out: - -“Ahoy, mate!” - -Now I ought to explain that all this was surprising; we were a simple, -honest American merchant ship, lying in home waters and without an -element of mystery in our entire outfit. On the neighboring shore of the -harbor could be seen the skids from which the _Seagull_ had been -launched a month before, and every man and boy in Chelsea knew our -history nearly as well as we did ourselves. - -But our midnight visitor had chosen to steal upon us in a manner as -unaccountable as it was mysterious, and his hail I left unanswered while -I walked to the landing steps and descended them until I stood upon the -platform that hung just over the boat. - -And now I perceived that the tub—for it was little else—was more than -half full of water, and that the gunwale rode scarce an inch above the -smooth surface of the bay. The miserable thing was waterlogged and about -to sink, yet its occupant sat half submerged in his little pool, as -quiet and unconcerned as if no danger threatened. - -“What’s up?” I demanded, speaking rather sternly. - -The form half rose, the tub tipped and filled, and with a gentle splash -both disappeared from view and left me staring at the eddies. I was -about to call for help when the form bobbed up again and a hand shot out -and grasped a rope dangling from the landing stage. I leaned over to -assist, and the fellow scrambled up the line with remarkable agility -until I was able to seize his collar and drag him, limp and dripping, to -a place beside me. - -At this time I was just eighteen years of age and, I must confess, not -so large in size as I longed to be; but the slender, bent form of the -youth whom I had rescued was even of less stature than my own. As he -faced me in the moonlight and gave a gasp to clear the water from his -throat, I noted the thin, pinched features and the pair of large, dark -eyes that gazed with pleading earnestness into my own. - -“For Heaven’s sake, what are you up to?” I asked, impatiently; “and how -came you to be afloat in that miserable tub? It’s a wonder you didn’t -sink long before you reached our side.” - -“So it is,” he replied in a low voice. “Are you—are you Sam Steele, -sir?” - -“Yes.” - -“Ah! I hoped it would be you. Can I go aboard, sir? I want to talk to -you.” - -I could not well have refused, unless I consigned the fellow to the -waters of the bay again. Moreover, there was a touching and eager appeal -in the lad’s tones that I could not resist. I turned and climbed to the -deck, and he followed me as silently as a shadow. Then, leaning against -the rail, I inquired somewhat testily: - -“Couldn’t you wait until morning to pay me a visit? And hadn’t you -enough sense to know that old dinghy wouldn’t float?” - -“But it did float, sir, until I got here; and that answered my purpose -very well,” he replied. “I had to come at night to keep from being -discovered and recaptured.” - -“Oh! You’re a criminal, then. Eh?” - -“In a way, sir. I’m an escaped cabin-boy.” - -That made me laugh. I began to understand, and the knowledge served to -relieve the strain and dissolve the uncanny effect of the incident. An -escaped cabin-boy! Well, that was nothing very wonderful. - -“Here, come to my room and get some dry togs,” I said, turning abruptly -to the gangway. The lad followed and we passed silently through the -after-cabin, past the door of Uncle Naboth’s quarters—whence issued a -series of stentorian snores—and so into my own spacious stateroom, where -I lighted a lamp and carefully closed the door. - -“Now, then,” I exclaimed, pulling some of my old clothes from a locker, -“slip on this toggery at once, so your teeth will stop chattering.” - -He discarded his dripping garments and replaced them with my dry flannel -shirt and blue trousers, my thick socks and low shoes. I picked up his -own ragged clothes and with a snort of contempt for their bedraggled and -threadbare condition tossed them out of the window into the sea. - -“Oh!” he exclaimed, and clutched at his breast. - -“What’s the matter?” I asked. - -“Nothing. I thought at first you had thrown away mother’s picture; but -it’s here, all right,” and he patted his breast tenderly. - -“Hungry?” I inquired. - -“Yes, sir.” He gave a shiver, as if he had just remembered this -condition; and I brought some biscuits and a tin of sardines from my -cupboard and placed them before him. - -The boy ate ravenously, washing down the food with a draught of water -from the bottle in the rack. I waited for him to finish before I -questioned him. Then, motioning him to a seat on my bunk, for he seemed -weak and still trembled a bit, I said: - -“Now, tell me your story.” - -“I’m a Texan,” he replied, slowly, “and used to live in Galveston. My -folks are dead and an uncle took care of me until a year ago, when he -was shot in a riot. I didn’t mind that; he was never very good to me; -but when he was gone I had no home at all. So I shipped as a cabin-boy -aboard the _Gonzales_, a tobacco sloop plying between Galveston and Key -West, for I always loved the sea and this was the best berth I could -get. The Captain, Jose Marrow, is half Mexican and the cruelest man in -the world. He whipped me when he was drunk, and abused and cuffed me -when sober, and many a time I hoped he would kill me instead of keeping -up the tortures I suffered. Finally he came up here with a cargo, and -day before yesterday, just as he had unloaded and was about to sail -again, he sent me ashore on an errand. Of course I skipped. I ran along -the bay and hid in a lumber shed, from the top of which I could watch -the _Gonzales_. She didn’t sail, because old Marrow was bound to have me -back, I guess; so I had to lay low, and all the time I was sure he’d -find me in the end and get me back. The sloop’s in the bay yet, sir, -only about a quarter of a mile away.” - -“Well?” - -“Well, last evening a couple of men came to sort some of the timbers, -and I lay hid on top the pile and listened to their talk. They spoke of -the _Seagull_, and how it was to sail far away into the Mediterranean, -and was the best built ship that ever left this port.” - -“That’s true enough, my lad.” - -“And they said Cap’n Steele was the best man to work for in the merchant -service, and his son, Sam Steele—that’s you, sir—was bound to make as -good a sailor as his dad, and had been in some queer adventures already, -and was sure to find more of them before he was much older.” - -I had to smile at that evident “taffy,” and my smile left the boy -embarrassed. He hesitated a moment, and then continued: - -“To a poor devil like me, sir, such a tale made me believe this ship a -floating paradise. I’ve heard of captains who are not as cruel as old -Marrow; so when the men had gone I decided to get to you in some way and -beg you to take me aboard. You see, the Mexican is waiting to hunt me -down, and I’d die sooner than go back to his terrible ship. If you’ll -take me with you, Mr. Steele, I’ll be faithful and true, and work like a -nigger for you. If you won’t, why, just say the word, and I’ll jump -overboard again.” - -“Can you swim?” - -“No.” - -I thought a moment. - -“What’s your name?” I asked, finally. - -“Joe Herring.” - -“Well, Joe, you’re asking something unusual, I must say. I’m not the -captain of the _Seagull_, but merely purser, or to be more exact the -secretary to Mr. Perkins, the supercargo. I own a share in the ship, to -be sure, and purchased it with money I made myself; but that fact -doesn’t count when we’re at sea, and Captain Steele is the last man in -the world to harbor a runaway member of the crew of a friendly ship. -Indeed, your old master came aboard us this morning, to inquire about -you, and I heard my father say that if he set eyes on you anywhere he’d -let Captain Marrow know. As he never breaks his word this promise is to -be depended upon. Do you see, now, what a fix you’re in?” - -“I do, sir.” - -His voice was low and despondent and he seemed to shrink back in his -seat into an attitude hopeless and helpless. - -I looked at the boy more closely, and the appeal in his pinched -features, that had struck me at the first glance on the landing stage, -became more impressive than ever. - -“How old are you, Joe?” - -“Fifteen, sir.” - -He was tall, but miserably thin. His brown hair, now wet and clinging -about his face, curled naturally and was thick and of fine texture, -while his dark eyes were handsome enough to be set in the face of a -girl. This, with a certain manly dignity that shone through his pitiful -expression, decided me to befriend the lad, and I had an inspiration -even in that first hour of meeting that Joe Herring would prove a loyal -follower and a faithful friend. - -“We sail at ten o’clock, and it’s now past midnight,” I remarked, -thoughtfully. - -“Yes, sir; I’ll go any time you say.” - -“But you can’t swim, Joe.” - -“Never mind. Don’t let me be a bother to you. You’ll want to turn in,” -casting a wistful look around my pleasant room, “and so I’ll find my way -on deck and you needn’t give me another thought.” - -“Very good,” said I, nodding. “I think I’ll turn in this minute.” - -He rose up, slowly. - -“Just climb into that upper berth, Joe, and go to sleep. There’ll be -work for you tomorrow, and you’ll need to get rested.” - -He stared into my smiling face a moment with a startled look that soon -became radiant. Then he broke down and cried like a baby. - -“Here, no snivelling!” I growled, savagely. “Pile into that berth; but -see you get your shoes off, first.” - -He obeyed, still blubbering but evidently struggling to restrain his -sobs. Indeed, his privations of the past two days, half starved and -hunted like a dog, had completely unnerved the poor fellow. When he had -tumbled into the berth I locked the door, put out the light, and rolled -myself in my own blanket. - -A few moments later I heard Joe stirring. He leaned over the edge of the -bunk and murmured: - -“God bless you, Sam Steele! I’ll never forget, sir, the way you——” - -“Oh, shut up and go to sleep, Joe,” I cried. “You’ve kept me awake long -enough already.” - -“Yes, sir.” And after that he was silent. - - - - - CHAPTER II. - OUR VENTURE. - - -Those who were present at the launching of our beautiful new _Seagull_ -were unanimous in declaring her the trimmest, daintiest, most graceful -craft that had ever yet floated in the waters of old Chelsea bay. Her -color was pure white, her brass work brilliant as gold. She was yacht -built, on the lines of the fast express boats, and no expense had been -spared in her construction or fittings. - -My father, Captain Steele, one of the ablest and best known sailors on -the Atlantic coast, had personally supervised the building of the -_Seagull_ and watched every step of progress and inspected every bit of -timber, steel, or brass, so that nothing might be slighted in any way. -She was one hundred and eighty-seven feet in length, with a thirty-six -foot beam and a depth of twenty-one feet, and her net tonnage was close -to fourteen hundred. We had her schooner rigged, because Captain Steele -believed in sailing and had designed his ship for a merchantman of the -highest class, but of the old school. - -Uncle Naboth and I, who were also part owners of the ship—the firm being -Steele, Perkins & Steele—had begged earnestly to convert her into a -modern steamer; but my father angrily resented the suggestion. - -“Her name’s the _Seagull_,” he declared, “an’ a seagull without wings -’ud be a doggone jack-rabbit; so wings she mus’ have, my lads, ef Dick -Steele’s goin’ to sail her.” - -We had really put a fortune into the craft, and Uncle Naboth—a shrewd -old trader who marked the world as it moved and tried to keep pace with -it—was as anxious to have the ship modern in every respect as I was. So -we stood stubbornly side by side and argued with the Captain until he -finally granted a partial concession to our wishes and consented to our -installing an auxiliary equipment of a screw propeller driven by -powerful engines, with the express understanding that they must only be -used in case of emergency. - -“It’s a rank waste o’ money, an’ takes up vallyble room,” he growled; -“but ef so be you ain’t satisfied with decent spars an’ riggin,’ why, -git your blarsted ol’ machinery aboard—an’ be hanged to ye both!” - -This consent was obtained soon after my return from Panama, but Uncle -Naboth and I had ordered the engines months previously, having been -determined to install them from the day the _Seagull_ was first planned; -so no time was lost in getting them placed. - -You will know the _Seagull_ more intimately as my story progresses, so I -will avoid a detailed description of it just now, merely adding that the -ship was at once the envy and admiration of all beholders and the pride -and joy of her three owners. - -My father had sailed for forty years and had at one time lost his right -leg in a shipwreck, so that he stumped around with a cork substitute. -But he was as energetic and active as in his youth, and his vast -experience fully justified his reputation as one of the ablest and -shrewdest seamen in the merchant service. Indeed, Captain Steele was -universally known and respected, and I had good reason to be proud of -the bluff old salt who owned me as his son. He had prejudices, it is -true, acquired through many strange adventures at sea and in foreign -parts; but his heart was simple and frank as that of a child, and we who -knew him best and loved him well had little fear of his stubborn -temperament. - -Naboth Perkins, my dead mother’s brother, was also a remarkable man in -his way. He knew the sea as well as did my father, but prided himself on -the fact that he “couldn’t navigate a ferry-boat,” having always sailed -as supercargo and devoted his talents to trading. He had been one of my -earliest and most faithful friends, and although I was still a mere boy -at the time the _Seagull_ was launched, I had encountered some unusual -adventures in company with quaint, honest Uncle Naboth, and won certain -bits of prize money that had proved the foundation of our fortunes. - -These prize-winnings, converted into hard cash, had furnished the funds -for building our new ship, in which we purposed beginning a -conservative, staid career as American merchantmen, leaving adventures -behind us and confining ourselves to carrying from port to port such -merchandise as might be consigned to our care. You will hear how well -our modest intention was fulfilled. - -The huge proportions and staunch construction of the _Seagull_ would -enable her to sail in any known sea with perfect safety, and long before -she was completed we were besieged with proposals from shippers anxious -to secure our services. - -Uncle Naboth, who handled all such matters for our firm, finally -contracted with a big Germantown manufacturer of “Oriental” rugs to -carry a load of bales to Syria, consigned to merchants there who would -distribute them throughout Persia, Turkey and Egypt, to be sold to -American and European tourists and carried to their homes as treasures -of Oriental looms. - -It was not so much the liberal payment we received as the fact that the -long voyage to the Syrian port would give us an opportunity of testing -the performances of the _Seagull_ that induced Mr. Perkins to accept the -contract and undertake the lengthy voyage. - -“If she skims the Atlantic an’ the Mediterranean all right,” said he, -“the boat’ll weather any sea on earth; so we may as well find out at the -start what she’s good for. ’Sides that, we’re gittin’ a thunderin’ price -fer cartin’ them rags to Syria, an’ so the deal seems a good one all -’round.” - -My father gravely approved the transaction. He also was eager to test -the powers of our beautiful new ship, and this would not be his first -voyage to the Orient, by any means. So the papers were made out and -signed and as soon as our last fittings and furnishings were installed -and our crew aboard we were to voyage down the coast in sunny September -weather and anchor in the Chesapeake, there to load our cargo. - -Our ship’s company had been carefully selected, for the fame of my -father’s new vessel and the popularity of the Captain himself attracted -to us the best seamen available; so we had the satisfaction of signing a -splendid company of experienced men. In addition to these sailors we -shipped a first and second engineer, clever young fellows that became -instantly unpopular with my father, who glared at the poor “mechanics” -as if he considered them interlopers, if not rank traitors. Some of the -seamen, it was arranged, would act as stokers if the engines were called -into requisition, so with the addition of a couple of oilers who were -also carpenter’s assistants we were satisfied we might at any time steam -or sail, as the occasion demanded. - -I am sure Captain Steele had already acknowledged in his heart that we -were justified in equipping the _Seagull_ with engines, since any old -salt fully realizes the horror of being becalmed and knows the loss such -a misfortune is sure to entail in time, wages, and grub. But he would -not admit it. Instead, he persisted in playing the part of a much -injured and greatly scandalized seaman. It would be time enough to “take -water” when the value of the propeller was fully proved. - -Ned Britton was Captain’s Mate, of course. Ned had sailed with my father -for years; he had also sailed two exciting voyages with Uncle Naboth and -me, and we all admired and respected this strong, gallant fellow as much -as we had come to trust in his ability. - -Two other curious characters were established fixtures of any craft that -the firm of Steele, Perkins & Steele might own. These were two stalwart -black men named Nux and Bryonia, South Sea Islanders whom Uncle Naboth -had rescued from death years before and attached to his service. Since -then they had become my own trusted friends, and more than once had I -owed my life to their intelligence and faithfulness. Bryonia, or Bry, as -we called him, was a famous cook, and always had charge of our ship’s -galley. With Bry aboard we were never in want of a substantial, well -cooked meal; for, as Uncle Naboth was wont to declare: “Thet Bry could -take a rope’s end an’ a bit o’ tarpaulin an’ make a Paris tubble-de-hoot -out’n ’em.” - -Nux was cabin steward and looked after our comforts aft with a deftness -and skill that were wholly admirable. These blacks were both of them -shrewd, loyal, and brave, and we knew we might always depend upon their -fidelity. - -On the morning following my adoption of Joe Herring I left the runaway -locked up in my stateroom and went on deck to watch the final -preparations for our departure. A fair breeze swept down the bay, so at -ten o’clock we hoisted anchor, spread our main and foresails and, slowly -gathering way, the _Seagull_ slipped through the water on her maiden -trip amid the shouts of hundreds who stood on the shore to watch and bid -us God speed. - -We fired a shot from our small howitzer as a parting salute to our -friends, dipped our pennants in gallant fashion, showed our heels, and -sped away so swiftly that the harbor was soon left far behind. - -We passed the old _Gonzales_ soon after leaving our anchorage. It was -still waiting to recapture its absconding cabin-boy, though why Captain -Marrow should attach so much importance to the youth I could not then -understand. - -As soon as we were well at sea I liberated Joe and told him he was to be -my special servant and assistant, but must also help Nux to look after -the cabin during his spare time—which was likely to be plentiful enough. -Knowing that the sooner I established the lad’s footing aboard the -easier it would be for us both, I sent him on an errand that would take -him past my father’s station on the deck. His sharp eye encountered the -boy at once, as I had expected, and he promptly roared out an order for -him to halt. - -Joe stopped and saluted respectfully. He was looking cheery and bright -this morning; indeed, a different boy from the one I had pulled from the -sinking dinghy the night before. Life bore a new aspect for Joe and his -heart was light as a feather. He looked honest and wholesome enough in -the fresh blue suit I had given him, and he had been duly warned that -his only remaining danger lay in not winning the countenance of the -skipper. - -“Who are you? ’N’ where ’n’ thunder’d you come from?” demanded Captain -Steele. - -“Joe Herring, sir. Master Sam’s assistant, sir,” answered the boy, in -his quiet tones. - -“Assistant! Bungs an’ barnacles! Assistant to Sam! What doin’? Loafin’ -an’ a-killin’ time?” - -“I beg to refer you to Master Sam, sir,” was the composed answer, -although from where I watched the scene I could see that Joe was badly -frightened. - -“What Sam needs is suthin’ to do, more ’n a grub-devourin’ assistant,” -pursued my father, sternly. “Look here; did my son lug you aboard?” - -“He did, sir,” replied Joe, truthfully. - -“Send him to me, then,” ordered my father. - -I stepped forward at once, saluting the Captain with my usual deference. -When we were at sea I had been taught to put by the fact that this was -my father, bearing in mind only the immediate fact that he was my -commander. Still, in my capacity as secretary to Uncle Naboth I was in a -measure independent of ship’s discipline. - -“What tricks are you up to now, Sam?” demanded the Captain, scowling at -me. - -“Father, this boy was the runaway from the _Gonzales_, whom Captain -Marrow has been seeking so earnestly. He was so abused by the dirty -Mexican that he would rather die than return to his slavery. So he threw -himself on my mercy, and knowing he would surely be retaken if I left -him ashore, I brought the lad with us. Don’t blame him, sir. I’ll take -all the responsibility.” - -The Captain stared at me a moment. - -“See that you do, then,” he grumbled. “Sam, it’s a illegal an’ -unperfessional act to harbor a runaway.” - -“Yes, sir.” - -“Usually no good ever comes of it.” - -“He’s an honest lad, sir.” - -The Captain eyed him closely. - -“It’s no affair o’ mine,” he muttered, half turning away. “The boy -belongs now to the Perkins outfit, mind you. I’ll have no runaways ner -stowaways in my crew.” - -I knew then the battle was won, and that my father would refuse to -surrender Joe to his old captain under any circumstances. The “Perkins -outfit,” so sneeringly referred to, meant Uncle Naboth and myself, and -although it was evident the mission of the _Seagull_ was dependent on -the “Perkins outfit” to manage and arrange its commerce in a profitable -manner, it pleased my father to denominate us landlubbers and consider -us of “no ’count” in the sailing of the ship. - -Uncle Naboth wasn’t aboard yet. He had gone by rail some days before to -Philadelphia to attend to the business of our cargo, and it was not -until we anchored in the placid waters of the Chesapeake that my uncle -appeared, smiling and cheery as ever. - -Mr. Perkins was short and stout, with a round, chubby face, smoothly -shaven, and a circle of iron-gray locks around his bald head. His eyes -were small, light blue and twinkling; his expression simple and -childlike; his speech inelegant and with a humorous twist that rendered -him an agreeable companion. But as a trader Naboth Perkins was famed far -and wide; his shrewdness was proverbial; his talent for bargaining -fairly marvelous; his honesty undisputed. I have heard merchants say it -was a pleasure to pay Mr. Perkins his demands, even though they could -procure the same service elsewhere at less cost. For he was square as a -die, faithful to the smallest detail, and his word was absolutely to be -relied upon. The little old gentleman was known as a money-maker, and -had been the partner of my father, his brother-in-law, for many years. - -Such a character could not fail to be eccentric, and Uncle Naboth’s ways -were at time puzzling; but I knew he was devoted to me, since he had -proved this quality many times; and I naturally regarded my whimsical -uncle with great affection. - -When Mr. Perkins came aboard he announced that the bales of rugs were -all on the dock and ready to load without delay. I was much interested -in our queer cargo, for it seemed strange to me that Americans should -ship “Oriental” rugs to the Orient, to be purchased there by Americans -and brought back home again. But Uncle Naboth, who had been through the -mills at Germantown, explained the matter very clearly. - -“You see,” he said, “there ain’t enough genooine Oriental rugs left to -supply the demand, now thet they’ve got to be sich a fad with rich -people. When the Orient was fust diskivered there was a good many rugs -there, but it had took years to make each one of ’em, an’ some was so -old they had holes wore in ’em; but that made ’em the more vallyble -’cause it proved they was antiques. They picked ’em up fast, an’ the -Orientals was glad to sell ’em an’ say nothin’. Ev’ry tourist thet goes -to the East wants to buy rugs to send home, an’ he’ll pay ’most any -price that’s asked fer rare ol’ patterns an’ dim, washed-out colors. Ef -there’s a few holes, badly mended, so much the better, fer they proves -the rugs is old. So the clever Easterners an’ the cleverer Yankees hit -on a scheme to supply the demand, an’ here in Germantown they makes -thousands of rare ol’ Oriental rugs every year. They buy a few genooine -ones to copy the patterns from, an’ they weave ’em by machinery. Then -the new rugs is put into a machine that beats dust an’ dirt into ’em an’ -beats it out again, till the new, fresh colors gits old an’ faded. After -this they’re run through a rubbin’ machine that wears ’em down some an’ -makes a few holes, here an’ there; an’ then the menders take ’em an’ -darn the holes. In about a day’s time one o’ them rugs goes through -about as much wear an’ tear by machinery as it would get in centuries of -use; an’ fer my part I can’t tell the diff’rence atween a genooine -Oriental an’ a imitation one. We’ve got a whole cargo to take to Syria, -an’ in a few months they’ll mostly come back agin, an’ be laid on the -floors of our millionaires. Queer traffic, ain’t it, Sam? But if you -stops to think, there’s been enough Oriental rugs carted out’n the -Orient, in the last hundred years, to carpet most of Asia an’ Africa -with; so it stands to reason they ain’t all the real thing. If it wasn’t -fer Yankee ingenooity an’ Oriental trickery the supply’d been exhausted -years ago, an’ our people’d hev to carpet their floors with honest, -fresh rugs instead o’ these machine worn imitations. That would break -their hearts, wouldn’t it?” - -But Uncle Naboth had arranged also to carry another queer line of -merchandise on our voyage, consisting of several large cases consigned -by a Connecticut manufacturer. These contained imitations of ancient -Egyptian scarabs (a sort of mud beetle considered sacred by the old -sun-worshippers), and a collection of funeral figures, tiny household -gods and other articles supposed to be found only in the tombs of the -primitive kings and nobles of Egypt. - -“The Egyptian gov’ment,” explained Uncle Naboth, “won’t let any more -genooine relics be taken out’n the country, ’cause they wants ’em all -fer the Cairo Museum; so the Yankees hev come to the front agin, an’ -made mud relics by the bushel, so’s the eager tourists can buy what they -wants to bring home an’ prove they’ve been there. These cases o’ goods -is consigned to merchants in Luxor, a little town up the Nile, an’ I’ve -agreed to run over to Alexandria, after we’ve unloaded our Syrian rugs, -an’ dump the rubbish on the dock there. There ain’t many cases of it, -but the profits is so big that we get well paid for the job.” - -“But how did these wares get to Philadelphia from Connecticut?” asked my -father. - -“Oh, I’ve been correspondin’ with ol’ Ackley, the Yankee that makes ’em, -fer some time,” said my uncle, “but I couldn’t tell how much room the -rugs would take up until I got here. When I found I could stow the -Egyptian rubbish, I telegraphed to Ackley an’ the consignment got here -by freight yesterday. But that ain’t the worst of it, partners.” - -“What is the worst?” I inquired. - -“Why, the Yankee manufacturer has sent me his beloved son, with a letter -askin’ me to carry him with us to Egypt, so’s he can study the country -an’ find out what ancient relics they need supplied in large quantities, -an’ collect from the dealers fer this first batch.” - -“We don’t take passengers,” said my father, sharply. - -“So I said; but the young duffer is here, an’ won’t take no fer an -answer. He says he’s willin to pay fer his passage, an’ his dad wants -him to keep an eye on them precious modern antiquities as we’re to -carry. So I’ve put the case up to you, an’ you can decide it.” - -“It’s none o’ my business, Naboth,” said my father, turning away with a -frown; “I don’t like passengers, but you an’ Sam can do as you please. -Only, if you take him, keep him out o’ my way.” - -Uncle winked at me, and I knew the passenger would be booked. - -Work of loading the cargo progressed rapidly, and in two days the bales -of rugs were all aboard and carefully stowed in our dry and ample hold. -Then the Yankee antiques for Egypt appeared for loading, and with them -came a youth whose appearance caused me to smile involuntarily. - -“Archibald Ackley, Jr., Middletown, Conn.,” his cards read. He was a -stocky, well built fellow about seventeen years of age, although he -evidently wished to appear much older. He had sharp gray eyes, lanky -hair of light tow color, immense hands and feet, a swaggering gait, and -a style of dress gay enough to rival the plumage of a bird-of-paradise. - -Archibald’s features might have been handsome originally, but a swiftly -pitched base-ball had once ruthlessly pushed his generous nose against -his left cheek, and there it had remained. - -The youth sported a heavy watchchain that was palpably plated, a big -“diamond” on his cravat that perhaps came from the famous “Barrios -mines,” of New York, and his fingers were loaded with rings of vast -proportions set with doubtful gems. It may be Mr. Ackley, Jr., imagined -himself an exquisite, and sought to impress people by a display of -wealth that may have cost him or his father several dollars; but, as I -said, my first glimpse of his gorgeous person caused me to smile—an -impertinence I quickly tried to repress. - -Mr. Perkins and I considered carefully the young man’s request for a -passage to Egypt, and as we had ample accommodations we decided to take -him along; but when he came for his answer and I caught sight of him for -the first time, I almost regretted our decision. - -Uncle Naboth, however, seemed not to be disagreeably impressed. He shook -the boy’s hand—it was a “flipper,” all right—with cordial greeting and -said to him: - -“Very good, Archie, my lad; we’ve talked it over an’ you can go ’long ef -so be you want to. But remember this is a merchantman, an’ no passenger -ship, an’ make up your mind to abide by Cap’n Steele’s rules an’ -reggleations.” - -“That’s fair,” said the boy, evidently pleased. “I’m not likely to -bother any one. All I want is a berth to sleep in and three square meals -a day. How’s the feed?” - -“Why, we have hearty appetites, ourselves, my lad, an’ there’s no call -for you to starve as I knows on,” with a wink at me. “You’ll eat at our -table an’ have the best the ship affords.” - -“That’s what I want,” said Archie, nodding his bullet head; “there’s -nothing too good for me. What’s the price for the passage?” - -I told him. - -“That’s a pretty steep figure,” he rejoined, uneasily. “I can take an -ocean liner for about the same cost.” - -“It is your privilege, sir,” I said, stiffly. “We don’t want passengers; -so we don’t want you. But Mr. Perkins is disposed to accommodate you -because your father is one of our shippers. Go or stay, as you like; but -make up your mind quickly, for we sail at seven.” - -He scowled first at me and then at uncle; but presently he grinned. - -“I haven’t a choice,” said he, carelessly. “Pop’s paying the shot, for -he wants me to keep an eye on the scarabs and things and see the goods -safe landed and the money collected for them. They’re shipped to a lot -of dirty Arabs who can’t be trusted. So here’s your money, and I’ll mail -the receipt for the passage to Pop before we skate away, so he’ll know -it’s you who are robbing him instead of me.” - -I felt like punching the cad’s nose, but Uncle Naboth laughed good -naturedly and nodded approval. - -“That’s businesslike an’ to the point,” said he. “Take the money, Sam, -and give our passenger the proper receipt.” - -I did so, and Archibald Ackley, Jr., stalked away down the dock to fetch -his baggage from the hotel. - -To my surprise the _Gonzales_ made the harbor that afternoon and -anchored alongside us. I promptly hid the trembling Joe in my cabin and -locked him up; it proved a wise action because Captain Marrow lost no -time in boarding us and asking for an interview with Captain Steele. - -This made me nervous, for I knew my father would not lie under any -circumstances, and I dreaded the result of the ugly Mexican’s visit. So -I stood beside my father to make every possible endeavor to save my -protege from recapture. - -“Cap’n Steele, sir, where’s my cabin-boy?” asked Marrow, gruffly, as he -came up and touched his cap. - -My father looked him over with grave attention. - -“Cap’n Marrow,” he replied, sternly, “where’s that calf that broke out’n -my ten-acre lot three year ago come next Sunday?” - -Marrow muttered a curse and glared at us evilly. - -“I happen to know, Steele, that my boy Joe, who was tryin’ to vamoose, -stole a rotten dinghy an’ rowed out to the _Seagull_ the night afore you -sailed. Ain’t thet so?” - -“Mebbe,” said my father. - -“Then I demand him in the name o’ the law, an’ I’ll hold you here in the -bay till you give me back the stolen goods,” continued Marrow, savagely. - -“Ned,” said my father, turning quietly to his brawny mate, “show Cap’n -Marrow over the side, an’ if he’s too slow in goin’, toss him -overboard.” - -“Aye, aye, sir,” returned Ned, pleasantly. - -“I’ll hev the law, remember! You can’t sail from the harbor till you’ve -given up my property!” roared the exasperated Mexican. - -“Mebbe,” repeated my father, again, as he turned indifferently away. - -But I saw trouble brewing and resolved to head it off. - -“Captain Marrow,” I said, politely, with a motion to Ned to delay his -intention, for the mate’s hand was lifted to seize the fellow in his -terrible grip, “please allow me to explain this case. A boy—perhaps it -was your runaway—did indeed board us at Chelsea, as you say; but my -father, Captain Steele, did not discover his presence until we were at -sea. Then we were obliged to carry him on here, where he was put upon -the dock. I assure you I saw him bolt for the land as fast as he could -go.” - -This was true in fact, as I had sent Joe on an errand. I did not relate, -of course, that the boy had quickly returned, but my tale seemed to -impress Marrow and explain why Captain Steele had so recklessly sneered -at his demands, as if wilfully defying the marine law. “If you make -haste, sir,” I continued, very courteously, “you may still be able to -lay hands on the boy, who I am sure has no money to take him any -distance from Philadelphia.” - -Marrow looked at me shrewdly. - -“Did Joe say anything about me, or about money?” he asked. - -“Not a word, sir,” answering the last question. “But I advise you to -make haste. And you must forgive Captain Steele for his abrupt answers, -caused by what he considered the insolence of your demand and the -knowledge that you are in the wrong in threatening to hold his ship. You -know, sir, it would cost you heavily to do this, when the court found -you were unable to prove your case.” - -This argument decided the man. He swore a nasty oath and stamped his -foot in futile rage; but he at once left the ship to be rowed ashore, -and that was the last we saw of him. - -Still I wondered at his interest in the miserable, half starved boy he -had so wickedly abused; and I wondered at his strange question about -money. There must be some mystery about Joe. - -At seven o’clock, all being snugly stowed and the last of our fresh -provisions taken aboard, we hoisted anchor and headed out toward the -mouth of the bay. Our passenger had settled himself in a spare cabin an -hour before, having brought with him two huge “telescopes” that appeared -to contain all his belongings. - -I did not let Joe out of his confinement until about midnight, and when -from the swish of the water against our sides I knew we had reached the -open sea. - - - - - CHAPTER III. - AN OBSTINATE PASSENGER. - - -It is useless to relate the unimportant incidents of our voyage to -Gibraltar and up the Mediterranean. The _Seagull_ behaved beautifully in -both good and bad weather, amply fulfilling our most ardent -expectations. It is true the voyage was unnecessarily long, since with -our powerful engines we could have cut down our time to less than -one-half; but we were obliged to concede this to Captain Steele’s -prejudice in favor of sailing, and the breeze held so steady and -persistent that we cut the waves like a clipper and made a most -remarkable sailing record for the voyage. - -It was not until we passed Sicily that the _Seagull_ was required to -prove her staunchness. The waves at the lower end of the Mediterranean -were wilder than any I had ever before encountered, but our beauty rode -them like a swan and never a seam spread nor a beam so much as creaked. - -The voyage, however, served to make us better acquainted with both our -boy passenger and my boy assistant—the rich man’s son and the runaway -Joseph—though this acquaintance was not ripened without some interesting -experiences. - -A more willing or grateful follower no one could have than Joe Herring. -The kindly treatment accorded him was in such sharp contrast to the -dog’s life he had led aboard the _Gonzales_ that he was anxious to show -his appreciation on every possible occasion. His dark eyes followed me -affectionately wherever I went, and he would leap quickly to anticipate -my every order. Also he liked to serve Uncle Naboth and my father, and -proved so considerate of their wishes and comforts that he soon won -their hearts completely. Nor was Joe so frail as he seemed at first -glance. His muscles were hard as iron and on occasion his thin frame -developed remarkable strength. This he proved conclusively within the -first week of the voyage, as you shall hear. - -Our young passenger, whose imposing name we had quickly shortened to -plain “Archie,” seemed likely to cause us unsuspected trouble. He at -once developed two bad habits. The first was to sit on deck, lolling in -a folding deck chair he had brought aboard, and play distressing tunes -upon a harmonica—which he termed a “mouth-organ.” The lad must have had -a most powerful inherent love for music to enable him to listen to his -own awful strains; but it was clear his musical talent was not -developed, or at least not properly educated to any artistic degree. - -The first morning out the Captain, forced to listen to this “music,” -scowled and muttered under his breath but forbore to interfere with the -passenger’s evident enjoyment of his own performance. The second morning -he yelled at Archie to “shut up!” but the boy calmly disregarded the -order. The third morning my father stumped over to where I sat and -ordered me to take away Archie’s “blamed ol’ jew’s-harp” and fling it -overboard. - -I had myself been considerably annoyed by the wretched music, so I -obeyed so far as to stroll over to our passenger and ask him to kindly -discontinue his performance. - -He looked up resentfully. - -“This is the passenger’s deck, ain’t it?” he demanded. - -“We have no passenger’s deck; but we allow you to sit here,” I replied. - -“Then leave me alone, and mind your own business,” he retorted. “I’m a -free born American citizen, and I’ve paid my passage and can do as I -please.” - -“But you can’t annoy everybody with that beastly music while you’re -aboard the _Seagull_,” I answered, rather nettled at his attitude. “We -also have rights, sir, and they must be considered.” - -“I’ve paid for mine,” he said. “You get out, Sam Steele. I know what I’m -doing,” and he commenced to play again. - -I looked at him reflectively. Just how to handle such a situation -puzzled me. But Joe stood just behind and had heard all. With a bound of -amazing quickness he was upon the unprepared Archie, seized the -mouth-organ from his grasp and flung the instrument of torture far over -the side. - -“Beg your pardon, sir, I’m sure,” he said, with a grin. - -Archie whistled softly and looked his assailant over. He rose slowly -from his chair and, still whistling, began to unbutton his coat and take -it off. He folded it neatly, laid it in the chair, removed his linen -cuffs and placed them beside his coat, and proceeded deliberately to -roll up his sleeves. - -The youth’s intentions were so obvious that I was about to order Joe to -go below, as his slight figure seemed no match for the burly Archie, -when a pleading look in the boy’s eyes restrained me. - -Uncle Naboth and Ned Britton, who had been promenading the deck near, -had noted the incident and now paused to see its outcome. Some of the -sailors also were interested, from their distant posts, while my father -stood on the bridge and looked at our little group with an amused smile -lighting his rugged face. - -Altogether it would not do to retreat in face of the coming fray, or to -interfere with the logical outcome of Joe’s rash act. The Yankee boy’s -face was white and set, and his soft whistle only rendered his -bull-headed determination to exact revenge the more impressive. - -Having rolled up his sleeves, doubled his great fists and swung his arms -once or twice to ease his muscles, Archie advanced steadily upon poor -Joe, who stood listlessly with his hands thrust in his coat pockets and -his head and shoulders bent slightly forward, in his accustomed pose. - -“That mouth-organ cost two dollars,” said Archie, grimly, “and you don’t -look as if you’re worth two cents. So I’ll just take it out o’ your -hide, my son, to teach you a lesson.” - -With that he paused and swung his right fist upward, and Joe, roused to -action at last, gave a sudden bound. My eye could scarcely follow him as -he leapt at Archie, embracing him and clinging to his antagonist like a -vise. To my astonishment, the bulky Yankee swung around, tottered and -fell heavily upon his back, with Joe kneeling triumphant upon his -breast. - -We all gave an admiring cheer, for we could not help it, and at the -sound Joe arose and stood in his place again, meekly as before. - -Archie got up more slowly, feeling the back of his head, which had -whacked against the deck. He made a sudden rush and a lunge with his -fist that might have settled Joe had he not dodged and closed again on -his adversary with the same lightning tactics he had at first employed. -They fell in a heap, and although Archie tried to keep Joe hugged to his -breast the latter slid away like an eel and a moment after was on his -feet and had assumed his careless, waiting pose. - -When the Yankee got up this time he was again softly whistling. Without -a glance at his late antagonist he deliberately rolled down his sleeves, -attached his cuffs and resumed his coat. Then he walked over to Joe and -with a smile that showed more good nature than chagrin he held out his -bulky hand. - -“Shake, sonny,” said he. “You’re good stuff, and I forgive you -everything. Let’s be chums, Joe. If I could have landed on your jaw I’d -have mashed you like a turnip; but you wouldn’t let me, and so I’m bound -to give in gracefully.” - -That speech was the best thing the boy had done, and my original dislike -for him began to evaporate. Joe shook the proffered hand cordially, and -my father, who had come down to join our group, gave Archie an admiring -buffet on the shoulder and said: “You’ll do, my lad.” - -But after all Joe was the hero of the occasion, and we all loved him for -the clever and skillful fight he had put up. Archie was an expert boxer, -as we afterward discovered, but Joe’s talent for wrestling gave him a -decided advantage in a rough-and-tumble encounter. - -At luncheon we were all in a hearty good humor, but imagine my dismay to -hear shortly afterward the strains of a mouth-organ coming from the -deck! I ran up at once, and there sat Master Archie in his chair, -blowing furiously into an instrument fully three inches longer than the -one Joe had tossed overboard. - -I laughed; I could not help it; and even my father’s face wore an amused -smile. Joe looked at me inquiringly, but I shook my head and retreated -to my cabin. Such a queer condition of mutiny deserved careful thought. - -But, as I said, Archie had another bad habit. He smoked cigarettes in -his stateroom, which was against our most positive rules. The first time -we observed from the deck thin smoke curling through the open window of -Archie’s cabin, a hasty investigation was made and the cause speedily -discovered. The boy was lying in his berth, reading a novel and coolly -puffing his cigarette. - -Uncle Naboth sent for the passenger and gravely informed him he’d have -to quit smoking cigarettes in his cabin. - -“On deck it don’t matter so much,” added my uncle, “though a decent pipe -is a more manly smoke, to my notion. But we’ve put a furtun’ into our -new ship, an’ can’t afford to take chances of burnin’ her up on the -first voyage. Cigarettes are dangerous. If you throw a lighted stub into -a corner we may go up in smoke and perhaps lose many vallyble human -lives. So we can’t allow it, young man. Smoke yer paper cigars on deck, -ef ye want to; but don’t light another in yer cabin.” - -Archie made no promise. He listened to my uncle’s lecture, and walked -away without a word. - -An hour later I saw smoke coming through the window again, and peering -through the aperture discovered Archie lying in his bunk, calmly -smoking. The boy was exasperatingly stubborn. I called black Nux and -gave him an order. With a pleased grin the South Sea Islander brought a -length of fire hose, attached it to a plug in the sruppers and carried -the nozzle to Archie’s window. Presently we heard a yell as the powerful -stream struck the smoker and completely deluged him. He leapt from his -berth, only to be struck full in the face by the water from the hose, -which sent him reeling against the door. I shut off the water, and Nux, -kneeling at the low window, looked down on the discomfitted Archie and -exclaimed: - -“Goodness sake, Mars Ackley! were dat on’y you-uns? Thought it were a -fire, sure thing. Beg pard’n, Mars Ackley!” - -After the boy changed his drenched clothing for dry he came on deck and -stalked around in silent anger while Nux went to the cabin and cleared -it of the water and wet bedding. I wondered if the lesson would be -effective, but could not judge a nature that was so unlike any I had -ever before encountered. - -Bye-and-bye Archie calmed down sufficiently to drop into his deck chair -and begin playing his mouth-organ. He wailed out the most distressing -attempts at tunes for an entire hour, eyeing defiantly any who chanced -to look toward him; but we took care not to pay the slightest attention -to his impertinence. Joe came to me once with a pleading look in his -eye, but I shook my head sternly. The sailors were evidently amused by -our little comedy forward, for I could see them exchanging smiles now -and then when a screech more blood-curdling than usual came from the -mouth-organ. - -Archie tired himself out in time and went below. He closed and locked -his window and began again to smoke in his cabin. In half an hour the -smoke was so thick in the little room that we could see nothing but its -gray clouds through the thick pane. - -The set frown upon my father’s face told me trouble was brewing for our -passenger, but as yet the Captain forbore to interfere. Uncle Naboth -came to me indignant and angry and demanded to know what should be done -to the “young pig” whose actions were so insolent and annoying. - -“Let me think,” I replied, gravely. “We must certainly conquer young -Ackley in some way, even if we have to toss him overboard; but I hope it -will not come to that.” - -“Then think quick an’ to the point, Sam,” rejoined my uncle; “for I’m -jest achin’ to wollop the fool wi’ a cat-o’-nine-tails.” - -At dinner Archie joined our table, silent but with a sneering and -triumphant look upon his face. He was not handsome at any time, but just -now his damaged face was positively disagreeable to behold. It occurred -to me that the trouble with the young fellow was that he had not been -taught to obey, and doubtless he imagined we were his enemies because we -were endeavoring to prevent him from doing exactly what he wanted to. -His idea of being a “free-born American citizen” was to be able to -override the rights and privileges of others, and the sooner he got that -notion out of his head the better it would be for him. - -Archie was a deliberate eater and remained at the table with a sort of -bravado because we took not the slightest notice of him. So I left him -finishing his meal when I went on deck. - -A few minutes afterward, however, he came bounding up the companionway -with a white face and rushed up to where Uncle Naboth and I were -standing. - -“I’ve been robbed!” he cried, shaking his big fist at me. “My cabin’s -been entered by a thief, and I’ll have the law on you all if you don’t -restore my property!” - -“What have you lost?” I inquired. - -“You know well enough, Sam Steele. I’ve lost all my cigarettes—ev’ry box -of ’em!—and my four mouth-organs, too. They picked the lock on my door, -and opened my telescopes, and stole my property.” - -“How’s this, Sam?” inquired Uncle Naboth, his eyes twinkling. - -“I don’t know, sir,” I answered, greatly surprised. “There are no -duplicate keys to the cabin doors, and Ackley had his in his pocket, I -suppose.” - -“They picked the lock, I tell you, and the locks on both my traveling -cases,” declared the boy, in a rage; “and you must be a fine bunch of -practiced thieves, because they were all locked again after the goods -were stolen.” - -“How about your window?” I asked. - -“I left it bolted on the inside. No one could enter that way.” - -“Did you lose anything except the cigarettes and the mouth-organs?” I -continued, beginning to be greatly amused. - -“No; but those things are my property, and you or your people have -stolen them. Look here, Sam Steele,” he added, coming close and shaking -his fist threateningly; “either you return my property in double quick -time or I’ll take it out of your hide. Just make your choice, for I mean -business.” - -I think he saw that I was not afraid of him, but I chose to ignore his -challenge. I was neither as clever a wrestler as Joe Herring nor as -expert with my fists as Archie Ackley; so it would be folly for me to -undertake a personal encounter. But I said, quietly enough: - -“You are getting insolent, my lad, and insolence I will not stand for. -Unless you control your temper I will order you to the ship’s lockup, -and there you shall stay until we drop anchor again.” - -He gazed into my face long and steadily, and then began to whistle -softly as he turned and walked away. But a few moments later he returned -and said: - -“Who’s going to make good my loss?” - -“Send me your bill,” replied Uncle Naboth. “I’ll pay it.” - -“I think Joe stole the things,” continued Archie. - -I called Joe to us. - -“Did you enter Ackley’s cabin and take his cigarettes and mouth-organs?” -Uncle Naboth inquired. - -“No,” said Joe, looking at Archie and laughing at his angry expression. - -“Do you know who did it?” persisted my Uncle. - -“No,” said Joe, again. - -“He’s lying!” cried Archie, indignantly. - -“Are you lying, Joe?” I asked, gently. - -“Yes, sir,” returned Joe, touching his cap. - -“Then tell the truth,” said I. - -“I won’t, sir,” replied the boy, firmly. “If you question me, I’m bound -to lie; so it will be better to let me alone.” - -This answer surprised and annoyed me, but Uncle Naboth laughed aloud, -and to my astonishment Archie frankly joined him, without a trace of his -recent ill-nature. - -“Just as I thought,” he observed. “You’re a slick one, Joe.” - -“I try to do my duty,” answered Joe, modestly. - -“Bring me your bill, young feller,” said Uncle Naboth, “and I’ll cash it -in a jiffy—an’ with joy, too. I don’t see jest how Joe managed the -affair, but he’s saved us all a lot of trouble, an’ I’m much obleeged to -him, fer my part.” And the old gentleman walked away with a cheerful -nod. - -“Uncle’s right,” I said to Archie. “You wouldn’t be reasonable, you -know, and we were simply obliged to maintain our ship’s discipline. So, -if your offending goods hadn’t been abstracted so cleverly, there would -have been open war by another day and our side was the strongest.” - -Archie nodded forgivingly toward Joe. - -“Perhaps it was best,” he admitted, with more generosity than I had -expected from him. “You see, Steele, I won’t be bulldozed or browbeaten -by a lot of cheap skates who happen to own a ship, for I’m an -independent American citizen. So I had to hold out as long as I could.” - -“You were wrong in that,” I remarked. - -“Right or wrong, I’ll hold my own.” - -“That’s a bad philosophy, Archie. When you took passage aboard this ship -you made yourself subject to our rules and regulations, and in all -honesty you’re bound to abide by them. A true American shows his -independence best by upholding the laws of his country.” - -“That’s rot,” growled Archie, but Joe and I both laughed at him because -he could find nothing better to say. When he returned to his deck chair -the passenger’s face bore its normal expression of placid good nature. -It was evident he prided himself on the fact that he had not “given in” -of his own accord, and perhaps he was glad that the force of -circumstances alone had conquered his stubborn temper. - - - - - CHAPTER IV. - A RIOT AND A RESCUE. - - -After that we had little trouble with Archie Ackley, although in many -ways the stubborn nature of the boy was unpleasantly evident. In his -better moods he was an agreeable companion, but neither Joe nor I, the -only two other boys aboard, sought his society more than was necessary. -My uncle and the Captain both declared there was a heap of good in the -lad, and a few such lessons as the one he had received would make a man -of him. - -Joe I found a treasure in many ways, and always a faithful friend. Since -that first night when he had come aboard he had nothing to tell of his -past history or experiences; but his nature was quick and observant and -I could see he had picked up somewhere a considerable fund of worldly -knowledge which he could draw upon as occasion offered. - -My father, Uncle Naboth, and I were all three delighted with the -_Seagull’s_ sailing performances, though secretly I longed to discover -how she would behave under steam, since her propeller had never been in -use since the day it was given a brief trial test in Chelsea Bay. -Tomlinson, the engineer, assured me we could make from sixteen to -eighteen knots when the engines were working, and the man was naturally -as impatient as I was to test their full powers. Still, we realized that -we must wait, and Captain Steele was so delighted with the superb -sailing qualities of the ship that even I had not the heart to suggest -supplanting his white wings with black smoke from our funnels. - -In due time we crossed the stormy Mediterranean and reached in safety -our Syrian port, where we unloaded the rugs and delivered them in good -condition to the consignees. We sailed along the coast, past Port Said, -and finally came to the Bay of Alexandria, where we were to unload -Ackley’s cases of “modern antiques” and get rid of our passenger. - -It was a new experience to me to find myself on the historic shores of -Egypt, anchored before the famous city founded by Alexander the Great. I -begged Uncle Naboth to take me ashore; overhearing my request Archie -Ackley invited us all—with an air of great condescension—to dine with -him at the Royal Khedivial Hotel. - -My father refused. He was too fond of the _Seagull_ to leave her alone -in a foreign port; but Ned Britton took his place, and the four of -us—Archie, Uncle Naboth, the Mate and I—followed by our faithful blacks, -Nux and Bryonia, disembarked on the quay and walked up the long, -foreign-looking streets to the big hotel. - -It was a queer sensation to find ourselves moving amidst a throng of -long-robed turbaned Arabs; fez-topped Turks, with Frenchmen, and -Syrians; gray-bearded, stooping Jews; blind beggars; red-coated English -soldiers, and shrinking, veiled Moslem women. - -“What a mess of foreigners,” cried Archie, and Uncle Naboth, with a -laugh, reminded him that we were the foreigners and this curiously mixed -crowd, the natives. - -We dined in sumptuous style at the handsome hotel, for Archie proved a -liberal host and feasted us royally. It was late at night when we -retraced our steps toward the quay; but the streets of the city were -still thronged with people, many of whom were sitting at little tables -placed on the sidewalks, where they smoked and drank Turkish coffee and -chatted together in a very babel of tongues. - -As we left the heart of Alexandria and drew near to the water-front the -streets became more deserted and the lights were fewer and dimmer. There -were still straggling groups here and there, and suddenly, as we turned -a corner, we observed a commotion just ahead of us and heard a terrified -voice cry out: - -“Help—Americans—help!” - -Ned Britton gave a bound and was in the thick of the melée at once. -Archie was only a step behind him and I saw his big fists swinging right -and left in fast and furious fashion, while Joe ducked his head and -tossed a tall Arab over his shoulder with marvelous ease. Nux and -Bryonia took a hand, and while none of our party was armed, the free use -of their terrible fists wrought such havoc among the long-gowned Arabs -that the result of the skirmish was not long in doubt. Like a mist they -faded away and escaped into the night, leaving a little man wriggling -and moaning upon the ground as if in deathly agony. I held fast to my -left arm, which had been slashed by a knife and was bleeding profusely, -while I stared around in surprise at our easy victory. Uncle Naboth had -not taken part in the fray, but now appeared seated calmly upon the -prostrate form of the Arab whom Joe had vanquished, and his two hundred -and odd pounds rendered the prisoner fairly secure. - -Our blacks raised the little man to his feet, where he ceased squirming -but stood weakly leaning against Nux and trembling like a leaf. - -“Are you hurt, sir?” asked Ned. - -The stranger shook his head. It was so dark in this spot that we could -not distinguish his features very clearly. - -“I—I think not,” he gasped. “But they nearly had me, that time. If you -hadn’t come up as you did, I—I——” - -He broke off abruptly and leaned over to peer at the Arab Uncle Naboth -was sitting upon. - -“That’s him! That’s Abdul Hashim himself! Kill him—kill him quick, some -one!” he yelled, in a sudden frenzy. - -The cry seemed to rouse the Arab to life. Like an eel he twisted, and -Uncle Naboth slid off his back and bumped upon the sidewalk. The next -moment we Americans were alone, for Abdul Hashim had saved his bacon by -vanishing instantly. - -“Oh, why—_why_ did you let him go?” wailed the little man, covering his -face with his hands. “He’ll get me again, some day—he’s sure to get me -again!” - -“Never mind that,” said Ned, gruffly, for we were all disgusted at this -exhibition of the fellow’s unmanly weakness. “You can thank God you’re -out of his clutches this time.” - -“I do, sir—I do, indeed!” was the reply. “But don’t leave me just now, I -beg of you.” - -We looked at Uncle Naboth for advice. Bry had slit my sleeve with his -pocketknife and was binding a handkerchief tightly around my wound, for -he was something of a surgeon as well as a cook. - -“We’re going aboard our ship,” said my uncle, shortly. “You’re welcome -to come along, my man, an’ stay till mornin’.” - -The stranger accepted the invitation with alacrity and we started again -for the quay, which was reached without farther incident. Our boat was -waiting and we were soon rowed where the _Seagull_ was anchored and -climbed aboard. - -Under the clear light of the cabin lamp we looked at the person we had -rescued with natural curiosity, to find a slender man, with stooping -shoulders, a red Van Dyke beard, bald head and small eyes covered with -big spectacles. He was about forty years of age, wore European clothes -somewhat threadbare and faded in color, and his general appearance was -one of seedy respectability. - -“Gentlemen,” said he, sitting in an easy chair and facing the attentive -group before him, “I am Professor Peter Pericles Van Dorn, of the -University of Milwaukee.” - -I had never heard of such a university; but then, Milwaukee is a good -way inland. Neither had any of us before heard the name so unctuously -announced; though we were too polite to say so, and merely nodded. - -“It will please me,” continued the Professor, “to be informed of your -station and the business that has brought you to Egypt.” - -My uncle laughed and looked at me quizzically, as if inviting me to -satisfy the stranger. Captain Steele scowled, resenting the implied -impertinence. The only others present were Archie and Ned Britton. - -I told Van Dorn we were a merchant ship from Boston, and had casually -touched at the port of Alexandria to unload some wares belonging to Mr. -Ackley, who was going to ship his property to Luxor and deliver it to -merchants there. - -“What sort of wares?” demanded the stranger. - -“Scarabs, funeral figures, and copies of antique jewelry,” replied -Archie, a bit uneasily. - -“The curse of the country,” snapped the little man, scornfully. “There -ought to be a law to prevent such rubbish being shipped into -Egypt—except,” pausing to continue with a touch of bitterness, “that -there are too many laws in this beastly country already.” - -“The poor tourists must have scarabs to take home with them,” said -Archie, with a grin. “About fifteen thousand travelers come to Egypt -every year, and your Khedive won’t let any genuine scarabs leave Egypt.” - -“Don’t call him _my_ Khedive, sir!” cried the little professor. “I -detest—I _hate_ the government here, and everything connected with it. -But you are not interested in that. Gentlemen,” assuming a pompous tone, -“I am glad to meet you. You have arrived in the very nick of time to -save me from assassination, or at least from utter failure in my great -work. I am sure it was an All-wise Providence that directed you to stop -at Alexandria.” - -“Disguised as old Ackley’s mud scarabs,” added my uncle, dryly. - -“And what are your future plans?” inquired the Professor, eagerly. - -“To return to America at once,” I replied. - -“No! A thousand times no!” shouted little Van Dorn, banging his fist on -the table, “I charter you from this minute. I engage this ship—at your -own price—to transport me and my treasure to New York!” - -“Treasure!” we exclaimed, incredulously. - -The Professor glanced around and lowered his voice. - -“The greatest treasure, gentlemen, that has ever been discovered in -Egypt. I have found the place where the priests of Karnak and Luxor hid -their vast wealth at the invasion of Cambyses the Persian.” - -He paused impressively. My father looked at his watch and Uncle Naboth -yawned. For myself, I should have liked to hear more, but my wound was -paining me and Bry awaited my coming to dress it properly. So I said to -our guest: - -“If you please, Professor, we will hear your story in the morning. It is -now late, and we are all longing for our berths. So we will bid you -good-night and wish you pleasant dreams.” - -He glared at me indignantly. - -“Can you sleep after what I have told you?” he demanded. - -“I hope so, sir,” I replied, and turned away to call Joe to show the man -to his room. He made no farther protest, but going away and looking -rather thoughtful. - -Bry found that the knife had merely inflicted a flesh wound on my arm, -and promised it would give me little trouble. The bleeding had stopped, -so my black surgeon washed the cut thoroughly, bandaged and plastered it -quite professionally, and sent me to bed to sleep soundly until morning. - -Really, I forgot all about the Professor, who looked the part of a -savant much better than he acted it, it seemed to me. - - - - - CHAPTER V. - THE PROFESSOR’S SECRET. - - -At breakfast Professor Van Dorn was silent and preöccupied, and as soon -as the meal was over asked for a private interview with the person in -authority aboard the _Seagull_. We went to the Captain’s room, a large -cabin where all could be comfortably seated. None of us had much -confidence in the stranger’s romantic assertions of the night before, -but we were all curious to know what tale the man had to relate, and -were disposed to listen. Archie’s eyes bunged out so far from his round -face that I took pity on the boy and asked him to join us. Ned Britton -came, too, for he had been present at Van Dorn’s rescue and we trusted -him implicitly. - -When we were seated and the Professor had assured himself we could not -be overheard, he at once asked permission to relate the business that -had brought him to Egypt and the strange experiences he had encountered -here. We told him to fire away and we would hear his story. - -“Gentlemen,” said he, “you must know that I hold the honorable chair of -Egyptology in my university. Since my youth I have studied arduously the -history of this most ancient people, from whom sprung the modern -civilization of which we boast today.” He spoke pedantically, and I -began to think he might be a real professor, after all. “To perfect my -studies my college generously sent me here, three years ago, and soon -after my arrival I became acquainted with Professor John Lovelace, whose -famous works on ancient Egypt you have doubtless read.” - -We had not read them, but we let the assertion pass. - -“Over here,” continued the narrator, “he was usually called Lovelace -Pasha, but he was not entitled to the distinction except in the -imagination of the natives, who had a high respect for his intelligence -and industry. At the time we met Lovelace he was searching diligently -but secretly for a vast treasure, and he took me into his confidence and -engaged me to assist him. You must know that in the sixth century before -Christ Egypt was at its height of wealth and greatness; and the most -important treasures were at that time in the possession of the priests -of the great temple of Karnak. They consisted of wonderful gems, -countless jewels and ornaments of gold and silver and, above all, a -library of papyrus rolls relating the history of Egypt during that now -unknown period between the sixth and twelfth dynasties. - -“At this time, when the Egyptians had grown as proud and insolent as -they were wealthy, that terrible Persian, Cambyses, invaded the country -with a conquering host and steadily advanced up the Nile toward Karnak -and Thebes, laying waste the country as he came and despoiling the -temples of their wealth. The legends say that the priests of Karnak, -terror stricken, threw all their treasure into the Sacred Lake which -adjoins their temple, in order to keep it from falling into the hands of -the invader; and, as the lake is bottomless, the treasure has never yet -been recovered. - -“Now, sirs, Professor Lovelace, a shrewd and far-seeing man, doubted the -truth of this story. It was an undeniable fact that the great treasure -of Karnak was hidden somewhere by the priests, and that Cambyses put all -the holy men to the sword because they would not reveal their secret. -Also it is historical that the treasure has not since been discovered, -and that the conqueror was unable to lay hands upon it after all his -efforts to do so. During the centuries that have passed the Sacred Lake -has been dragged many times, with the hope of finding the immense wealth -of Karnak; but it is now known that the quicksands at the bottom of the -lake would have swallowed it up instantly, so naturally all these -attempts have proved absolute failures. - -“My friend Lovelace, pondering on this queer story, came to believe that -the wily priests had never thrown their treasure into the lake at all. -No one knew better than they that to place it there was to lose it -forever; furthermore, the most valuable part of the treasure consisted -of the historic papyri—the bark rolls on which the ancient Egyptians -inscribed their records. To place these in water would be to destroy -them; thus the falsity of the tale was evident. It was clear, my friend -decided, that the priests had hidden the treasure somewhere in the -desert, near Karnak, where the shifting sands would leave no evidence of -the place to betray it to the keen eyes of the Persian. But they spread -the report that it had been cast into the lake, so if any traitor might -be among the people the truth would not be revealed. - -“Since Cambyses put every priest of Karnak to death, in his unreasoning -anger, there was none to recover the treasure when the Persian was gone -home again, from which Professor Lovelace conjectured that it still lay -secure in its original hiding-place. - -“But where was that hiding place? That was the question to be solved. -For years he sought in the desert without success but with rare -patience, and at just about the time I arrived in Egypt he obtained a -clue to guide him. - -“On one of the ruined temple walls, hidden away in an unimportant -corner, is carved a diagram which to an ordinary observer appeared to -mean nothing at all. But Lovelace studied it and came to the conclusion -that the diagram described the spot where the treasure was hidden. There -was a picture of a high arch, called in Egypt a pylon; and through this -picture, from one corner diagonally across to another corner, a line was -chiseled. This line extended far beyond the pylon, past a group of three -pictured palm trees, and then ended in a cross. Do you follow me, -gentlemen?” with an eager, nervous glance into our faces. - -Uncle Naboth nodded, but he looked bewildered. Archie’s face wore a -perfectly blank expression. My father was smoking placidly and looking -out of the cabin window. Said I: - -“We are not very familiar with Egyptian history, Professor; but I think -we catch the drift of your story. Pay out the cable, sir, and we’ll -grasp what we can of it.” - -He seemed relieved, saying: - -“Very well, my boy. Egyptian history is very fascinating, but this is -neither the time nor the place for me to instruct you in it. Still, it -is necessary that you understand something of the importance of the -proposition I am going to make you, and I will be as clear as possible -in my descriptions. The arch, or pylon, referred to in the picture, had -three square towers, to distinguish it from many others, and after -searching long among the ruins of Karnak, which cover many acres, -Lovelace Pasha and I found one which, though partly demolished, still -had one of the characteristic towers left, with traces of the others. -Taking these as our guide we drew an imaginary line from corner to -corner, as in the diagram, and taking our compass we started out to -follow this imaginary line across the desert. Three miles away we found, -to our great joy, the group of palms, very ancient, without doubt, but -still standing, and near to these was a small oasis watered by a tiny -spring. - -“The question now remaining was, how far beyond the three palms was the -point marked on the diagram by the cross—the point where the treasure -had been buried? We were obliged to work very cautiously, for at this -oasis lived a small but fierce tribe of desert Arabs having for their -sheik, or ruler, one Abdul Hashim—the same devil who nearly murdered me -last night. The Arabs were curious to know what we were after, for they -are great thieves and often steal the contents of an ancient tomb after -some lucky excavator has discovered it. So we kept our secret from them, -until finally they became so angry that they would have driven us away -from their neighborhood had not Professor Lovelace secured an order from -the Khedive granting him the privilege of excavating and exploring in -certain sections of the desert for relics of Egypt’s ancient -civilization. The Khedive will always grant these licenses, permitting -the explorer to work at his own expense in the interests of science; but -when a discovery has been made the laws oblige us to give or sell -everything to the National Museum at Cairo, where they pay only the most -insignificant prices because there is no other legal way in which one -may dispose of ancient treasure or relics. - -“But that absurd law did not concern us at the time; what we were eager -for was to discover the hidden treasure of Karnak, and to avoid the -hostile Arabs we worked mostly during the clear moonlit nights, when all -the tribe were asleep. We had sand-augers made, with which we burrowed -into the sand to the foundation of rock underneath, striving to find -some obstruction to indicate where the treasure was buried. By means of -our compass we were enabled to follow a straight line, and we worked -slowly and carefully for a distance of five miles beyond the oasis, and -then back again, without any definite result. Sometimes we would strike -an obstruction and dig down only to find a point of rock or a loose -boulder, and the task seemed to me, after a few months, to be endless -and impracticable. But Lovelace would not give up. He was positive he -was on the right track, and when I declared I had had enough of the job -and was going back to Cairo, he became suspicious of me, and threatened -to kill me if I deserted him. - -“This was my first suspicion that his mind had become unbalanced. - -“‘You know too much, Van Dorn, to be permitted to go away and blab my -secrets to others,’ he said. I assured him I should keep a closed mouth, -but the fellow was so crazy over his idea that he would not trust me. He -was a big man, determined and masterful, and I had to obey him whether I -wanted to or not. I stuck to the search, though I became afraid of my -companion. - -“Well, sirs, not to bother you with details which are to you -unimportant, I will say that finally, after more than two years of -patient search, we chanced upon the treasure. My auger one day stuck in -the sand and could not be withdrawn. Digging down we found that the -point had plunged into a bronze ring and become fast. Lovelace gave a -howl of joy at sight of the ring, for he knew then that our search was -ended. - -“It was after midnight, with bright stars shining down to light us as we -worked. We cleared away the sand to the depth of more than four feet, -and found the ring, duly attached to a large block of granite that -rested on the rock foundation.” - -“Is there a layer of rock under the desert sands, then?” I inquired. - -“Yes; in this section of the country,” was the answer. “Archeologists -will tell you that originally the earth was covered by a vast table-land -of solid rock such as we now call sandstone. The erosion of wind and -weather caused bits of this rock to crumble. The simoons caught them and -whirled them around, breaking off other particles of rock and crumbling -them into sand. As ages passed the sand increased in volume, until now -the desert is covered with it to a depth of from two to six feet, and -sometimes even more. Often the winds blow this sand into billows, -leaving the bare table-land of rock to be seen stretching for miles and -miles. - -“But to return to my story. The block of granite was heavy, measuring -three by six feet on the surface and being more than two feet in -thickness. Three bronze rings were imbedded in it, but pry and lift as -we would we could not budge the huge stone an inch. It was evident that -we must have help, so we covered up the stone again, marked the spot -carefully, and went back to the Arab village. - -“Next morning Lovelace bargained with the sheik, Abdul Hashim, for the -use of two of his men to assist us. Also we were obliged to send to -Luxor for four stout staves to use as levers. You may well imagine that -all this excited the wonder of the Arabs, and I doubted if Lovelace -would be able to keep his secret from them. However, he appeared to -attach no importance to this danger, and the next evening we set out for -our buried stone, accompanied by our assistants bearing the oaken -staves. We quickly dug away the sand and cleared the stone, and then we -four used the levers together and by straining our muscles to the utmost -managed to lift the huge slab of granite until it stood on edge. - -“Underneath was a rock cavity, carefully chiseled out by hand, and at -first we saw only a mass of dried reeds brought from the Nile bank. -Removing these we came upon heavy layers of rotted cloth, of the kind -that was once used in Egypt for wrapping mummies. But after this padding -was dragged away the treasure became visible and Lovelace’s hands shook -with excitement while he examined it. First there were many rolls of -papyrus, carefully swathed in bandages; then several Canopic jars of -pure gold, each containing quarts of wonderful pearls, rubies and -emeralds; and finally a vast collection of wrought jewelry, gold and -silver ornaments, some packed in rude wooden boxes which were old and -falling to decay and others scattered loosely over them and filling -every crevice. - -“Lovelace said not a word while we were examining this vast treasure, -the most remarkable collection that has come down to us from antiquity. -His face was white and set and except for the trembling of his hands he -kept himself under perfect control. The eyes of the Arabs, however, -glittered with cupidity, and I caught them exchanging significant -glances. - -“The Professor took a couple of handfuls of rubies and pearls and thrust -them carelessly into his pockets. He selected a few golden ornaments of -exquisite workmanship, and replaced all the rest of the treasure, with -its padding, in the rock cavity. When this had been done he commanded us -to replace the granite slab, which we did, tipping it forward so that it -again covered the orifice. Our next task was to fill in the sand, and as -a light breeze was blowing we knew that in an hour the desert would show -no marks of the excavation we had so recently made. The levers we left -lying beside the granite slab, buried deep in the sand. - -“Lovelace now motioned the Arabs to return toward their village, and -they set out eagerly enough, we following close behind them. But after -we had proceeded a few hundred yards Lovelace Pasha drew his revolver -and calmly shot both men dead. - -“‘Now, Van Dorn,’ he said to me, ‘help me to bury this carrion.’ - -“Horrified as I was at the murderous act I hastened to obey, for there -was something strange about the Professor that night—a steely, cruel -gleam in his usually kindly eyes—that recalled my former suspicions and -made me fear that his great discovery had actually driven him mad. - -“Silently we dug away the sand where the men had fallen and covered them -up, smoothing the surface afterward as well as we were able. We -proceeded to the village. - -“‘Where are my children?’ demanded the sheik, sternly. - -“‘Gone away on a far errand,’ said Lovelace. - -“It was true enough, but Abdul Hashim was dissatisfied and suspicious. -We slept late the next morning, and meantime the sheik had sent spies -upon our trail. The jackals had dug up the bodies of the murdered Arabs -and had half devoured them when their comrades reached the spot. - -“It was open war between the tribe and us. We occupied a small stone -house at the edge of the village. It had but one door and no windows, -being merely a bare room thatched with palm leaves. When we heard the -tribe running toward us with wild cries we knew the climax had arrived. -Lovelace stood in the doorway and kept the Arabs at bay with his -revolvers, but he did not know how long he would be able to hold out. He -gave me the gems and gold ornaments and told me to escape and make my -way to Luxor for help. I was instructed to put the treasure into the -bank, gather a rescue party, and return as speedily as possible. Luxor -was distant only four miles across the desert. - -“While the Arabs were watching in front of the house I stood on the -Professor’s shoulders, broke through the thatch at the rear, and dropped -from the top of the stone wall to the sands beneath. While he returned -to the entrance to distract their attention by a shot, I darted away -toward Luxor and was soon safe from pursuit, even had I chanced to be -observed. - -“I performed my errand quickly and returned with a detachment of mounted -police lent me by the governor of the city, for Professor Lovelace was a -well-known explorer and under the protection of the Khedive. We arrived -too late. I found only the Professor’s dead body, terribly mutilated by -the knives of the Arabs. They had tricked him in some way during my -absence, and so obtained their revenge. - -“Abdul Hashim calmly told the officers that Lovelace Pasha had gone mad, -and was slain by them in self-defense. He pointed to two dead men and -several wounded to prove the truth of his assertion. I told another -story, as you may imagine, but with no hint of the treasure. Shortly -afterward I had the satisfaction of inducing the governor to raze Abdul -Hashim’s village to the ground, so that not one of the rude stones -remained upon another, while the tribe was driven farther into the -desert to seek new quarters. - -“Fortunately I had not banked the sample treasure we had taken, not -wishing to delay my friend’s rescue, so that now I found myself the sole -possessor of any knowledge relating to the great discovery. It has -remained my personal secret until this hour, when I have confided it to -you, gentlemen, in order to induce you to assist me.” - -He paused, as if the tale was ended, and for a time we, his listeners, -remained silent and thoughtful. The story had impressed me, for one, -greatly, and it had seemed to ring true until he came to that row with -the Arabs. There were some unlikely statements about the death of -Lovelace and Van Dorn’s peculiar escape from the village, but I -reflected that my ignorance of the ways of this people might well -account for any seeming improbabilities that lurked in the story. - - - - - CHAPTER VI. - THE TREASURE OF THE ANCIENTS. - - -Uncle Naboth was the first to speak. - -“Tell me, sir,” said he, “why you have selected us to receive your -confidence.” - -“I had two reasons,” replied Van Dorn. “One is that I am afraid. I left -Luxor and traveled to Cairo, trying to think of a way to secure the -treasure for myself. At Cairo I was shot at from a window and narrowly -escaped death. I came on here to Alexandria, as secretly as I could. -Last night I was set upon by a band of Arabs, among whom I recognized -the terrible Abdul Hashim. Had you not appeared at the same instant I -would certainly have been killed. It seems as if Providence had decreed -that we should meet. You have a swift vessel, bound for America, and I -have a great treasure to be secured and transported home. Assist me in -this emergency and your reward shall be greater than you could gain from -a dozen voyages.” - -“This treasure,” said my father, slowly and reflectively, “belongs to -the Egyptian government, accordin’ to your own say-so.” - -“Oh, no!” cried Van Dorn. - -“I take it that way, from your statement.” - -“I said the present laws of Egypt, enacted a few years ago, forbade any -relic of the old civilization to be taken out of the country. The Museum -will buy all my treasure, and give me an insignificant sum not at all -commensurate with its value; but what right has the Khedive to claim -what I have worked so hard to secure? In America the gems alone will -sell for millions.” - -“But this is an Egyptian treasure,” I said. “The laws seem to me to be -just. What right have you, a foreigner, to remove this great wealth from -the country?” - -“The right of discovery,” retorted the little Professor, promptly, with -an energetic bob of his head. “Who is the Khedive of Egypt? A Turk. A -foreigner like myself, if you please, who rules here as a dependant of -Turkey, and pays the Sultan eleven millions a year in tribute—a sum he -wrings from the remnant of the true Egyptians, and from the Arab and -other native population, by means of excessive taxes. This treasure once -belonged to Egypt, we will admit, and it was buried by the Egyptian -priests to save it from just such invaders as these Turks. But Egyptians -no longer rule Egypt, nor ever will again; so that in simple justice -this treasure belongs solely to its discoverer rather than to the -usurper in the land where it lies buried.” - -“Still,” said Uncle Naboth, “we have this government to reckon with. -Morally, you may be entitled to the treasure, but legally the decrees of -the Khedive are inviolable. Eh? If we attempt to run away with this ’ere -treasure, an’ get caught, we can be punished as common thieves.” - -“But we shall not be caught!” cried the Professor. “Mark you, no one in -Egypt suspects the existence of this treasure, so to take it will be -robbing no one—not even the Khedive.” - -“Doesn’t Abdul Hashim suspect it?” I inquired. - -“Yes; perhaps I should make an exception of Abdul Hashim; but his -information is at present confined to mere guessing, and he is too wily -and covetous ever to tell his suspicions to a government official. What -he wants is to get the treasure for himself, and the real battle, if we -meet opposition, will be between Abdul Hashim and us. We ought to have -killed him last night, when we had the chance; but unfortunately the dog -made his escape.” - -“He’s a dangerous enemy,” observed Ned Britton. - -“Only to the unarmed and helpless,” quickly replied the Professor. “A -half dozen Americans could defy his entire tribe. And it is possible we -shall get a chance to kill him before he makes more trouble.” - -“You speak of murder very easily,” said my father. - -“It is not murder to kill an Arab,” protested the Professor. “They are -but heathen men, wicked and cruel, and so numerous that a few of them -sent to perdition will never be missed. The English here have no more -hesitation in killing an Arab than in scotching a poisonous snake, and -the authorities seldom inquire into the manner of his death. As long as -the government remains in ignorance of my secret we are safe from -interference, except through this wild and worthless tribe led by Abdul -Hashim, and brave Americans have no cause to fear him. Moreover, there -is the treasure itself to be considered. Is it not worth while to risk -something to secure an immense fortune?” - -“What proof have you,” asked Uncle Naboth, “of the existence of this -treasure?” - -Van Dorn hesitated a moment, then unbuttoned his vest and took from -around his waist a leathern belt. This he laid carefully upon the table, -and opening its folds drew out a number of brilliant rubies. - -“Here is my proof,” said he, offering the gems for inspection. “They are -a part of the treasure Lovelace took on that terrible night I have -described to you.” - -We examined them. They were large and brilliant, but cut into squares -and oblongs, triangles and octagons, with smooth flat surfaces. - -“These may be glass,” remarked Uncle Naboth, musingly. - -“I am a lapidary,” said the Professor, his voice slightly trembling with -indignation. “I assure you they are the most splendid rubies in the -known world. Here are pearls. Even your ignorance will acknowledge their -genuineness.” - -He produced, as he spoke, several superb pearls, as large as peas and -tinted in exquisite rose colors. - -“Ah,” exclaimed Mr. Perkins, “I know pearls, all right; for I have -traded for years with the Philippine pearl fishers. You are a strange -man, Professor Van Dorn, to wish to risk your life for more of this -plunder. Here is a fortune in itself.” - -Van Dorn shrugged his stooped shoulders, his red beard bristling with -scorn. - -“Would you, then, advise me to allow the treasure of Karnak to remain -another two thousand years buried in the sands of the desert?” he asked. -“Are your big speculators in America satisfied to acquire a million, or -do they every one labor like slaves to make their million into a -billion? Men are satisfied with many things in this age, but never are -they satisfied with wealth. The more we have the more we strive to -obtain. But here—look at these ornaments. Can modern goldsmiths match -them?” - -He drew out a golden necklace of magnificent workmanship, quaint in -design and wrought with a delicacy and skill that were wonderful. A -bracelet, two rings, and a diadem set with amethysts were also exhibited -to our admiring eyes. - -“These,” said the Professor, “you must admit are both antique and -valuable; yet they are a mere sample of the immense treasure I have -discovered. There is enough, as I have told you, to make us all wealthy, -and I am willing to divide liberally in order to obtain your assistance. -But I shall not urge you. If you are too stupid or cowardly to accept my -offer, keep my secret and go about your business. No harm is done. There -will be thousands willing to undertake the adventure.” - -He put the jewels and ornaments back into the belt and buckled it around -his waist, hiding it again underneath his vest. He leaned back in his -chair, lighted a cigarette, and glanced at our grave faces inquiringly. - -“Be good enough to go on deck for a time, Professor,” said my father. -“We will talk the matter over among ourselves before venturing to give -you an answer.” - -He rose without protest and retired, and at once we began an earnest -discussion of the proposal. The first point to settle was the legality -of the thing, and it seemed to us the Professor was right in his -contention that the present powers in Egypt, which had acquired the -country by wars of conquest, had no more moral right to claim the buried -treasure of the ancient priests of Karnak than had its recent -discoverers. The old religion based on the worship of Isis and Osiris -had disappeared from the earth and its votaries were long since dead or -dispersed. The hidden treasure, formerly the property of this religious -body, had now no legal claimants and belonged to whomsoever had the -fortune to find it and the courage to seize and hold it. That the -Khedive had made laws forbidding anyone to remove ancient treasure from -Egypt did not affect us in the least. We were free Americans and in no -way under the dominion of the Turks who had conquered Egypt. They might -exact tribute from this land and establish the claim of might to -whatever wealth the country contained; but it was our privilege to evade -this might if we chose to. There are true Egyptians yet living in Egypt, -but they are poor-spirited folk and are largely outnumbered by the -Arabs, Turks and other foreigners, so that the control of their native -land is doubtless lost to them forever. - -Having thus satisfied our consciences that we were justified in -undertaking an adventure to secure this wealth, we faced the -consequences of failure or discovery. There was nothing to demand our -immediate return to America, and the time required by the undertaking -was therefore available. But the _Seagull_ represented a fortune to us, -and we hesitated to jeopardize her safety. According to international -treaty we were not safe from seizure in case the ship violated the laws -of Egypt; but there was a strong probability that the worst fate liable -to overtake us, if discovered, would be the confiscation of the -treasure. The Khedive would hesitate to involve his country in a dispute -with the United States by resorting to extreme measures. We were taking -a chance, of course; but the game seemed well worth the chance, and none -can expect to win who hesitates to risk a stake. - -Having disposed of governmental interference we faced the question of a -war with Abdul Hashim and his tribe, and decided to contest the Arab’s -claim—which was not in any way equal to that of the Professor, according -to the story he had told us. We had before this encountered some -desperate adventures in strange lands and were not disposed to shrink -from a skirmish with these lawless Arabs, if they forced it upon us. -There remained, then, but two points to be settled: the best way to get -the treasure aboard ship, and our share in the division, once we had -safely transported it to America. - -We recalled the Professor and asked him for his plans and proposals. He -was a queer little fellow, this Van Dorn; half coward and half bully; -but there was no doubt the man possessed a share of shrewd intelligence. - -“If we undertake to go up the Nile, past Cairo and Assuit,” he said, -“and try to bring the treasure back to Alexandria, the chances are that -we should never succeed. This is the most populous portion of Egypt, and -government spies and the mounted police are everywhere. Had this been my -plan I should not have appealed to you to assist me. Your claim to -become my allies lies in the fact that you have a swift ship unknown in -these waters, a brave crew, and the American love for adventure. But the -ship is the most important possession of all.” - -“You don’t expect us to sail up the Nile, do you?” I asked, impatiently. - -“No, that is impossible,” was his quiet reply. “From here to Luxor is -seven hundred miles; but the Arabian Gulf, in the Red Sea, is only -ninety miles from where the treasure is hidden. You will take your ship -to Port Said, through the Suez Canal, and so down the Gulf to the small -and unimportant town of Koser, where there is a good harbor. Here we -shall hire camels which will take us in four days across the Arabian -desert to the treasure, which we shall load upon the camels and bring -back with us to the ship. We shall not appear at Karnak or Luxor at all, -you see, and shall encounter only the desert Bedouins, who are quite -friendly to Europeans. Nor need we even approach the ruins of Abdul -Hashim’s village. I know how to find the spot where the treasure lies, -and in that lonely place there will be none to spy upon us.” - -“But how shall we find our way across the desert?” asked Uncle Naboth. - -“Why, there still exists an ancient caravan route from Koser to Luxor,” -the Professor returned, “and we shall be able to secure guides who know -every step of the way. It will be a tedious journey; four days to go and -four to return; but, as I have said, the reward will be ample for such -insignificant hardships.” - -“Your plan seems safe and practical,” observed my uncle. “I like the -idea. But now, Van Dorn, we must come to the most important point of -all. What do you offer us in return for the use of our ship, for our -services and for the expenses of the undertaking?” - -“I will give you ten rubies and ten pearls,” said he. “They are of such -size and purity that you can easily sell them for ten thousand dollars. -That is an ample reward, it seems to me.” - -I laughed, and the others—even to Archie—smiled as if amused. The little -Professor had spoken with an air of great condescension, as if -conferring upon us a rare favor. - -“How much treasure is there?” asked my father. - -“That will not matter to you,” retorted Van Dorn. “I will give you the -pearls and the rubies now, before we start. They shall be your wage. -Afterward, all the treasure we secure shall be my own exclusive -property.” - -Uncle Naboth yawned—it was a habit he had when bored—and my father -slowly arose and stumped from the room. - -“When will you go ashore, Professor?” I asked. - -“What do you mean by that question?” he demanded, his face nearly as red -as his beard. - -“Only that we intend to sail on our return voyage at sundown, and -probably you are not quite ready to go to America in our company. One of -the boats will land you on the quay whenever you please to go.” - -He looked at me intently, his face now turned chalky white. - -“Come, Archie,” said I, cheerily, “let’s go and see about unloading your -boxes.” - -“Stay!” cried Van Dorn, suddenly. “What do you people demand?” - -“We? Oh, sir, we make no demands at all. Your proposition was, as you -doubtless well knew, one it would be impossible for us to accept. But we -shall keep your secret, never fear, and the best proof is that we are -off for America. You are at liberty to go ashore and negotiate with -others.” - -“And be murdered by Abdul Hashim,” he added, bitterly. - -“Ah; that is your affair,” I replied, indifferently. - -I went on deck with Archie and directed the men in getting the Ackley -cases hoisted from the hold and swung aboard a small lighter, which -landed them safely on the quay. I intended to send the boy’s two big -telescopes with the goods, but Archie objected. - -“Wait a bit,” he whispered to me, soberly. “I haven’t yet decided to go -ashore.” - -“Not to deliver your father’s goods to the merchants at Luxor?” I asked, -with a smile. - -“No. See here, Sam; I’m in on this deal,” he announced, earnestly. “If -you fellows go fortune-hunting you must take me along.” - -“Oh, you want a share, do you?” I said, sarcastically. - -“I won’t refuse a small slice, Sam; but for the most I’m after is the -fun. This is the biggest deal I ever heard of, and it promises a lot of -sport before you’re through with it. Let me in, will you?” he added, -pleadingly. - -“I’m willing, Archie. But it’s likely we can’t come to terms with the -Professor. He don’t want to divvy fair, you see.” - -The little man was now walking disconsolately about the deck. Apparently -he was in a state of deep dejection. - -I went with Archie to the quay, where he paid the import duties on his -father’s wares and arranged to have them forwarded by the railway to -Luxor, where they were consigned to himself. - -“You see, we don’t know these Greek and Syrian merchants,” he explained, -“and we can’t trust dealers in humbug goods. That’s why father wanted me -to come along. I’m to collect for the stuff when I deliver it, and also -take orders for anything more they want us to manufacture.” - -“But don’t you intend to travel with the goods?” I asked. - -“No. They can wait at Luxor for me until we’ve decided what to do about -the Professor’s treasure. According to his story it lies buried only a -few miles from Luxor, so I may be able to attend to both errands at the -same time.” - -Ah; if we only knew what this plan was destined to cost us! - - - - - CHAPTER VII. - A GREAT UNDERTAKING. - - -As Archie and I returned along the quay from the custom house, to regain -our boat, I noticed standing upon the edge of the dock the solitary but -impressive figure of an Arab. - -He was fully six feet tall and splendidly formed. His dirty white -burnous was wrapped around him in a way to emphasize the dignity of his -pose, and his handsome countenance was calm and impassive. From beneath -the ample folds of a black and yellow turban two wide dark eyes were set -on a point of vision across the bay, and following his gaze I saw that -it was directed toward the _Seagull_ lying at her anchorage. These eyes, -accustomed to the distances of the desert, might be stronger than my -own, yet I myself found that I could discern dark forms moving about -upon our deck, and one in especial—was it the Professor?—was leaning -quietly over the side nearest the quay. - -The Arab did not notice Archie or me, so I had a chance to examine him -critically. He was not old—perhaps thirty-five—and his unshaven face was -a light tan in color. As we rowed out to the ship his eyes at last fell -upon us, and I thought that he watched us intently until we were well -aboard. From the deck I could still see his stalwart, motionless figure -standing erect in the same position; and perhaps the Professor saw him, -too, for he came toward me with an uneasy expression upon his face and -requested another interview with my father, Uncle Naboth, and myself. - -I summoned Ned Britton, Archie, and Joe, as well, and presently we all -assembled in my father’s cabin. - -“I have been thinking over this proposal,” began Van Dorn, “and have -concluded that my first offer was not liberal enough, in the -circumstances. To be frank with you,” his little, ferret eyes were -anything but frank, just then, “the treasure is useless to me without -your assistance in obtaining and transporting it to a place of safety. -So I am willing to meet your views in the matter of a division of the -spoils.” - -We regarded him silently, and after a moment he added: “What do you -think would be just, or satisfactory?” - -My uncle answered. He was an experienced trader. - -“According to your own story, sir,” said he, “you are not the original -discoverer of this treasure. Professor Lovelace worked several years in -tracing it, and finally succeeded because he had found an obscure -diagram engraved on the ruined walls of a temple. He hired you to assist -him. Tell us, then, what share of the plunder did he promise you?” - -The Professor hesitated, but thinking to deceive us, though his manner -assured us he was lying, he said boldly: - -“I was to have one-half. But of course after Lovelace was murdered the -whole belonged to me.” - -“Was there any compact to that effect?” I asked. - -“Not exactly. But it is reasonable and just, is it not?” - -“Had Lovelace no heirs—no family?” - -“None whatever.” - -Said Uncle Naboth, with his usual deliberation: - -“If you were to receive one-half the treasure from Lovelace, in return -for your assistance, we will make the same contract with you in return -for ours. Lovelace seemed to think it was worth that much, and we will -abide by his judgment.” - -Van Dorn turned red. There was no escape from the toils he had cast -about himself by his foolish statement. He looked thoughtfully out of -the window, and following his gaze I saw the solitary Arab still -standing on the quay with his face set in our direction. - -A scarcely perceptible tremor seemed to pass over the Professor’s slight -frame. He turned to us with a new animation in his face. - -“Professor Lovelace reserved for himself the collection of papyrus -rolls,” said he, in a brisk tone. “I will do the same. These writings -would be of no value to you, in any event. All of the jewels, ornaments, -or other treasure than the papyri, I will agree to divide with you -equally.” - -“Very good,” said Uncle Naboth, with a nod. “It is our agreement. Write -it down, Sam, and all these witnesses shall sign the document.” - -I brought paper and pens and began to draw up the agreement. Presently I -paused. - -“In case of your death, Professor, I suppose you are willing all the -treasure should belong to us, since that was your own claim when -Lovelace died?” - -He grew a little pale as he answered: “Do you want to put that in the -paper?” - -“Yes, if you please.” - -“Will you agree, on your part, to protect me from harm in all possible -ways, to guard my life as completely as you do your own lives?” - -“Certainly.” - -“Then include it in the contract. It would be a terrible thing to die -just when all this treasure is fairly in my grasp; but if I lose my life -in the venture there is no one to inherit my possessions.” - -As I resumed my writing Uncle Naboth remarked: - -“We’ll look after you, sir, never fear. Sam only means to cover any -possible mishaps, and I guess he’s right. But we’ll be satisfied with a -fair division, and intend to do our duty by you if it costs us our lives -to protect you.” - -When the contract was ready the Professor signed it without a word of -protest, and after the witnesses had attached their signatures the -little man went on deck and left us alone. - -“He means treachery,” remarked my father, coolly. - -Uncle nodded. - -“Quite possible, Dick; but it will be our business to watch him. His -story is true, because he has the evidence to prove it, and I’ve no -doubt he’ll lead us straight to the treasure. But what his game is -afterwards, I can’t imagine.” - -After that we sat silent for a time. - -“Uncle,” said I, happening to think of the thing, “Archie wants to go -along with us.” - -Mr. Perkins scratched his head reflectively. - -“What share does he want?” he asked. - -I turned to Archie for the reply. - -“If I’m any help to you, you can give me whatever you please,” said the -boy. “I want to see the fun, mostly; but I’ll not refuse any reward I’m -able to earn.” - -“That’s fair and square,” said Uncle Naboth. “You’re welcome to come -along.” - -“Now, then,” proclaimed my father, “we’ve got to talk to the men. That’s -your job, Sam—you’ve got the gift of palaver. The enterprise is -irreg’lar an’ some dangerous, an’ our lads must be told jest what -they’re expected to do.” - -We went on deck and piped all hands aft for a conference. - -As clearly as I was able I related to the crew the story Van Dorn had -told us, and his proposal to us to assist him in getting the treasure. -The only points I concealed were the location of the hoard and its -probable value. - -“If you will join us in this adventure,” I added, “we promise every man -three times his regular pay, and in case we get the treasure one-tenth -of our share also be divided equally among you. We don’t expect much -trouble, yet there may be a scrimmage or so with the Arabs before we get -done. Any of you who fear this danger or don’t like the job we’ve -undertaken, will be left at Port Said until we return, and we shall -think none the worse of those men, who will simply forfeit their prize -money. Now, lads, what do you say?” - -There wasn’t a dissenting voice among them. They were Americans. Many -had sailed with us before, and all were picked men who had proved -themselves honest and trustworthy. My father had indeed chosen his crew -with care and judgment, and I think we were not much surprised that from -Ned Britton down to the meanest sailor all were eager to undertake the -venture. - -We cleared the port, sailed down to Port Said, and paid our fee to be -passed through the Suez Canal to the Gulf of Arabia—no insignificant -sum, by the way, but an incidental expense of the enterprise. The -Professor had sadly informed us that he had no ready money to meet any -of these emergencies; therefore we undertook to pay all expenses. - -Our last view of the quay at Alexandria showed the strange Arab still at -his post, motionless and staring calmly after us. I noticed that Van -Dorn heaved a sigh of relief when we drew away from the harbor and the -solitary watcher had faded slowly from our sight. - -We were obliged to lie for four days at Port Said before our turn came -to enter the canal, for several big liners of the East India Company and -many packets of many nations were before us. Having our own engines we -did not require a tug, and after a seemingly interminable period, -although the distance is only one hundred miles, we emerged from the -canal at Suez and Port Ibrahim and found the broad waters of the Red Sea -lying before us. - -Heading southward we found fair breezes that wafted us at a good speed -along the two hundred and fifty miles of barren coast between Suez and -Koser. The Arabian desert, bleak and covered in places with bare -mountains, was in sight on our right all the way, and the few small -villages we passed did not seem inviting. - -At length, on the evening of the 12th of February, we anchored in the -little harbor of Koser, and although the natives came flocking around us -in their miserable fishing boats, offering fruit for sale and doubtless -wondering what chance had led so strange and trim a craft as the -_Seagull_ to their forsaken port, we made no attempt to land or -communicate with them until the next morning. - - - - - CHAPTER VIII. - GEGE-MERAK. - - -After breakfast Uncle Naboth, the Professor, and I rowed ashore and -landed on the primitive wooden quay, whence we proceeded to the town—a -group of mud dwellings, palm thatched, standing on a small eminence near -the bay. At the left of the town were several large storehouses -belonging to the government, where tithes of grain were kept. - -A silent but observant group of natives met us on shore and accompanied -us up the path to one of the principal houses, where Van Dorn, who -understood Arabic, informed us the sheik and cadi awaited our coming. - -After a brief delay we were ushered into a low but spacious room where -the light was so dim that at first I could see nothing. Presently, -however, my eyes grew accustomed to the gloom and I made out a big, -whiskered Arab sitting cross-legged on a mat and surrounded by a group -of friends and advisors. - -To my relief they spoke English; brokenly, yet sufficiently well to be -understood; and the sheik in most polite phrases begged to know why we -had honored his poor village by a visit. - -The Professor explained that our vessel was bound for India, but that -some of our party had an errand at Luxor and we wished to secure a -guide, an armed escort, and some good camels, to form a caravan to cross -the desert and return. The ship would wait in the harbor until we had -accomplished our journey. - -They listened to this story respectfully. We were Americans, they -judged. Only Americans in Egypt were credited with doing unusual things. -An Englishman or other foreigner would have taken the railway to Luxor -by way of Cairo. - -But they had no desire to grumble at our strange whim. To keep the ship -in their harbor a week longer would mean more or less patronage of the -village bazar as well as harbor fees for the sheik. The caravan across -the desert would mean good earnings for many worthy citizens, no doubt. - -But just here they seemed to scent difficulties. The Arabs talked -together earnestly in their own language, and the Professor explained to -us in an anxious voice that guides were scarce in Koser just then. The -best, a famous Arab Bedouin, had gone west to the mines on a three -weeks’ journey. Another had just departed to take a party to Kift. The -third and last one available was lying ill with a fever. There was no -trouble about camels; the sheik had himself several superior animals to -offer, and a neighbor chief of the Bega Bedouins owned a splendid drove -and could furnish any number required. But the guide was lacking, and a -guide was absolutely necessary; for the desert was trackless and -infested by _haramyeh_, or robbers. - -That seemed to settle the matter, to the great grief of the sheik; but -the little Professor protested most vigorously that he had to go, and -that a way must be found to secure for us a competent guide. Extra money -would be available in the emergency, he added, and the hint set the -dirty bearded Arabs conferring again. They talked in Arabic, and I heard -the name of Gege-Merak[1] mentioned several times. The Professor, -listening intently, told me this was the Bega chief who owned the -camels. Gege-Merak had once been the most famous guide on the desert, -but he was now old, and had retired from active life years ago. Still, -if there was plenty of money to tempt him, he might be induced -personally to lead us to Luxor and back. - -The discussion resulted in a messenger being dispatched to Gege-Merak, -who lived a day’s journey in the desert, to propose our offer and bring -back the chief’s reply. There would be nine of our own party, and we -desired an escort of six armed natives, besides the guide. - -The delay was inevitable, and we waited as patiently as we could for the -messenger’s return. That evening we entertained the sheik and his chief -men at dinner aboard the ship, and before they returned to the shore -they vowed undying friendship for us all, including Nux and Bryonia. My -father’s cork leg especially won their admiration and respect, and they -declared he must be a very great and famous Captain in his own country -to be entrusted with the command of so noble and so beautiful a ship. We -told them he was. The Professor added that next to the President himself -all Americans revered Captain Steele, who had won many battles fighting -against his country’s enemies. I was amused at this absurd description, -but it afterward served us a good turn, and perhaps preserved our lives. - -The next day we visited the bazar, where unimportant articles were -offered for sale, and as the sheik was himself the principal owner we -purchased considerable rubbish that we had no use for, just to keep the -rascals good natured. - -On the third day, at about sunset, the messenger returned, and to our -surprise he was accompanied by a train of fifteen camels—all fine, -strong specimens of these desert steeds. - -He had brought bad news for the sheik, though. Gege-Merak had consented -to guide the strangers in person, but he would supply all the camels, -tents, and blankets himself, and receive all the hire for them. -Moreover, the armed escort must be all from his own tribe; no dog of an -Arab should have anything to do with his caravan. - -The sheik frowned, cursed the impudent Bega, and swore he would not -allow his dear friends, the Americans, to fall into Gege-Merak’s power. - -Uncle Naboth and I went out and examined the escort. They were handsome, -well-formed fellows, with good features and dark, bronze hued -complexions. Their limbs were slender and almost delicately formed, yet -promised strength and agility. I decided at once that these men looked -less like robbers than the stealthy-eyed, sly-moving Arabs of the -village. - -The Ababdeh—for the Bega warriors belonged to this caste—sat their -camels stolidly and in silence, awaiting the acceptance or rejection of -the offer of their chieftain. They were dressed in coarse woolen robes -colored in brilliant native hues, but they wore no head covering except -their luxuriant, bushy hair, which formed a perfect cloud around their -faces and seemed to me nearly a foot in thickness. In their girdles were -short knives and each man carried slung across his back a long, slender -rifle with an elaborately engraved silver stock. - -My uncle agreed with me that the escort looked manly and brave. We -concluded there was a way to satisfy the sheik, so we went back to him -and offered to pay a liberal sum for his permission to engage -Gege-Merak. He graciously consented, although he warned us that the -desert Bega were not the safest people in the world to intrust with our -lives and that only the fear of consequences would prevent the Ababdeh -chief from murdering us and rifling our bodies. - -The Professor, however, had no such fears. He confided to us his opinion -that we were fortunate in having no Arabs in our party. In case we -chanced to encounter Abdul Hashim, the Bega would be more likely to -prove faithful than would the Koser Arabs. All Arabs hate Christians in -their hearts, added the Professor, and most of the desert tribes, who -had existed in Egypt long before the Arabs overran the country, hated -the Mussulmans as much as the latter hated the Christians. The Ababdeh -tribes were natural thieves; he could not deny that; but he had reason -to hope for our safe return from our adventure. - -For my part I pinned my faith to our stalwart escort of American -sailors, thinking in my pride and ignorance that any one of them would -be worth six Bega or Arabs if it came to a fight, and forgetting that -the desert is a prison to those who do not know its trackless wilds. - -Desiring as little delay as possible we loaded the camels that evening -with provisions from our ship and the light baggage, taking no more of -the latter than was absolutely necessary. Bryonia, who was going with -the party, insisted on carrying certain pots and pans with which to -provide proper meals while en route, and these the Bega looked upon with -absolute disdain. But I was glad to see our cook’s provision for our -comfort, since we were to be gone eight or nine days at the least. - -Next morning we mounted the camels and set out. After some careful -figuring we had organized our party as follows: The Professor first, of -course; then Uncle Naboth, Archie Ackley, Joe, and myself. My father -made some objection to three boys joining the party, but it was an -adventure in which any boy would be eager to participate, and Joe begged -so hard to go along and was so devoted to me personally that I argued -the matter until Captain Steele gave in and consented. My father thought -he could not ride a camel in comfort because of his cork leg, so he -remained aboard to look after the ship. He let Ned Britton join us, -though, and three sailors, all loyal fellows and splendid specimens of -American manhood. This completed our party of nine. We were all armed -with revolvers and repeating rifles, and felt that in case of attack or -interference we could give a good account of ourselves. - -The weather was warm at this season, but when we started, soon after -dawn, a gentle breeze was coming over the desert and we set out in good -spirits in spite of the fact that the motion of the camels caused us to -sway awkwardly in our tall saddles. We should get used to this motion in -time, the Professor assured us; but at first it jolted us terribly. - -It seemed as if the entire population of the village had assembled to -see us start, and from their looks they evidently considered us little -less than madmen. The sheik wished us a safe journey and promised in the -hearing of the Bega to avenge us in case we met with treachery; but at -the same time, he told the Professor privately, he refused to guarantee -our savage escort in any particular. - -Bidding my father and the crew of the _Seagull_ a cheery farewell, we -left Koser and began our journey across the desert. - -The Ababdeh were silent fellows, but when I questioned them I found that -at least two of their number understood and spoke English fairly well. -They did not waste words in expressing themselves, but seemed -intelligent and respectful in their demeanor toward us. - -Our progress the first day was slow, for the way was across heavy sands -that tired the camels to walk upon. We made a halt for luncheon and at -about sundown reached the encampment of the Bega chief, Gege-Merak. It -was situated on a tiny oasis of the desert, which boasted a well of good -water and a group of a dozen tall spreading date-palms. Under the palms -were set the chief houses of the village, made of mud and thatched with -palm leaves; but the huts of the people extended also out upon the -desert, on all sides of the oasis. These mainly consisted of low walls -of mud roofed with squares of canvas, and none save the house of the -chieftain was high enough for a man to stand upright within it. - -[Illustration: The village in the oasis.] - -I was surprised at the number of this isolated tribe of Bega, and it was -a wonder to me how they all managed to subsist. They had many goats and -camels and a small herd of buffalo-cows—too many, seemingly, to crop the -scant herbage of the oasis; but there was no attempt at agriculture that -I could discover. - -We halted before the house of the chief, and after conferring together -our escort conducted my uncle, the Professor, and myself into the -building. We found ourselves in a large, cool room, lighted and aired by -open spaces between the top of the walls and the roof. At the rear was a -dark passage, doubtless leading into other apartments, but the -appearance of the interior was extremely primitive and unattractive. - -Upon a rush mat at one side of the room sat a young girl, her slender -form graceful and upright, her dark eyes fixed curiously upon us. She -seemed about fifteen years of age, but may have been two or three years -younger, for the women of these desert gypsies mature early in life. Her -hair, unlike that of the other Bega we had seen, was not bushy and -cloudlike, but its luxuriant tresses were heavily plaited into several -braids, two hanging in front over either shoulder and two others -dropping behind her back. On her arms or ankles were broad bands or -bracelets of silver, some of them set with odd stones of strange colors -and shapes. Golden bangles—perhaps Persian or Arabian coins—were strung -together on wires and woven into the braids of her hair. She wore a robe -of some thin, strong material which was striped in alternate bands of -scarlet and green—a robe more becoming than its description sounds, I -think—and across her rounded shoulders was folded a Syrian scarf covered -with rich embroidery. - -The girl was undeniably handsome. She would have been conspicuous by -reason of her beauty in any civilized community. Here, surrounded by a -barbaric desert tribe, she seemed a veritable daughter of Venus. - -I could not stare long at this gracious sight, for beside the girl sat, -or rather squatted, a personage whose powerful individuality compelled -attention. - -Gege-Merak—for I did not doubt I beheld the chief—was a withered, -wrinkled old man scarce five feet in height when standing upright, a -veritable dwarf among his handsome, well formed subjects. One eye—the -right one—was gone, and across the sightless cavity and reaching from -his cheek to his forehead, was a broad, livid scar as from the slash of -a knife or a sword-cut. The other eye, small and glittering, regarded us -with a glare as disconcerting as that of a snake, it being set in his -face deep amid the folds of wrinkled flesh. His chin protruded and his -thin lips were closed together in a straight line, while his bushy hair -was snow-white in color, denoting great age. - -I own I was amazed to find the famous chief so different from his -people; and when I realized that we had voluntarily put our lives into -the keeping of this old, evil-featured Bega, I began to suspect there -was a foundation for the Arab sheik’s persistent croak of danger. Still, -as Gege-Merak sat huddled upon his mat, motionless save for that roving, -terrible eye, it occurred to me that he was too old and feeble to lead -the caravan himself, as he had sent word to us that he would do, and -without doubt would delegate the task to some other. - -At our entrance the warriors knelt to their chief and crouched -subserviently their foreheads to the mat; but afterward they stood erect -in a group at one side. They neither saluted nor appeared to notice the -girl at all. - -“So,” said Gege-Merak, in a quiet voice and speaking excellent English. -“Here are the travelers who wish to be led to Luxor. What is your errand -there?” - -He looked from one to another of us, and I took upon myself to answer -him, as the Professor seemed to hesitate. - -“Sir, that is our business alone,” I declared, stiffly. “All that we -require from you is your camels, your warriors to guard us, and a -guide.” - -“I am rebuked, Effendi,” said he, fixing his small eye upon me with a -penetrating gaze, but exhibiting no humility in his tones. After a -slight pause: “Do you agree to my price in return for the service you -require?” - -“Yes; you are to receive one hundred English pounds.” - -“In advance,” he added, softly. - -“One-half in advance,” said I. “The remainder when we have returned in -safety.” - -“Let me see the money.” - -I produced a bag containing fifty gold pounds, and stooping down counted -them out upon the mat before him. He watched me silently. - -“Now I will see the other fifty,” he said. - -I began to dislike the chief; but now the Professor said, somewhat to my -surprise. - -“Pay him the full amount, Mr. Steele; it will be better that way.” - -“Why?” I asked, turning to him rather angrily. - -“Because the great chief is suspicious of our honesty, and we want him -to believe we are honest. Also because Gege-Merak’s word is sacred, and -he will be faithful when he is paid. For a third reason, it will be just -as well for you not to carry that gold across the desert and back again, -when the chief is able to put it away in a safe place before we begin -the journey.” - -Gege-Merak listened carefully and it was evident he approved this -argument. But he said nothing and merely looked at me inquiringly. - -Of course, if the natives would prove faithful, the Professor’s plan of -advance payment was best. After a look toward Uncle Naboth, which he -answered with a nod, I drew out another fifty pounds and counted it upon -the mat beside the first. - -“Now, Gege-Merak,” said I, “you are paid in full.” - - - - - CHAPTER IX. - ACROSS THE BLACK MOUNTAINS. - - -The cruel little eye of the chief twinkled brightly at sight of all this -golden display, but he made no motion to gather it up. Instead, he -turned his keen glance first upon me and then upon the others of our -party, as if striving to gauge our thoughts, and read our secret -characters. - -“I will see the other Americans,” he finally said. - -The Professor summoned Ned Britton, Archie, Joe, Bry, and the sailors, -and soon they all stood wonderingly before the Bega chief. He examined -each one with silent interest, down to the smallest item of attire. He -nodded and asked them to again withdraw. - -“Effendi,” said he, addressing me when the others were gone, “you are -deceiving me in regard to your errand. Your party is strong and heavily -armed. You ask me for brave warriors to assist you, and for my own -services as guide. All this is not usual with peaceful traders or -travelers who wish to cross the desert to Luxor on an errand of simple -business. Another thing. You willingly pay me a big price—more than my -service is really worth. Again, you ask for two extra camels, bearing -empty saddle-bags. Therefore you have a secret intention you do not -reveal to me. The little red-beard’s eyes are bright with fever. You all -expect trouble. You may get me mixed with your trouble, so that the -authorities will imprison me and scatter my tribe. I am a good subject -of the mighty Sultan and our father the Khedive. Therefore I refuse the -compact. Take your gold, Effendi, and return to Koser.” - -This speech of the wily chief fairly took away my breath. Uncle Naboth -seemed disappointed, and the Professor trembled nervously. I am sure our -various emotions were clearly apparent to Gege-Merak, for his roving eye -bore an expression of grim amusement. - -It was the Professor who finally answered. He knew the covert -disposition of these strange people better than we did. - -“See, then, my brother, how much we trust in your friendship and -honesty,” said he. “Our errand is indeed twofold, as you have wisely -suspected. One part is to permit the young effendi, Archie Ackley, whom -you have just seen, to collect pay for his wares from certain merchants -in Luxor. The second part of our errand is to permit me to secure some -property belonging to me which I left concealed in a part of the desert -near Karnak. Our bargain with you is to guide and escort us safely to -these places and enable us to bring back to our ship at Koser the -property I have mentioned and young Ackley’s payments from the -merchants. For our purpose of transportation the two extra camels will -be sufficient. But we shall have no trouble with the authorities, -because we intend to commit no crime and break no law of the land. I -will not conceal from you the fact that I am at enmity with a miserable -Arab sheik named Abdul Hashim, who lives upon the desert near Luxor and -who might try to prevent me from securing my property if he knew I had -come for it. He does not suspect my journey at present, and I hope to -avoid him altogether, since he is just now under the displeasure of the -Khedive’s police, which has destroyed his village and scattered his -lawless band. But we must go armed in case the Arab dares to molest us, -and part of your liberal payment is to fight well for us if there should -be need. Also, bands of robbers infest the desert, and we do not wish to -be robbed on our journey. So we take all needful precautions. Is the -great and wise chief, my brother, now satisfied?” - -Gege-Merak was silent for a time, thoughtfully studying the mat at his -feet. Then he replied: - -“I know Abdul Hashim. He is a jackal. I know the police have destroyed -his village, as you truly say; but he is rebuilding it. Abdul Hashim has -powerful friends, and he will fight his foes in spite of our father the -Khedive. If I accept your offer I may lose many camels and men. Also I -make a foe forever of Abdul Hashim and his tribe. No; I will not -consent; the hundred gold pounds is not enough.” - -He had caught us fairly. I saw plainly enough that we must either -abandon the adventure altogether or consent to be robbed at the start by -this grasping Bega. The Professor asked permission for us to withdraw -and consult together, and we went into the open air to hold a -conference. - -Uncle Naboth asked the Professor how much he judged the treasure to be -worth. We had already invested a considerable sum in the speculation and -were about to risk our lives as well. - -Van Dorn could only estimate the amount of the treasure, of which he had -obtained merely a glimpse. But he thought its total value could not -possibly equal less than five hundred thousand pounds, or two and a half -million dollars in American money. It was well worth doubling the -chief’s bribe, he urged, and we all were loth to retreat on the eve of -our adventure. We decided to win Gege-Merak’s support at all hazards, -and presently stood again in the presence of the chief. - -He sat just as we had left him, with the beautiful, statuesque girl at -his side, and the money still spread before him on the mat. - -“Brother,” said the Professor, “we have counselled together and decided -that your demands are not unfriendly. For your powerful support, for the -risk you take and the assurance that you will stand by us bravely and -faithfully, we will double the price first agreed upon. Twenty pounds -more we will give you now. It is all the remaining money we brought with -us. But upon our return to the ship we will give you eighty pounds in -addition, making two hundred pounds in all. Does this satisfy you?” - -“No,” was the quiet answer. “Give me the twenty pounds and your writing -to pay me one hundred and eighty pounds more on our return to the ship -and I shall be content. If any of my men are killed in fighting I will -say nothing. If any of your party is killed you shall not blame me in -any way. Make a writing as I have said and I will be true to you. This -is my last word.” - -I groaned in spirit at the necessity, but I tore a leaf from my notebook -and with my fountain pen wrote the agreement. Uncle Naboth and the -Professor added their signatures to mine. It was a great sum in Egypt, -this fifteen hundred dollars, and we had promised not to hold Gege-Merak -responsible if any of us lost our lives in the venture. But the -Professor assured us we had won a powerful ally and that the investment -was warranted by our necessity. - -I gave the Bega chief the paper, which I felt sure he could not read, -and counted out our remaining twenty pounds upon the mat. Thereupon he -spoke to the girl in his native tongue, for the Bega have a language of -their own, although they usually speak a hybrid Arabic. She leaned -forward, calmly gathered up the money in her scarf, arose and left the -room by the dark passage. She was tall for her age and moved with grace -and dignity. - -“At daybreak,” said Gege-Merak, “the caravan will be ready to start. I -shall go with you. To-night my brothers will sleep in a house prepared -for you. Ketti will lead you to it.” - -The young warrior who had guided us to the village from Koser now came -forward and bowed to us respectfully. We nodded farewell to the chief -and followed Ketti to a large house of one bare room, where our entire -party shortly assembled. Bry had already brought out his pots and pans -and soon a good supper was ready for us. Appetites are keen upon the -desert, and the evening was already well advanced when we had finished -the repast. Soon after, tired by our first day of camel riding, we -rolled ourselves in our blankets and fell asleep. - -I was roused even before daybreak by the noise and shouting in the -village. Every inhabitant seemed astir and in a state of wild -excitement, yet there was nothing for our party to do but fold our -blankets and eat the breakfast our black cook quickly served us. At -first we stumbled around blindly in the gloom, but gradually the sky -grew lighter, until suddenly the first red beams of the sun shot over -the edge of the desert. Beside the well and just in front of the chief’s -house the camels were assembled, all bridled and saddled and ready for -the journey. We took the beasts assigned us and mounted to our places -while the obedient creatures knelt to receive their burdens. The entire -population of the village stood around, silent now, but observant, to -watch the start. - -When we were ready I noticed that two of the camels still knelt awaiting -their riders. They bore gorgeous trappings, the saddles being studded -with brass and silver ornaments. The delay was brief, for soon the -little old chief came from his house, followed by the girl we had seen -the night before. - -I had wondered how Gege-Merak, who had seemed to be nothing more than a -withered, dried-up mummy, could by any possibility be able to lead the -caravan in person; but now, to my surprise, he advanced with swift -steps, agile and light as the tread of a panther, and seated himself -upon his kneeling camel. His one bright eye roved over the assembled -villagers, who all prostrated themselves an instant before resuming -their former upright positions. The chief was clad in the same bright -colored burnous he had worn the night before. An old-fashioned pistol -was stuck in his sash and at his side hung a Turkish cimetar with a -jeweled handle. When his camel had risen to its feet Gege-Merak made a -brief speech to the villagers and gave the signal to start. - -The girl, meantime, had quietly mounted the other camel and taken her -place beside the chief. No one saluted her or seemed to notice her -presence, yet to me she was scarcely less interesting than her aged -companion. The Bega women were numerous in the village, were generally -good looking and bold in their demeanor, yet the warriors seemed to make -a point of disregarding them altogether, as if the sex was wholly -unworthy of masculine attention. It seemed to be a Bega characteristic -and partly explained why the chief’s companion was so generally ignored, -but I was curious to know something of the girl who was to accompany us. -So as we rode slowly away from the oasis I asked Ketti, who was near me, -who she was. - -“Gege-Merak’s grandchild,” was the answer, and I thought the young -warrior’s eyes rested for an instant upon the young girl with a gleam of -admiration. - -“Will she succeed the chief, when he dies?” I inquired. - -“No, Effendi. Iva is but a woman. Only a man becomes chief of a Bega -tribe.” - -“I see. In our country, Ketti, a woman is considered equal to a man.” - -He made no reply to the observation and after a moment I continued: - -“Tell me, then, why does Iva ride with us on this journey?” - -He frowned, glancing around sharply to see that we were not overheard. -But we had ridden quite out of earshot. - -“Effendi, we speak little of such matters, but it is the superstition of -Gege-Merak. He believes that he will live as long as his grandchild -lives, but no longer. If she dies, then he will die. Allah has decreed -it. For this reason the chief does not dare to leave her behind, lest -some harm happen to her.” - -I laughed at this explanation, but the warrior’s face was grave. He was -by far the handsomest and most intelligent of our escort, and his -dignified and straightforward expression attracted me toward him. - -“Always the chief does not treat Iva well,” he added, as if to himself, -as he glanced again to where the oddly mated couple rode at the head of -the caravan. “Her health he guards, because he is selfish; but he makes -the girl his slave.” - -It occurred to me I had been right in guessing that the young man -entertained a tender feeling toward Iva. But I could scarcely blame him. -She was very attractive—for a Bega. - -We made toward a dim ridge of mountains that showed at the southeast and -during the day drew gradually nearer to them. At night we encamped in -the foothills. The rocks were bare and of a black color, and the -surrounding landscape was wholly uninviting. Just beyond us the hills -grew to mountains, which formed a seemingly endless range. - -“Do we climb those peaks?” I asked the chief, as our followers prepared -the camp. - -“There are passes between them, which we follow for two days,” he -answered, briefly. Ketti told me they were the Hammemat Mountains, -composed of a hard, dark stone called breccia, and that the ancient -Egyptians had quarries here, using the stone to form their statues from. - -From this first night the native and American camps were separate. The -Begas pitched low tents for our use, but on their side only one tent, -for the use of Iva, was set up. The men, including the aged chief, when -they slept simply rolled themselves in their _abayeh_ or ragged blankets -and lay down upon the sand. - -Bryonia, having brought a couple of sacks of charcoal from Koser to use -for fuel, managed to cook us a good supper. The Bega did no cooking, but -satisfied their hunger with hard bread and dried goat’s flesh, washed -down with a swallow or two of tepid water. We invited Gege-Merak and Iva -to join us at our meal, but the chief curtly refused. - -“I eat with my people,” he said. - -This action seemed to worry the Professor and his face grew anxious and -thoughtful. - -“If Gege-Merak had broken bread with us, or eaten of our salt,” he -remarked, “we might have depended upon his faithfulness at all times. It -is a rather suspicious circumstance, to my mind, that he refuses to join -us.” - -“I don’t trust him at all,” said I. - -“Nor do I,” added Uncle Naboth. “Seemed to me, first time I spotted the -rascal, that he was playin’ a deep game. Don’t you think it was foolish, -Professor, to pay him all that money?” - -“Not at all. If we had refused to pay it he might have robbed us of it -on the journey. Now he knows he can get nothing more from us until we -return to the ship. That will be our salvation, I imagine. To get the -balance of his payment he’ll be sure to return.” - -“But he doesn’t agree to bring us all back with him,” observed Archie, -musingly. “He’ll be entitled to the money, just the same, if a few of us -are killed.” - -“That matter,” said Ned Britton, grimly, “we must attend to ourselves. -There are nine o’ us to six o’ them copperheads, for the girl don’t -count. So I guess they’ll think twice afore they attacks us.” - -“I don’t fear any open rupture,” replied Van Dorn, with a moody glance -toward the Bega camp. “What we must guard against is treachery. If the -chief had eaten with us I should have feared nothing; but I know the -ways of these Begas, and it will be best for us to set a guard every -night while we sleep.” - -“Why, there’s nothing to murder us for at present,” I objected. “When we -get the treasure, if we ever do, it will be another matter. Just now—” - -“Jest now,” interrupted Uncle Naboth, “we’ll keep on the safe side and -take the Perfessor’s hint. Snakes is snakes, an’ you can’t tell when -they’re a-goin’ to strike. Let’s set a watch nights, from now on.” - -The suggestion was a reasonable one, and we determined to follow it. - - - - - CHAPTER X. - DEEP IN THE DESERT SANDS. - - -The second day’s journey was through wild passes of the Hammemat, among -which we might easily have become bewildered and lost our way had not -Gege-Merak’s knowledge of the mountains enabled him to guide us -accurately. We passed an old Egyptian mine and, soon after, the quarries -which they had abandoned centuries ago, and at evening came to the -famous well of Bir-Hammemat, the curb of which is sixteen feet in -diameter. Here we made our camp, and so wild was the spot that we kept a -constant though secret watch throughout the night. The Bega, however, -seemed to harbor no thoughts of treachery, and although they made their -camp on the opposite side of the well from our own they neither by look -nor action gave us cause to suspect their loyalty. - -We emerged among the foothills on the third day, and before noon passed -a landmark in the way of an old Roman well, now dry and abandoned. It -had once been a large cavity, walled up with huge layers of stone, and I -imagined it must originally have been very deep, too, for even yet the -rubbish in its bottom was a good fifteen feet from the curb. I glanced -at the place carelessly enough as we passed, never dreaming of the -tragedy soon to be enacted there. - -Pushing on at excellent speed we mounted more rocky hills, here composed -of yellow and red Nubian sandstone and granite. Just at sundown we -reached the Pass of Mutrok without incident. - -The Professor was excellently satisfied with our progress. - -“Four hours across the desert from here,” he told us at supper, “lies -the small village of Laketa, which is but four hours more from Luxor. -The treasure lies some two hours’ journey from Laketa, toward Karnak, -and my plan is to halt at the village, when we reach it, and leave our -native escort there. I can guide you myself from Laketa, so only the -Americans shall go to the place where the treasure lies hid. We shall -take with us the two extra camels, and when we rejoin the Bega we must -keep these camels constantly with our party, and refuse to tell the -chief or any of his followers what load they bear. This is a necessary -precaution, I assure you. So far our journey has been uneventful, but -once we have secured the treasure we must exercise exceptional caution -and vigilance until we get it safely aboard the ship.” - -This was good and timely advice, we well knew, and Van Dorn’s plan -seemed practical enough. Before leaving the ship our sailmaker had -prepared several large canvas bags for holding the treasure, and the -Professor had brought along a supply of sealing-wax with which to seal -up the treasure in the bags until it was delivered on board the ship and -could be appraised and divided between us. According to his recollection -of the cavity and its size Van Dorn judged that two camels would be -ample to transport all its contents. - -During this third day the Bega had seemed to regard us with less -friendly glances than before, and just as we dismounted at the camp an -unpleasant incident occurred that for a time promised open rupture -between us. - -One of the camels having gone lame during the afternoon, Iva had been -transferred from her own beast to that of the chief, riding behind whom -she finished the journey in no very comfortable manner. The girl, proud -and reserved, speaking seldom and then only in monosyllables, seemed -wholly out of place in this caravan of men, and we realized that the -chief’s absurd superstition about her was responsible for much of her -sullen behavior. - -Iva had ridden in a cramped position until her limbs were numbed, and as -she slid off the kneeling camel she stumbled and fell awkwardly against -the chief. In sudden rage Gege-Merak turned and struck her a blow on the -side of her head, and the next instant he found himself tumbling -headlong to the earth. For Archie had happened to stand near, and seeing -the outrageous act had bowled over the great Gege-Merak as coolly as if -he had been a school-boy. - -Even before the chief could rise the Bega had sprung at us with drawn -knives and leveled pistols; but Gege-Merak, hearing their shout of rage, -rolled over and held up an arm in warning. They slunk back, then, while -Ketti assisted the ancient chief to his feet. He was unhurt, for his -mummified little form was tough as leather. Neither had Iva been much -injured by the blow she had received, for she stood by quiet and -submissive to all appearances. But I had caught a fierce gleam in her -dark eyes that proved she secretly resented her brutal treatment. The -sharp edge of one of her clumsy ear ornaments had cut her cheek, and two -or three tiny drops of blood trickled down her face; but this was -unimportant. She well knew Gege-Merak would take good care not to -seriously endanger her health or life, even in a fit of temper, as long -as his superstition regarding her held sway. But a kick, a blow, or a -bitter epithet was often her portion. - -This was not the end of the incident. After supper and during the brief -Egyptian twilight Ketti came to us with a message from the chief. He -asked us to kill Archie before morning and expose his body to be torn -and devoured by the jackals, that the insult to Gege-Merak’s dignity be -avenged. - -We greeted the request with a roar of laughter, and Archie declared he -would run across and punch the old fellow’s nose for his impudence. -Ketti, who was less a barbarian than any of his tribe, in our opinion, -was still too dense to understand our answer until we said frankly that -we fully approved what Archie had done and had no intention of punishing -him. - -“Then,” said the messenger, “you must deliver him to our chief, who will -satisfy his vengeance according to our customs.” - -“See here, Ketti,” I replied; “you’re a good fellow, and I’ll explain to -you our position. The poorest American is of higher rank than the most -important Bega that lives, and your Gege-Merak is merely our servant, -having accepted our pay. Aside from that, we Americans won’t allow any -woman of any race to be abused in our presence, and you might tell your -wicked old chief that if he dares to touch the girl again while in our -company, we’ll tie him up and horsewhip him.” - -Ketti listened to this speech with keen interest. Perhaps he secretly -approved our stand, for his expression was thoughtful rather than angry. - -“Do not send this message by me, Effendi,” said he, in a low voice. “It -will mean to fight, and that must not be—for we are friends.” - -“Are we, Ketti?” I inquired, doubtfully. - -“I am your friend,” answered the warrior, evasively. “But our chief is -proud, for he is the father of all the Bega of Egypt, our tribe being -the head tribe of our people, and the Arabs and Turks have taught us -that the whites are but dogs, and have no rank. It will make danger for -you to defy Gege-Merak tonight. Tell him you will punish the Archie-boy -when you reach your ship, in your own way, which is to cut him in pieces -and feed him to the fishes; once we knew a ship-sailor who did that and -the promise will make Gege-Merak content.” - -“Very well, Ketti,” broke in the Professor, nervously; “deliver that or -any other message you like, and we’ll remember your friendship when we -get back to Koser. Say anything to your chief that will restore peace -between us, for we must remain friends.” - -Ketti nodded understandingly and returned to his people. Doubtless he -promised the old ruffian that we would take ample vengeance upon our -companion, for we could hear his voice declaiming loudly our reply -before all the tribesmen. Gege-Merak’s dignity was thus restored at -little expense to us, and we heard no more of the matter. The incident, -however, showed us that we stood in a delicate position and that our -protective escort might at any moment become our most vindictive enemy. - -Next morning we slept late and resumed our journey at leisure. The -Professor told the chief that we should not require his escort beyond -the village of Laketa. He might remain there with his band and rest -until we were ready to begin the return journey, probably upon the -following day. Gege-Merak listened quietly and made no comment beyond -saying that his people were our servants and that to hear was to obey—an -Oriental figure of speech that meant nothing at all. - -After leaving the mountains a series of low bleak hills had been -encountered, and about the middle of this forenoon we reached the ruins -of the old Roman hydrauma, or caravan station, long since abandoned. -Three miles farther brought us within sight of Laketa, a small group of -mud huts occupying an oasis which boasted two small wells and five palm -trees. - -We were at the village before noon, and found ourselves greeted by a -dozen Bisharin, men, women, and children. They were small, skinny -people, naked except for a loin cloth, and having bushy hair saturated -with foul smelling grease. The Bisharin claim kinship to the Bega -nation, but are much inferior in physique or intelligence to the Ababdeh -who formed our escort. They are great thieves, as are all these gypsy -Bedouins, but, too cowardly to fight in the open, they prefer to creep -upon their victims unobserved and stick a knife or short spear into -their backs. - -These natives of Laketa, however, lived so near to Luxor and -civilization that they had lost much of their native fierceness and were -a cowed and humble group. They welcomed Gege-Merak joyously, knowing him -as a great chief; but they stood more in awe of us than they did of -their visiting allies. The Professor assured us that we had nothing to -fear from them. He had often been to this village with Lovelace, during -the time they were engaged upon their tedious search for the treasure, -and the Bisharin knew him and treated the little “red-beard” with -profound respect. - -We made our camp beside one of the wells, while our escort encamped -beside the other, situated on the opposite side of the group of huts. -During the afternoon we rested from the fatigue of our journey and -perfected our plans, canvassing all matters of detail in the presence of -our entire party, so that every man, even to black Bry, might understand -exactly what our intentions were and what work would probably be -required of them. - -We informed Gege-Merak that we should ride that evening to a place near -Luxor, where the Professor would gather his belongings and pack them on -the two extra camels. Most of us would return during the night or at -daybreak; all would again be assembled at the oasis by noon, when the -return journey would be begun. We should camp the next night at our old -station in the mountain pass, which could easily be reached before dark. - -It was all simple and easily understood, and the chief appeared to be -satisfied with the arrangement. We had an early supper and at sundown -our band of Americans departed, taking the direction of Luxor and using -as a landmark the low hill called Tel-Ambra, lying southward of the -village. The Bega gathered in a silent group to watch us move slowly -over the desert, but night soon fell and they must have shortly lost -sight of us in the gloom. - -The Professor knew this territory by heart. There was no moon, and even -the stars lacked their usual brilliance because of fleecy clouds that -moved swiftly across the sky—an unusual sight in Egypt. Such clouds, -when they appear, contain no moisture, but are what are called “smoke -clouds.” There was plenty of light to guide us, however, so the -Professor was sure of his route. - -In an hour and a half we passed around the base of Tel-Ambra, which is a -barren rock cropping out of the desert, some twenty feet in its highest -part and about half a mile in circumference. Skirting this rock we -turned abruptly to the north, altering our course decidedly, for our -first direction was only undertaken to deceive the Bega. - -Thirty minutes of this northerly course brought us in sight of a group -of three straggling palms which showed like black streaks against the -sky; but now the Professor called a sudden halt, and I could hear him -storming and cursing in low but tense tones as he sat his camel and -glanced around him observantly. - -“What’s wrong, sir?” I asked, coming to his side. - -“That scoundrelly Arab, Abdul Hashim, has rebuilt his village,” he -answered, with evident chagrin. “The police tore down every wall and -scattered the stones far and wide; but here they are piled up again to -form houses, and even the roofs of some are newly thatched.” - -He pointed away to the left, and the stars being bright at the time I -had no trouble in perceiving that we had halted a few hundred yards from -a native village. But it was black and seemed deserted. - -“What does it matter?” I asked, impatiently. “We can surely keep away -from Abdul Hashim and his people until morning, and by that time we -ought to have gained possession of the treasure.” - -The Professor shook his head, doubtfully; but he gave the command to -march and we hurried away from this dangerous vicinity and approached -the group of palms. The feet of the camels made no noise on the desert -sands and our people were all too anxious and intent upon the adventure -to speak unnecessarily; so like shadows we passed through the shifting -and ghostly light that reached us from the stars, and soon gained our -destination. - -I had often wondered, in thinking upon the subject, how the Professor -would be again enabled to locate with any degree of accuracy the buried -treasure, situated as it was in a barren spot where the sand drove over -it with every breeze. So now I watched him curiously as he dismounted at -the palms and, drawing a line from one of the trees to another, seemed -to pick out a star straight ahead to guide him and began pacing his way -regularly over the desert. He gained an absolute regularity of pace in -an amusing and ingenious, yet simple manner, attaching a cord from one -of his ankles to the other, after carefully measuring its length. -Consequently all his paces were mathematically equal, or could vary but -slightly. - -The rest of us followed him silently. I tried at first to count the -number of paces, but from my high seat presently lost track of the -count. But I had no idea it would matter to us; we should never be -likely to visit this weird spot a second time. - -At last the Professor came to a sudden halt and held up his hand. We -leaped from our camels without waiting for them to kneel and two of our -sailors promptly produced shovels from their panniers and began to dig -in the spot the Professor indicated. They worked with steady industry, -you may be sure, and we took turns relieving them at the task, for -shoveling sand is by no means an easy job. - -After going a certain depth without finding the granite slab we began -making our pit wider, and within an hour a shovel wielded by Bryonia -bounded back with a metallic sound that told us the search had finally -been successful. - -While the men quickly cleared away the remaining sand, disclosing three -bronze rings imbedded in an oblong slab of granite, I could not help -marveling at the Professor’s cleverness in locating the spot so -accurately after several weeks of absence. - -“It is a matter of simple mathematics,” he explained, while he watched -the sand fly with eager eyes. “The only thing that could interfere with -my calculations would be the removal of the palm trees. But I did not -fear that, as they are centuries old.” - -The big stone was now cleared of sand. The three sailors and Ned Britton -stooped and put their shoulders to the slab, raising the ponderous -weight slowly but surely until it stood upright on its edge. Then the -Professor knelt down and with nervous haste threw out the padding of -dried rushes and the thick layers of rotted mummy cloth that covered the -contents of the vault. - -Now, more gently, he began removing a number of bandaged cylinders, -something like eighteen inches long and six inches in diameter. These, I -supposed, were the rolls of papyrus bark that told the history of that -dark period of Egypt between the Sixth and Twelfth Dynasties. From the -tenderness with which Van Dorn handled these rolls—which he rewrapped in -new canvas, sealed securely and then handed to Ned to be placed in one -of the panniers—I had no doubt he considered them the most valuable and -important part of the treasure. There were sixteen rolls; all of them, -according to our bargain, Van Dorn’s personal property. After these had -been cared for the Professor threw aside another layer of bandages and -then, at last, the more tangible wealth of the powerful priests of -Karnak was revealed to our wondering eyes. - -Under the dim stars we could see the sparkle of many rich jewels and the -gleam of a vast store of golden vases, exquisitely worked; of many -chains, bracelets and other ornaments; of pearls and precious stones. -Indeed, the pit seemed full of the queer and valuable things. - -Van Dorn did not pause an instant to admire this gorgeous sight. He took -one of the canvas sacks which Ned handed him and began filling it with -the jewels. It was difficult to see just what they were, but the -Professor took all that came to his hand and soon had filled the sack. -He tied its mouth securely and brought out his sealing wax. When he -lighted a match to melt the wax its rays illumined the pit, and I drew a -deep breath of wonder at the splendor that met my eyes. - -“Ah; treasure!” said a soft voice beside me. - -Startled, we all sprang up at the words and found squatting beside the -pit the form of the withered Bega chief, Gege-Merak. - - - - - CHAPTER XI. - TAKING CHANCES. - - -The Professor gave a cry of positive terror, and before it was well out -of his throat Ned Britton had made a leap and pinioned the chief to the -ground with the weight of his huge form. - -We were all greatly startled; and dismayed, as well, for it seemed that -in spite of all our precautions Gege-Merak had spied upon us and the -secret of the treasure now extended to him—the most uncomfortable -confederate, from our standpoint, we could possibly have gained. Already -an enemy, and more powerful in this country, his own, than we were; -animated by the unscrupulous cupidity of his race and reckless—as his -people are—of any consequences that follow lawless acts, Gege-Merak was -the last person we would have chosen to share our important secret. The -worst feature of the whole matter was that we ourselves were defying the -laws of Egypt in stealthily removing this vast hoard, hidden by Egyptian -priests long before the present rulers had ever set foot in the land. If -the government suspected our act we should all be summarily imprisoned. - -No doubt the Bega chief knew very well our predicament, and that we -could not appeal to the authorities whatever injury he might inflict -upon us; so he would be inclined to fight us for the possession of the -treasure, if any dependence could be placed upon the native character. -If we tried to compromise, then a large share of our find must go to -Gege-Merak; but he was not likely to be satisfied with a little. - -These thoughts doubtless flashed across every mind in the pause that -followed Ned’s capture of the spy. I know, anyway, that they passed -rapidly through my own mind, and appalled me. - -Two of the sailors had sprung forward to assist the mate, and now they -produced several lengths of cord from their pockets—every sailor carries -such things—and the chief was soon fast bound and laid upon the sand a -few paces away. One of the sailors was left sitting beside him as a -guard. - -While the Professor nervously continued to fill the canvas bags from the -pit and to seal each one securely, we counselled together in whispers as -to the best method of dealing with Gege-Merak. The sailors and Bryonia -loaded the sacks into the panniers of the camels, which were strongly -woven of rushes, as fast as they were filled and sealed, and still the -pit seemed to contain as many jewels and precious stones as had been -removed. We began to tremble with a realization of the hugeness of the -treasure, and to understand that in spite of our ample provision to -carry it, some must be left behind. But that meant turning it over to -the chief, who now knew its location, unless—— - -“Gege-Merak must die!” growled the little Professor, through his teeth. -His face was pale and his eyes were glittering with excitement. - -Some of us breathed deeply; but none made reply in words. I dreaded the -necessity as much as any one could, but saw clearly that the chief’s -death was inevitable. It meant not only our protection, but perhaps our -salvation. We were now burdened with too vast a store of wealth to be -safe on the desert for a single moment, if Gege-Merak was to be at large -to dog our steps. - -We now implored the Professor to return the papyrus rolls to the cavity -and take instead more of the treasure; but Van Dorn obstinately refused. - -“It is my own share, and you have agreed I should take it,” said he. -“There are millions in gold and precious gems, besides; isn’t that -enough to satisfy you?” - -“But this may be our last chance at the treasure,” replied Uncle Naboth, -anxiously. - -The Professor gave him a queer look. It seemed defiant and half -threatening, but a moment later he dropped his head to resume his work. - -“That’s nonsense,” he snapped, wrathfully. “The stuff has lain here for -ages, and what we now leave will remain in safety until we can come -again—unless we give Gege-Merak a chance to grab it. We mustn’t do that, -gentlemen. If the chief lives he will never allow us to reach the ship -again; you may be sure of that. We’ve had evidence already of his -grasping disposition. It’s our lives against his, now, and we must not -hesitate to save ourselves.” - -“Bring the chief here, Cunningham,” called Uncle Naboth, peering through -the gloom where our sailor sat upon the sand guarding his prisoner. - -Cunningham did not move, and Uncle Naboth called again. Then Joe ran -across to him, bent over, and gave a cry that raised us all to our feet -in an instant. - -“The man’s dead!” he shouted. “Gege-Merak is gone!” - -It was true enough. The wily chief had managed to slip his bonds and -plunge a knife to the heart of his unsuspecting guard before he crawled -away into the night and escaped. - -We were horrified at the disaster. Our fears had now become realities, -and as we looked gravely into one another’s eyes under the dim stars we -realized that our lives were in deadly peril. - -“You’re a lot of clods—of duffers—of fools!” screamed the Professor, -stamping the ground in furious rage. “You deserve to die for being so -clumsy; you deserve to lose the treasure you are not clever enough to -guard! Bah! to think I have leagued myself with idiots!” - -Archie grabbed him by the shoulder and gave him a good shaking. - -“Shut up, you red-whiskered ape!” he said, menacingly. “Keep a civil -tongue in your head, or I’ll skin you alive!” - -We were all irritated and unnerved, and I tried to quiet both Archie and -Van Dorn, and to bring them to a more reasonable frame of mind. - -“It’s no use crying over spilt milk,” said I. “Let’s face the peril like -men, and do our best to get the treasure safely to the ship. Even if -Gege-Merak gets the rest, we have a fortune already.” - -“He’ll get that, too,” groaned the Professor. “The chief has more -cunning than the whole crowd of you.” - -The two camels were now heavily loaded with the sealed canvas sacks -containing the treasure and the library of historic papyri. We next -strapped the four panniers to the two beasts—one on either side of each -camel—and Van Dorn with the remainder of his wax smeared the buckles so -that if the panniers were opened or tampered with we should speedily -know the fact. He did not trust us wholly, it seemed, nor did we fully -trust him. The man had been acting ugly of late, and the fact that we -had no chance to examine any of the treasure we had so quickly thrust -into the sacks made it necessary that the seals remain intact until we -could open them in safety and in each other’s presence. - -Having now secured all of the ancient deposit of wealth that we could -carry, we held a solemn conference to determine our future movements. -The Professor, who had calmed down somewhat but was still sullen, -admitted that with proper caution we might find our way back to Koser -over the same route by which we had come. The only puzzling part of the -trail was that which lay through the intricate passes of the Hammemat -mountains, and we were willing to chance finding the right path because -we had no option but to undertake the risk. From being our guide -Gege-Merak had now become our most dreaded foe. We were better armed -than the chief’s band, and outnumbered it, although three of our party -were only boys. Aside from an ambush or an unexpected addition to the -chief’s party we might hope to hold our own against him in a declared -warfare. - -If we could have started at once on our return journey our chances of -reaching the _Seagull_ in safety might have been better; but it was -necessary for Archie to visit Luxor and deliver his father’s goods to -the merchants who had ordered them, and to receive payment on delivery. -This necessitated a delay which could not be avoided even under the -present trying circumstances. - -Van Dorn assured us that by morning we could plainly see the outlines of -Karnak and Luxor across the desert, and he said the journey could be -made in three hours. If Archie started at daybreak he could reach Luxor -in time for breakfast and by concluding his business as soon as possible -ought to be able to rejoin our party by noon. - -But Archie did not relish going alone upon this mission, and I had grown -to like the young fellow so well that I offered to accompany him. It was -decided all of us should move around the base of Tel-Ambra, after -concealing every trace of our visit to the pit, and there encamp to -await our return from Luxor. - -We had to bury poor Cunningham in the sand; but we dug him a deep grave -and wrapped him in two blankets in lieu of a proper coffin. The stone -having been dropped to cover the cavity and the sand piled in and -smoothed above it, we marched across to Tel-Ambra and came to a halt -well on the other side of it. Here we speedily made camp and appointed -Bryonia and Ned Britton to watch while we lay down to sleep. - -I was so excited by the occurrences of the night that I could not -compose myself to slumber for some time, but lay awake and watched Van -Dorn, who, also restless, paced up and down in the sands apparently in -deep thought. He had grown moody and unsociable, and since his violent -exhibition of temper I had come to dislike him more than ever. - -When dawn came creeping over the desert I sprang up and aroused Archie. -The others were mostly awake, I found, and while we munched a little -food Joe came to me and begged to travel to Luxor in our company. - -Ned Britton, who had now assumed military command of our party, thought -there would be no greater danger to the others and more safety to Archie -and me if Joe accompanied us; so Uncle Naboth’s consent was obtained and -we three mounted our camels and set off at a brisk pace toward Luxor, -the outlines of which city the Professor pointed out. - -The morning air of the desert was crisp and invigorating, and so fresh -were our camels that in two and a half hours we reached the Karnak road -and soon after clattered into the streets of Luxor. - -It is an odd town, a mingling of the modern and ancient. On the bank of -the Nile stands the ruin of the great temple so famous in history, its -many rows of lotus-capped columns rising toward the sky in magnificent -array. Beside the monster temple is a litter of mud huts; across the way -is the wall surrounding the fine modern Hotel Luxor, and against this -wall on all sides are rows of booths occupied by the Greek, Syrian, and -Arab merchants as bazars. - -When we arrived and inquired for the merchants with whom Archie was to -deal, we found their shops still closed; so we entered the grounds of -the hotel, left our camels at the stables, hired a dray to fetch -Archie’s boxes from the railway station, and then treated ourselves to a -good breakfast served in civilized fashion. By the time it was finished -the boxes were waiting in a cart outside, and the merchants, we found, -had arrived at their shops and were anxious to examine the goods. - -We realized the necessity of making haste and so accepted the invitation -of a Syrian dealer to open our boxes in a big vacant room back of his -bazar. We admitted only the two men who had ordered the goods, although -a group of curious natives wished to enter with us, and soon Archie, -Joe, and I had the cases open and the goods spread out for examination. - -The Syrian and his fellow merchant, a gray-bearded Greek, gravely -inspected and approved the clever imitations of ancient scarabs, charms, -figures, urns, and the like, that had been “made in America” to deceive -American tourists in Egypt; but when Archie demanded to be paid the -price agreed upon they both demurred, claiming the trinkets were not -worth the sum asked. - -Archie was indignant and threatened to box up the goods again and ship -them to Cairo; and then began the inevitable bargaining that is so -tedious but necessary in dealing with the Egyptians. - -While my friend, who proved no unskillful bargainer, was engaged in this -occupation I chanced to glance toward the one dirty window in the place -and saw a man standing outside who instantly riveted my attention. He -was tall and stately, with a calm, handsome face and steady eyes, and -while he gazed in upon us it suddenly flashed across me that I had seen -this Arab before—standing on the quay at Alexandria and staring at the -_Seagull_ as we had sailed out of the harbor. - -Yes; it was indeed Abdul Hashim, the Professor’s most bitter enemy; and -as this fact was revealed to me I remembered the peril of our friends -awaiting us on the desert and turned impatiently to Archie to ask him to -hasten. - -As I spoke the eyes of the Arab outside turned toward mine and, perhaps -seeing my glance of recognition, he turned and disappeared. - -“Archie,” I said in a low voice, “for heaven’s sake end this squabbling. -Too much depends on our prompt return to quarrel over a few beastly -piasters.” - -He seemed to realize this, for he quickly closed with the offers of the -merchants and they paid him the sum he had agreed to take in English -bank notes and gold. While the money was being counted out I saw Abdul -Hashim again at the window, his greedy eyes feasting upon the money; and -this made me more nervous than before. I quickly made my way outside and -moved around to the window, but the Arab had disappeared and I failed to -find him in any of the neighboring streets. - -I told Archie and Joe of my discovery, and that Abdul Hashim had seen us -receive the money. The tale alarmed my friends, but after a moment’s -thought Archie decided what to do. We went at once to Cook’s banking -office, which was in the hotel building, and there Archie exchanged his -gold and notes for a draft on the bank’s American correspondents, for -the full amount. The paper he placed in his stocking, flat on the sole -of his foot, and then he drew on his boot with a sigh of relief. - -“If it is stolen,” said he, “no one can cash it but my father; but I’d -like to see the Arab or Bega clever enough to find the draft where I’ve -hidden it. Come on, boys; we’re free now; so let’s hurry back to our -party and the treasure.” - -The camels had been watered and fed by the hotel attendants, and we -hastened to mount them and start on our return journey. As we left the -town it was a little after eleven o’clock, for much valuable time had -been consumed in settling Archie’s business. - -“But it’s what I came to Egypt for,” said he, “and father would be wild -if I neglected the business he sent me on, even to get a share of that -treasure. As it is I’m afraid he’ll think me a poor hand at a bargain, -to take less than was agreed upon.” - -“There’s no trusting to the word of these native merchants,” I remarked, -as we sped away over the sands. “How much did you manage to get for that -rubbish, Archie?” - -“About twenty-five hundred dollars. But I ought to have had three -thousand.” - -“And what did it cost to make the stuff?” I inquired, curiously. - -“Oh, the material is mostly mud, you know; but the molds and the -workmanship are expensive. With the freight and my own expenses added, -the finished product cost us nearly nine hundred dollars.” - -“Not a bad deal, then,” said I, with a laugh. “Your father will find -himself a bit richer, anyhow.” - -“But think of what those rascally merchants will make!” he exclaimed -indignantly. “The scarabs, which cost them about half a cent each, -they’ll sell for twenty piasters—and that’s a whole dollar!” - -“Say, boys,” observed Joe, quietly, “we’re being followed.” - -We turned quickly in our saddles at this startling news, and a glance -told us Joe was right. Coming toward us in a cloud of dust, from the -direction of Luxor, were several camels and donkeys. Already they were -near enough for us to see that they were ridden by a band of Arabs, who -were urging the animals to their best speed. - -We pricked up our camels with the sharpened sticks provided for that -purpose, and with groans of protest the supple beasts threw out their -hoofs and fairly flew over the sands. - - - - - CHAPTER XII. - ABDUL HASHIM EXPLAINS. - - -Far ahead we could see the outlines of Tel-Ambra standing clear against -the blue sky, and toward this we headed, for our friends would be there -awaiting us. - -Our pursuers also redoubled their pace, and it became a set race in -which only the endurance of our animals was of importance. The camels we -rode were among the best of Gege-Merak’s herd, and we saw with -satisfaction that they could easily keep the distance between ourselves -and the Arabs. - -Gradually the mound grew nearer and we strained our eyes to discover -Uncle Naboth and his party, who should be near its base. Perhaps they -were on the other side, and had not observed our approach. The quick -pace was beginning to tell on our camels, which all breathed heavily; -but on we dashed at full speed, for the remaining distance was short. - -We reached the base of the hill, skirted it without slacking rein, and -then with a sense of dismay realized that we were alone upon the -desert—save for that grim and relentless band following in our wake. - -Uncle Naboth, the Professor, Ned Britton, the sailors and Bry—even the -camels with the treasure—had all been swallowed up by the mysterious -waste of sands. - -And now we three boys, left to our fate, must show the mettle we were -made of. We halted our panting camels, backed them against a rocky cliff -of Tel-Ambra, and hastily unslung our repeating rifles. - -“Don’t let us be captured without a struggle, boys,” I exclaimed. - -“We’ll fight while there’s a bullet left or a breath in us,” responded -Archie, promptly. - -“All right, fellows, if you say so,” said Joe, strapping on his -cartridge belt; “but it seems to me you’re making a mistake.” - -“How so?” I asked, rather indignantly. - -“Look at them,” said Joe. The Arabs had halted just out of range, but we -could count their numbers now. “There are about twenty of the rascals, -and they’re all armed. We can’t hope to beat them in a fight. We can -kill a few, of course, but they’ll down us in the end. And what then? -Why, they’ll be mad as hornets, and want revenge. It’s natural. But as -it now stands we are not the enemies of these heathens, as I can see, -having had no dealings with them. I understand they want to rob us, for -they think we’ve got the money those merchants paid Archie—that beast -Abdul Hashim is at the head of them. But if we submit quietly to being -searched they won’t find any money and they’ll scarcely dare kill us for -disappointing them.” - -“I don’t know about that,” said Archie, eyeing the foe fiercely. “I’ve -heard Van Dorn say these Arabs will kill a Christian as calmly as -they’ll eat a dinner. They think a good Mahommedan will gain paradise by -killing an infidel dog. And besides that, if they try to rob us and then -let us go our ways, they’ll be afraid we will make trouble for them with -the police. No, Joe; it’s robbery they mean first, and murder afterward; -you can rely upon that.” - -“Maybe so, sir,” answered Joe. “But I was just looking for our one -chance. To fight means sure death; to give in quietly means a hope for -life—not a great hope, sir, but one just big enough to hang your hat on. -If you say fight, I’m with you. If you say be foxy and try diplomacy, -I’ll like it better.” - -“Humph!” said I, partly convinced. “Perhaps Joe’s right.” - -“I’m sure he is,” responded Archie, frankly. “But I hate to see those -beggars down us so easily.” - -“Discretion is the better part of valor,” I quoted, pompously; yet I -longed to fight, too. - -“We aren’t giving in, fellows,” declared Joe; “we’re just playing our -best cards in the game, and it isn’t our fault if we don’t hold all -trumps. Come on; don’t let’s act like cowards, or even whipped curs. -Let’s go to meet them—and, say, put up your rifles. We won’t show any -force, but try to smile and look pleasant.” - -The Arabs had been conversing together, evidently trying to decide how -to attack us. They knew if they came within range of our rifles some of -them would be shot down, and since they now had us safely snared they -might take time to figure out the problem. - -Had there been any hope of our overtaking our friends I should have -advised keeping the Arabs at bay as long as possible. But as far as the -eye could reach, in every direction, the desert was deserted save by the -two groups at Tel-Ambra. What, I questioned, anxiously, could have -induced my uncle and Ned Britton to desert us? Such an act was wholly -unlike them, and there must indeed have been a powerful reason behind -it. At present it was all a profound mystery to us, and we had no time -to make an attempt to unravel the web. - -Thinking Joe’s counsel good, in the circumstances, we started our camels -and advanced leisurely toward the Arabs. They were startled at first, -expecting a fight; then, as they saw our rifles slung over our -shoulders, they became puzzled by our audacity and amazed at our -boldness. But they stood in a motionless group awaiting our approach, -and as we drew near to them I, being slightly in advance of the other -two, said in a voice which I strove to render calm: - -“Good day, gentlemen. Can you tell us the way to the village of Laketa? -I’m afraid we’ve missed the trail.” - -The Arabs looked at us stupidly a moment, and then Abdul Hashim spurred -his donkey—a strong, thin limbed beast—toward me and touched his turban. -His gesture indicated respect, but his steady eyes were as unfathomable -as a pool at midnight. - -“The blessing of Allah be thine, Effendi,” said he. “What is your errand -at Laketa?” - -“To rejoin the rest of our party,” I answered confidently. - -“Ah, yes; your party from the ship, with the red-bearded jackal Van Dorn -at their head,” he said, with a flash of resentment as he mentioned the -Professor. - -“You are wrong in one thing,” said I, calmly. “Naboth Perkins, my uncle, -heads the party.” - -“Why try to deceive us, Effendi?” asked Abdul Hashim, in a sterner tone. -“You take me for a fool, it seems; and a fool I am not. You would not be -here—you could not be here—unless led by the red-beard, who is a dog and -a traitor to his masters.” - -“I don’t answer for Van Dorn,” I replied, with a shrug. “It seems you -know the Professor, and don’t like him; but I’m sure that is none of our -business. All we ask of you is the favor of a courteous direction to -Laketa. If you will not give this, we must proceed without it, and find -the place the best way we can.” - -I had observed that as we conversed the band of Arabs had crept around -our group, slowly encircling us in all directions, so that now they -fairly hemmed us in. Also their long rifles were in their hands and -their belts were stuck full of pistols and knives. The party had been -formed for warfare, without a doubt. - -Although noting all this I endeavored to appear unconcerned as I awaited -the sheik’s reply. - -The latter smiled rather grimly and said: - -“We will indeed be your guides, young sirs; but not to Laketa. Forgive -me if I ask for your companionship until you have told us all I wish to -know.” - -“And what is that, Abdul Hashim?” I asked boldly. - -“You know my name?” - -“Of course. We knocked you down that evening we rescued Van Dorn from -your clutches in Alexandria, and he told us your history. The Professor -wanted us to kill you; but we refused. Perhaps you remember that?” - -“I remember that I owe my life to my own skill, and not to your mercy.” -He expressed himself in excellent English, for an Arab. But the English -have occupied Egypt for so long that nearly all the natives have learned -to speak or at least understand our language. - -“You have not told me what it is that you wish to know,” I said, -impatiently. - -He looked me over with a thoughtful expression and proceeded to examine -each of my comrades, in turn. Then he said, abruptly: - -“You will come to my village.” - -At once the Arabs began to move forward, and we, being surrounded, were -forced to accompany them. They were an evil appearing lot, dirty and -hungry looking, and I did not doubt that any one of them would murder us -with much satisfaction, merely for the pleasure of killing. - -As for Abdul Hashim himself, I began to perceive he was a character, and -one worth studying in other circumstances. Never have I seen more -handsome features on any man, but they were as immobile as if carved -from marble. Any expression you might read showed in his eyes, which he -could not control so well as he did his face. Usually they were calm as -those of the sphinx, but at times they flashed evilly—nay, even with a -gleam of madness in them—and always they were cruel and terrible in -their aspect. In civilized countries a man like this would be greatly -dreaded; here he was an insignificant sheik, with a handful of followers -too degraded to be of any importance. - -We passed around Tel-Ambra to the left and headed for the small group of -rude stone huts which the Professor had sighted the night before and had -aroused in him such violent emotions. The place was not far distant from -the three ancient palms, and as we rode along I glanced over the desert -to try to discover the spot where the treasure was hid; but the endless, -undulating sands refused to reveal their secret. Indeed, the brisk -morning breeze appeared to have smoothed away every trace of our night’s -work. - -Abdul Hashim said little until we reached his village, which had hastily -been rebuilt after the police had demolished it. Even before then it -must have been a miserable affair; now it was scarce worthy the name of -village, or suitable for mortal habitation. Doubtless the only object of -a settlement at this place was to waylay travelers who crossed the -desert from the Red Sea, and I could conjecture without much chance of -going wrong that robbery had been the only means of livelihood for its -inhabitants. - -Entering a narrow street we were told to dismount in front of the most -important hovel the place contained. We obeyed because we could not well -do otherwise. Abdul Hashim personally ushered us into the dwelling, and -as we entered the Arabs slily cut the straps of our rifles and took the -weapons from us. We dared not resent this insult, but though we made no -protest in words we were angry enough when we turned to face the sheik, -who alone had entered with us. - -The room consisted of four bare stone walls of uneven height, only a -portion of the inclosed space being roofed or thatched with palm -branches. Slabs and blocks of stone lay around in all directions, as if -the work of restoring the walls was still incomplete. In one corner a -black goat with a white spot over one eye lay asleep in the shade, and a -rude bed of palm leaves stood underneath the thatch. - -“Now,” began our captor, in a brusk tone, “let us come to an -understanding, if you will. You _gidân_[2] must tell me all that I wish -to know, or I will put you to sleep forever. But first I will tell you -what I already know. It is this: The red-bearded jackal you call Van -Dorn was formerly the slave of a wise explorer named Lovelace Pasha, who -was my friend. Lovelace Pasha sought for buried treasure in the desert, -and I gave him my assistance in return for his promise to give me and my -people a share of the treasure, if he found where it lay. This Lovelace -was a real effendi—a gentleman—and always to Abdul Hashim a true friend. - -“One night he found the treasure, and with him at the time were two of -my tribe—one being my own brother—and the slave Van Dorn. Lovelace Pasha -took a few jewels and started to return to my village, but the discovery -had driven Van Dorn mad. He shot my men and killed them, and would have -shot Lovelace Pasha had he not caught and held the red-beard and -wrenched the pistol from his grasp. So my friend bound Van Dorn with -ropes and brought him to my village, with the sad news of the crime he -had committed. Also Lovelace Pasha showed me the jewels which he had -taken, and said there was much treasure to divide and that I should have -my share according to the compact, as I had been faithful to him. - -“My people, _gidân_, do not take vengeance upon those whom Allah has -smitten with madness; so we did no harm to Van Dorn. Lovelace Pasha -declared the fellow was without mind or reason, but offered to care for -him until the morning, as he did not fear him. So he took him into his -house and my village went to sleep. - -“In the morning we found that another great crime had been committed. -Van Dorn had broken his bonds, stabbed Lovelace Pasha to the heart, -robbed him of the jewels, and escaped to Luxor. With him he carried the -secret of where the treasure lay hid, and too late we gained the -knowledge that the red-beard was not mad, as one without reason, but -merely mad to gain all the treasure for himself and willing to kill and -defy all who stood in the way of his gaining the vast store his master -had discovered. For, mark the cunning of the miserable thief, Effendi: -this Van Dorn told the police that I and my people had murdered the -great Lovelace Pasha, and the governor, believing him, sent a strong -force to my village and destroyed it, declaring me and all my tribe -outlaws. - -“Thus did the jackal add to his crimes and prove he was not afflicted of -Allah, but by the devil of the Christians. And, tell me, would a -Christian, even, love him after this? - -“I followed him secretly to Alexandria and with some friends to assist -me was about to capture Van Dorn and make him lead us where the treasure -is hid, when he cried out in fear and your party came to his rescue. -Again he escaped me, for you took him aboard your ship and sailed away. -I watched you, and feared that my revenge and the secret of the treasure -were both lost to me. Then I remembered the jackal’s slyness, and knew -that some time he would return to secure the wealth that was hid in the -sands near to my village. So I came home to watch for him, yet I did not -expect him to act so soon. In Luxor I saw you and recognized the fact -that you belonged to the ship in which Van Dorn had sailed away. They -told me you had ridden your camels in from the desert, therefore I knew -you had followed the trail from the Red Sea. It was all plain enough, -with a little thought. I got my men together and followed you, as you -know.” - -The sheik paused. He had spoken earnestly and well, and his story -bewildered us because we had until now believed in the plausible tale -the Professor had told us. If Abdul Hashim’s relation was true the -little Professor was indeed a diabolical scoundrel; and I had a secret -conviction that a part of it, at least, was to be believed rather than -Van Dorn’s version. But was not Abdul Hashim also a scoundrel and thief? -You had but to look at the fellow to doubt that there was an honest hair -in his head. Privately I decided that neither was entitled to any share -of Lovelace’s find; but however the original discoverer had been done to -death a bitter feud had undoubtedly sprung up between Van Dorn and the -Arab—both eager to profit by Lovelace Pasha’s murder. - -“Tell me,” resumed the sheik, abruptly, “where is your ship—at Koser?” - -I nodded. - -“And you came over the caravan route through the mountains?” - -I nodded again. - -“Perhaps, then, you know when the jackal will try to secure the -treasure?” the sheik continued, eyeing me intently. - -I decided there was little harm in being frank with the man. He knew -there was a treasure and that Van Dorn was after it and would not rest -till he got it. So it would avail us nothing to lie, and I hoped our -final safety might result from being frank and truthful. - -“Van Dorn has already secured the treasure,” I answered. - -For the first time the passionate heart of the man conquered his -impassive frame. He gave a start of dismay and his face was for an -instant contorted with fear and anger. But presently he controlled -himself with a great effort and asked: - -“When was this, Effendi?” - -“Last night.” - -“Were you with him?” - -“Yes.” - -“Where, then, is the robber now?” - -“I do not know. We went to Luxor on business and our party was to wait -for us at Tel-Ambra. When we arrived they were gone.” - -I had reminded him of something. He looked at Archie and said: - -“You received some money at Luxor. This is a dangerous place, so I will -myself take care of your money until you are in safety, or rejoin your -friends. Give it to me.” - -Archie grinned. - -“Why, you’re as big a thief as Van Dorn,” he answered, easily. “But I’ve -fooled you, my good Arab. The money is now in Cook’s bank at Luxor, and -I don’t believe they’ll give it up if you go and ask them.” - -The Arab frowned; but perhaps he remembered there was more important -game to be bagged, for he said no more about Archie’s money, to the -boy’s great relief. - -“Did the jackal secure much treasure?” he inquired, turning to me with a -trace of eagerness in his voice. - -“Quite a lot. Enough to load two camels,” I replied. - -“And did any remain after that?” - -“Plenty, as far as I could judge.” - -“Where is the place?” - -“I could not find it again if I tried; nor could my companions. Van Dorn -did not tell us how to get to it. He led us there at night, and it is -still his secret as far as we are concerned.” - -After this Abdul Hashim began to pace nervously up and down the room, -the floor of which was hard earth. Suddenly he paused. - -“How many people came with you from Koser?” he demanded. - -I was glad he asked the question that way, for it gave me an opportunity -to answer truthfully and still mislead him. - -“Gege-Merak, who guided us, had an escort of six Bega warriors; in our -party were nine—fifteen in all,” said I. - -“Gege-Merak!” he exclaimed, in an annoyed tone, and resumed his pacing. -Evidently the news did not please him. - -I acknowledge that I hardly knew how to conduct myself in so strange an -emergency. The question was whether to try to make an ally of the sheik -or to defy him. It naturally worried me to be separated from my uncle -and his party of Americans, of whose fate I now stood in doubt. The -treasure I believed to be seriously threatened by Gege-Merak, who had so -inopportunely discovered our secret, and the chief would have no -hesitation in murdering us all if he found an opportunity. With Abdul -Hashim on our side we might successfully defy Gege-Merak, yet to set the -Arab on the trail meant sure death to the Professor and a loss of much -of the treasure, since the sheik would be sure to put forward his claim -for a division, under the alleged compact existing between himself and -Lovelace. - -Truly we Americans were in double peril, from the Bega chief on one side -and the Arab sheik on the other; and how we might extricate ourselves -from the difficulties that beset us was a difficult problem. If we three -boys were again with Ned and Uncle Naboth we could assist them to fight -it out, but our loss must have weakened them greatly, and alone we three -were well nigh powerless. - -“Fifteen,” repeated Abdul Hashim, musingly; “fifteen. Are you Americans -true men?” he then inquired, with an appearance of earnestness. - -“True as steel,” I said. - -“Will they deliver Van Dorn to my vengeance?” - -The question amused me. - -“No, sheik; they will be true to Van Dorn, who has been true to them. -They do not know the story you have just told me, and have no grievance -against the man.” - -“But when they learn the truth will they deliver him up?” he persisted. - -“I think not. My uncle would take an American’s word in preference to -that of an Arab.” - -“I must fight,” said Abdul Hashim, as if to himself. “But not openly. I -must meet treachery with treachery. Very good.” - -He stopped and looked at us with composure, as if he had settled all -difficulties in his own mind and outlined a plan of action. - -“I shall yet secure my treasure and my revenge,” he continued, and then -bowed low to us and left the room. The bow was a mockery, and we felt -less assurance in the sheik’s absence than when we faced him. - -But here we were, prisoners of an unscrupulous and lawless Arab, and -realizing that any present attempt to escape would be useless, we sat -down upon the palm branches to await the next act in the drama. - - - - - CHAPTER XIII. - PRISONERS. - - -The situation was not long in developing. A tall, dirty Arab came in -with some coarse food, which we ate because it was now the middle of the -afternoon and our long ride had made us hungry. - -Scarcely had we finished the meal when more Arabs came to lead us from -our quarters. We found six camels saddled and kneeling in the village -street. Three were our own, and with them were three others that seemed -equally good—doubtless the pick of Abdul Hashim’s animals. - -The sheik and two stalwart Arabs stood beside the beasts and, as we -approached, Abdul Hashim tersely commanded us to mount. We obeyed, -selecting our own camels; I ventured to ask if we could not have our -rifles, which I saw the sheik and his two men holding. The result was -that he not only refused my request, but ordered us carefully searched, -and so our knives and revolvers were taken away. These the three coolly -appropriated and we were compelled to mount. - -Slowly we rode away from the village toward the spot where the three -aged palms reared their fronded heads above the sands. Somewhere near -their roots there must have been moisture, which welled up from below, -but never reached the surface of the desert. It is the only way to -account for the life of these trees amid the sandy waste, whereon -nothing else was able to grow. Often you meet with such phenomena in -tropical climes—vegetation existing seemingly without moisture—but there -must be a rational explanation of these remarkable occurrences. - -Abdul Hashim seemed moody, and a frown darkened his handsome bronzed -features. When we arrived at the palms he turned to us and said: - -“I have decided to give you a full hour in which to discover the -location of the treasure. To deny that you know where it lies is -useless, for if you fail to find it you will all three die here. I will -not be burdened with prisoners, and I dare not set you free; so you may -preserve your lives but in one way, by finding the treasure.” - -This foolish speech made me very indignant with the fellow and -discovered the sheik in an altogether new character. - -“You must think we are a bunch of idiots!” I exclaimed, angrily. “If you -dare not set us at liberty now, you surely would not dare do so after we -had found the treasure for you.” - -“You may as well kill us now, without farther trouble,” added Archie, -gloomily. - -“But that would be awkward for Abdul Hashim,” observed Joe, with a quiet -smile. “Have we not warned the Cadi[3] at Luxor that we saw the sheik at -the window of the bazar, and that we feared mischief at his hands? And -did not the Cadi promise us that if harm came to us he would take -vengeance on Abdul Hashim?” - -I looked at Joe admiringly. It was all pure invention, but I could see -that the remark impressed the sheik and caused him to waver in his -purpose. - -“The death of Abdul Hashim won’t help us after we are murdered,” -remarked Archie, with a grin of appreciation. - -“But it will be a satisfaction, nevertheless, to our friends,” I added, -attempting indifference. - -Now, the desert Arab is perhaps the most lawless creature on earth, -except the desert Bega; but also he has a most wholesome fear of the -authorities. The Egyptian mounted police is considered the finest and -ablest body of the kind in existence, and its officers are merciless in -hunting down the offenders of the law. So the Arab covers his crimes as -much as possible, not being wholly deterred from them by the police, but -striving in stealthy ways to escape discovery. Joe’s argument was, -therefore, the most forcible one we could have advanced to safeguard our -lives, and we were glad to see that it made our captor thoughtful. It -might not serve, after all, if the sheik saw any particular object in -killing us off, but until he did the thought of punishment evidently -deterred him from harming us. - -He tried another argument. - -“Come,” said he, assuming a soft, caressing tone, “there is much -treasure left, you say, and we will divide it equally. Or we will make -it in quarters—I am not greedy, and a quarter is enough for one poor -Arab like me, who only wants money to rebuild his village. And afterward -I will escort you and your prize safely to Koser, or to Cairo, as you -may prefer. All will be well with us, and we shall part friends. Is it -agreed, then?” - -He was not at all clever, this big and handsome bandit. No wonder the -Professor found it easy to fool him. - -For answer I shook my head. - -“What you ask is impossible,” I said, truly. “Van Dorn has guarded his -secret well, for only he knows where to unearth the treasure.” - -“Then,” declared the sheik, with an abrupt change in tone, “I must have -Van Dorn. Come; let us ride on.” - -“Do you expect to capture Van Dorn’s party with three men?” inquired -Archie, maliciously. - -“No; I will tell you my plan. I intend to make a compact with -Gege-Merak, if I can overtake him,” was the calm answer. “Together we -will get the treasure that has been already taken and what still -remains. We have only to wrest the secret from the red-bearded jackal, -and kill him. Then we will divide the spoils and each go our own way. It -is simple and easy enough to do, is it not?” - -It seemed to me rather difficult, but I said nothing. Knowing more of -the situation than Abdul Hashim did, I realized that the Bega chief was -already our secret enemy and would doubtless be glad to form an alliance -with the Arab, although the Bega professed to despise the Bedouins who -shared the desert with them. I pinned my faith to Ned Britton, our -stalwart sailors, and Bry, and to the cleverness of the Professor. Abdul -Hashim would find some opposition in carrying out his “easy and simple” -plans. - -The camels were now sent forward at a swift pace and soon we reached the -miserable oasis of Laketa. There we learned that all the men of the -village—some half dozen—had joined Gege-Merak’s party and gone into the -mountains. The party of Americans had followed in pursuit an hour later, -said an old woman who spoke English imperfectly. - -“Why pursuit?” I asked in wonder, when the sheik, at this information, -turned to me with a triumphant leer. - -That, however, the ignorant creature could not explain, either in her -native dialect or in English. We only knew that friends and foes had -disappeared into the foothills several hours before, and it puzzled me -greatly to understand why Uncle Naboth had left us three boys to our -fate and started in pursuit of the Bega chief. The only plausible -explanation was that the Professor wanted to kill Gege-Merak before he -could betray the secret of the treasure and set the authorities at Koser -upon us; but even then it was unlikely that my uncle would consent to -abandon me and my companions for the sake of the treasure or to obey Van -Dorn’s whim. It was not like the faithful old fellow, who had stood by -me in many a former emergency. - -Abdul Hashim did not delay at the village, but pushed on hastily, late -as it was. We three boys were ordered to ride ahead, and our captors -followed with rifles ready to shoot if we dared swerve from the path. -Neither could we outdistance them, for their camels were as swift as our -own and more obedient to their control. So we were as much prisoners as -if bound and manacled. - -The twilight is brief in Egypt, so soon after the setting of the sun we -were obliged to make a halt. We had now reached the old abandoned well -of the Romans, and beside it we made our camp. - -First of all the Arabs tethered the camels; then calmly proceeded to -bind us in an original manner. Our legs were tied from ankles to knees, -and a rope was placed around each of our necks, looping us together and -connecting us in one string with the most powerful of the two Arabs who -accompanied the sheik. We were given food and a swallow of tepid water -each, and afterward our wrists were firmly tied behind us. Trussed up -like so many mummies, we were commanded to lie down and sleep! - -Strange to say, we did sleep—not comfortably, perhaps, but from extreme -fatigue; for the hard riding of the day had thoroughly exhausted us. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV. - THE WELL OF THE SCORPIONS. - - -Next morning I awoke at early dawn to see Abdul Hashim standing by the -curb of the abandoned well and looking into its depths thoughtfully. His -men joined him a moment later, and they conversed together in low tones -in Arabic. Several times I heard the word “akareb” mentioned, which I -knew to signify scorpions, and at times they would cast a pebble into -the well and then peer after it curiously. - -At first I could not imagine what the fellows were up to. I knew -scorpions were thick in these foothills, and remembered that my friend -Ketti had warned me of them as we passed through; but why should the -Arabs be so interested in the fact that there were numbers of these -vermin at the bottom of the abandoned well? - -The sheik soon solved the mystery, to my great horror. He came to us and -kicked us in turn, bidding us harshly to rise. - -Something in the man’s eyes warned me of grave danger. His mood had -changed over night and instead of the thin mask of friendliness there -was now a wicked look on his finely cut features that I was positive -meant our imminent destruction—if he could accomplish it. - -I slowly and with effort struggled to my feet, as did Archie and Joe. I -braced myself for the final struggle. - -“If I am to reach Gege-Merak I can carry you with me no longer,” -announced the sheik, in a surly tone. “Therefore you will have the -misfortune to fall into the well here, and if your bones are ever found -no one can blame me for your death.” - -“The well is full of scorpions, boys,” I said to my companions. “The -sheik means to murder us.” - -Archie shuddered, Joe remaining strangely silent. - -“It isn’t a pleasant fate, Abdul Hashim,” I continued, turning to face -the scowling Arab. “Why don’t you shoot us down, and make an end of it?” - -“Ah, I fear your friend, the Cadi,” he responded, with a guttural laugh. -“My plan is safe for me, and as sure for yourselves. There shall be no -bullet holes in your flesh to trap me; there shall be no bonds around -you to prove foul play if you are discovered in the well before the -scorpions have picked your bones clean. Now, then, Hassan—get to work!” -he added, turning with a gesture of command to his tall follower. - -Hassan proceeded to free Joe from his bonds—he was first at hand—and the -others at the same time began to untie our cords. - -“I will give you a chance to fight the scorpions,” said the sheik, -grimly; but that was the biggest mistake he ever made. He should not -have risked loosening our bonds. He took us for mere boys, but forgot -that even a boy, if he is an American and desperate, will fight to the -last for life and liberty. - -The tall one pushed Joe toward the edge of the well and was about to -thrust him over the brink when the boy, who had seemed dazed and inert, -suddenly stooped and grasped the Arab’s legs. It was the old trick that -had once before astonished us. There was a brief struggle and then the -man rose into the air, his arms extended and swinging in space, and -plunged head foremost into the pit. His cry of terror, as he fell, was -bloodcurdling, and Abdul Hashim gave an answering yell and sprang toward -Joe with a knife glittering in his upraised hand. - -Swift as an arrow the boy darted under his arm and ran where a rifle -leaned against the rock. I saw him swing around and fire point blank at -the sheik, who was not three paces away—but I had business of my own to -attend to. For the burly Arab who had partly unfastened my bonds now -clutched me by the throat and threw me to the ground, where he knelt on -my chest and drew his pistol from his belt. Just as he fired the weapon -was thrust aside and Archie’s big fist crashed into the fellow’s face -and knocked him flat beside me. - -“All right, Sam; you can get up now,” said the Yankee, cheerfully. “The -war’s over.” - -He cut my remaining bonds with a knife; half conscious of what had -happened, I sat up and looked around. - -Joe was seated on a rock bandaging his leg with a handkerchief. - -“What is it?” I asked. - -“Only a scratch,” he replied. “Abdul Hashim’s knife grazed me as he -fell.” - -The sheik was lying motionless upon his face. Archie turned him over and -the dark eyes stared steadfastly at the sun, without blinking. I found -myself trembling as with an ague. - -“It’s dreadful, boys!” I gasped, appalled by what we had done. - -“So it is,” answered Joe, nodding; “but it was our lives against theirs, -Sam, and——” - -He paused abruptly, glaring at something behind me. Archie screamed a -warning and I sprang to my feet to find that the third Arab had -recovered consciousness and was about to plunge a knife into my back. - -I caught his wrist and struggled to hold the keen blade away from me, -but the fellow was strong as an ox and mad with rage. Archie came to the -rescue and dealt him a couple of stinging blows, so that he dropped the -knife and caught us both in a fierce embrace, crushing the two of us -against his breast while he dragged us nearer to the well. - -I realized his intention and screamed and struggled without avail. -Nearer and nearer to the scorpion pit we were dragged until all three of -us, a writhing mass of flesh and muscle, were tottering on the brink. - -[Illustration: The fight at the scorpion pit.] - -Suddenly a pistol shot cracked—seemingly close to my ear—and the Arab’s -head dropped. He gave us one final, spasmodic hug, and partly relaxed -his grasp. I felt that we were all three reeling into the awful depths -below, when my hair was clutched and I was torn from that terrible -embrace and hurled to the earth. It was Joe who had saved me, and from -where I lay I saw him straining to save Archie also from falling into -the well. The Arab was either dead or desperately wounded, but with his -final instinct of enmity he clung to Archie on one side while Joe -dragged at him from the other. - -The Arab’s body, however, was hanging over the pit, and its weight would -soon draw my struggling, desperate friends after it unless prompt help -was rendered them. I again leaped up and, half dazed as I was, clung -frantically to Joe, and my added weight gave us the victory. For the -Arab’s grasp slackened and his body slowly collapsed and fell with a -thud to the bottom of the pit, while we three, clinging together and -panting from our efforts, staggered away to sink weakly upon the ground. - -It had all happened in half the time it takes to tell it, and for a -moment the sudden revulsion from impending death to absolute freedom was -more than we could comprehend. A little time ago we were being dragged -by our terrible captors to the scorpion pit, there to meet a frightful -death, and now two of our assailants were themselves in the pit, while -the third lay motionless before us! - -“How did it happen?” I asked myself, greatly bewildered; and then I -remembered how Joe’s trick at wrestling had tumbled the first man into -the well; how Joe had seized the rifle and shot Abdul Hashim; how Joe -had vanquished the last Arab by a pistol shot as Archie and I struggled -with him for dear life. - -Joe? Yes; Joe had done all this. The quiet, slender lad I had once -befriended through pity had now saved us all three from an awful fate, -and by his extraordinary pluck and quick wit had proved himself a hero -indeed. - -Joe sat before me in an inert heap, breathing fast after his amazing -efforts. Silently I reached out and grasped both his hands in mine, -pressing them with gratitude too deep for words. Archie awoke from his -stupefied abstraction and shook our deliverer’s hands warmly in his big -paws. But he too forbore to speak. Words are poor things, and—Joe -understood, I’m sure. - -Finally we grew calm enough to resume conversation and to inquire what -it was best we should do next. I was for taking the three best camels -and pushing on toward Koser, hoping to find the pass through the -mountains and regain the ship. My friends thought the plan as safe and -practical as any. So I arose, rather unsteadily, for my nerves were -still on edge, and searched the saddle-bags for food, having had no -breakfast. I found plenty of dates, banyans and dried goat’s flesh, and -we each took a portion of these and began to eat. - -Presently Archie crawled to the edge of the well and leaning over looked -in. I saw his face blanch and a look of horror come to his eyes, but -neither Joe nor I asked a single question as our comrade hastily drew -back and came to our side. Nor have I questioned him since. Whatever the -Yankee boy saw in that gloomy pit he has never cared to speak of. - -We were about to mount our animals, having recovered our rifles and some -of our other weapons, when the quick tread of approaching camels reached -our ears. Unnerved by our recent experience, our first impulse was to -grasp our rifles and leap behind a sheltering rock, from which refuge we -might determine whether friends or foes were drawing near. - - - - - CHAPTER XV. - VAN DORN TURNS TRAITOR. - - -The tread of the camels sounded ahead of us from up the trail, and soon -we were reassured by a loud voice speaking in hearty American fashion. -Shortly after there moved into our line of vision Uncle Naboth and Ned -Britton, riding side by side, while after them came Bryonia and the -sailors from the _Seagull_. - -With a shout of joy, we leaped from our concealment, and my uncle fairly -tumbled off his tall camel in his eagerness to embrace me. It was indeed -a joyful reunion, and for a while no questions were asked on either -side, the satisfaction of knowing we were all safe and reunited being -enough for us. - -But soon the silent form of Abdul Hashim stretched upon the ground -attracted attention, and Uncle Naboth leaned over it and asked in a -hushed voice: - -“Who killed him, Sam?” - -“Joe, uncle; and by killing him saved all our lives.” As quickly and in -as few words as possible, I related the tragic scene just enacted. - -But the relation of Abdul Hashim’s enmity reminded me to ask a question, -in turn. - -“Where is the Professor, uncle?” - -“And where’s the treasure?” demanded Archie, almost in the same breath. - -Uncle Naboth frowned and looked glum, and Ned swore a deep oath in -sailor fashion. - -“The Perfessor, Sam, is a infernal scoundrel!” my uncle answered. - -I glanced at the dead Arab. Was his story indeed true, I wondered, and -had Van Dorn wronged Abdul Hashim even as the sheik had declared? If so, -much might be forgiven the Arab. - -“Let us admit the Professor is a scoundrel,” I remarked, “for such a -statement does not surprise me. But that does not account for his -absence.” - -“Yes; it does,” retorted Uncle Naboth; “an’ it ’counts for our runnin’ -away and leavin’ you boys in the lurch. Almost it accounts for your all -bein’ killed—which you would ’a’ been, lads, if it hadn’t been fer Joe.” -Here he glanced affectionately at our hero, who grew red and -embarrassed. - -“True enough, uncle,” I said. “Tell us about it, please.” - -“It were this way, Sam,” he began, seating himself upon a stone and -mopping his brow with his red silk handkerchief, for it was hot up here -among the rocks and Mr. Perkins was round and chubby. “You boys hadn’t -more’n started for Luxor yesterday mornin’ before that blasted -Gege-Merak come a-ridin’ up with his band an’ all the scoundrelly -niggers in the village. They halted a little way off, for we showed -fight an’ they was summat afraid of us. But that little dried-up -one-eyed chief was game to come on alone, an’ as soon as he was in -speakin’ distance he begun jabberin’ away in Arabia to the Perfessor. -Van Dorn answered back, for he can talk Arabia well enough himself, an’ -so they jabbered together for a time. I asked ’em to speak so’s we could -understand, for ol’ Gege can talk English if he wants to, as you know; -but the Perfessor told me not to interfere. - -“‘You leave me to deal with him,’ says he, ‘an’ I’ll negotiate this -business all right. P’raps,’ says he, ‘the Bega will keep our secret, -after all, an’ not want a share o’ the plunder, either. He ain’t lookin’ -for trouble,’ says the Perfessor. - -“So I said nothin’ more, an’ they talked an’ jabbered a long while. Then -on a suddint Van Dorn turns an’ says: ‘The chief thinks some o’ you -understan’ Arabia, the langwidge as we’re speakin’, an’ he suspicions -we’re a-trappin’ him.’ - -“‘We’re all honest English,’ says I, ’an’ I’m glad to say we don’t know -a word of Arabia. What does he want, anyhow?’ - -“The Perfessor looked hard at Gege, but ol’ one-eye wouldn’t talk -English. ‘Come,’ says the Perfessor, ‘state your terms.’ But still Gege -was silent as a clam. - -“‘I guess,’ says the Perfessor, ‘you all better draw aside an’ leave me -to dicker with the chief. Draw back a little,’ says he, motionin’ to us. - -“Well, you know, Sam, we’d come to rely a good deal on Van Dorn. He’d -led us straight to the treasure, as he’d said he would, an’ he’d sealed -it all up accordin’ to agreement until we could get it aboard ship an’ -divide it proper. An’ we knew we’d have a hard time gettin’ back to -Koser if we had to fight Gege an’ his niggers all the way. So we thought -if Van Dorn could settle the trouble in his own fashion we’d give him -every chance to do so. Leastwise, that’s what I thought, for I told the -boys to ride off a little way, out o’ earshot. We did that, leavin’ the -Perfessor an’ the chief together, and leavin’—that’s where we blundered, -my lad—leavin’ the two camels with the treasure with ’em. But we hadn’t -a thought of treachery until ol’ Gege raised his arm an’ the whole troop -o’ niggers come rushin’ forward. They surrounded the Perfessor an’ the -camels, fired a few shots at us, an’ then turned an’ rode as fast as -they could for the village. - -“Ned an’ I didn’t know what to do for a minute. The Perfessor was -escapin’ as lively as the rest, leadin’ one treasure camel, while ol’ -Gege led the other; so we knew well enough he’d put up the job on us an’ -made a dicker with Gege to rob us of our share. - -“‘The boys won’t be back till afternoon, so let’s foller the thieves an’ -fight it out,’ says Ned. That struck me as sensible, so after ’em we -went, not meanin’ at the time to desert you, but tryin’ to save the -treasure we had earned an’ to balk the plans of that dum-sizzled -Perfessor.” - -“You did quite right, uncle,” said I. “I don’t blame you a bit. Well?” - -“Well, lad, they didn’t stop at the village, as we expected, but kep’ -right on. Also we kep’ right on. Whenever we got too close they’d turn -an’ shoot at us, but they never hit anything, an’ we didn’t dare shoot -much ourselves for fear o’ killin’ the girl, who was ridin’ her camel -jest beside the chief an’ the Perfessor.” - -“Iva?” - -“Yes. She’s a pretty girl, Sam, and ain’t to blame in this matter, as I -can see; so we hated to harm her. Another thing, we ain’t so used to -shootin’ folks for a bit o’ money as these Arabs is. So all day we -chased ol’ Gege through the hills, an’ towards dark we were a long way -ahead o’ here, past the next stretch o’ desert beyond, and well into the -black mountains. Then, to our surprise, instead o’ keepin’ in the trail, -the chief and his party turned aside into a narrer path an’ rode plumb -into a blind ravine, where they made camp. - -“I couldn’t understan’ the whys an’ wherefores of this, at first, but -Ned an’ I figgered out that the foxey ol’ chief, or the Perfessor, or -both, didn’t care to get any nearer to Koser with that treasure while we -were hot on their track. They mean to stop in that canyon until they can -get rid o’ us, some way or ’nuther; for to let us chase ’em into the -settlement, or to get there first an’ warn the police, would mean that -they’d have to give up the boodle, sure thing, an’ p’raps render an -account for killin’ poor Cunningham. - -“We watched the mouth of that ravine all night, but couldn’t get any -nearer the thieves ’cause one man, well armed, can stand in that narrer -place between the rocks an’ keep off an army. This mornin’ we decided -we’d go back an’ find you boys, for you’ve been on my mind a good deal -an’ I’ve worried about you. So I’m mighty glad to find you so soon, safe -an’ well.” - -This story was as perplexing as it was interesting. I tried to -understand the policy of the Professor’s strange desertion. - -“Why, uncle, do you think Van Dorn preferred to deal with the Bega chief -rather than remain faithful to us?” - -“There’s several things to explain it, Sam. Ol’ Gege knew the secret, -first an’ foremost, an’ the Perfessor reckoned we could never get to -Koser alive an’ with the treasure as long as the chief was agin us an’ -hankerin’ to get his fists on them jewels an’ things. Van Dorn had -agreed to give us half of all the treasure, exceptin’ the rolls of -writin’, an’ if he stuck to his bargain with us ol’ Gege might capture -the outfit, bein’ stronger than we are an’ knowin’ the country better. -On the contrary, if Van Dorn deserted an’ went over to the chief, he -could make the same terms with him an’ stand a better chance of gettin’ -out safe. Mebbe he’s got a plan to return for the rest of the treasure, -an’ mebbe his idea is to take it to Luxor, so’s to keep out of our way. -Anyhow, the Perfessor’s a low-down villain, Sam, an’ he’s tryin’ to -feather his own nest at our expense. I wouldn’t be a bit surprised if -he’s plottin’ right now how to kill us all, so’s to make himself safe. -You see, he an’ Gege has that paper, signed by us, sayin’ we don’t hold -anyone responsible if we’re killed in this adventure. That was a great -mistake, Sam; we hadn’t ought to ’a’ signed it, at all.” - -“But Van Dorn wouldn’t dare go to the ship and face my father,” said I. - -“Of course not. His plan would be to find some other vessel to carry his -plunder away from Egypt. He’s cunning as a weasel, that Perfessor, an’ -vile as a skunk.” - -I thought it a good time to relate to our friends the story of Van -Dorn’s treachery to Lovelace Pasha, as told us by the Arab sheik; and -they all agreed that Abdul Hashim’s version was likely to be true, and -that the “red-beard” had been a scoundrel from the beginning of his -connection with the affair, plotting to get the treasure away from both -the explorer and the sheik, in case it was discovered. We were sorry -Abdul Hashim had been killed, but his cold-blooded attempt to murder us -had led to his own undoing, and he was now out of the running for good -and all. The Arab might have possessed some manly instincts, and perhaps -was a better man than Van Dorn, if the two could be compared; but his -hatred of the white infidels made him as dangerous as the other, and we -felt that one desperate enemy, at least, had been removed from our path. - -“I wish he could have lived long enough to meet the Professor once -more,” said I, with a sigh; “but fate has robbed the poor devil of even -his revenge.” - -We buried him among the rocks, to keep the jackals from preying upon his -body, and mounted our camels to ride toward the place where Gege-Merak -was encamped. - -There was little need of haste now. The chief did not wish to escape us, -it seemed, any more than we wished him to escape. The treasure was a -magnet that drew both parties toward it irresistibly, and in order to -possess it we must isolate ourselves in these mountains until we had -fought the matter out and one side or the other became the victor. - - - - - CHAPTER XVI. - THE MAD CAMEL. - - -Beyond the old Roman well, which had this morning witnessed so strange a -tragedy, there lay, as you will remember, a stretch of sandy desert some -five miles in extent, beyond which rose the black breccia cliffs of the -Hammemat Mountains. It was in a rift of these cliffs that Gege-Merak had -established himself. - -We were proceeding leisurely across the sands and had come near enough -to the edge of the mountain to note well its defiles, when our attention -was arrested by a strange occurrence. A camel came racing at full speed -from the hill path and dashed out upon the flat desert where we rode. -For a short distance the beast made straight toward us, and we could see -a rider clinging to its back—a huddled up figure dressed in a green and -scarlet robe. - -“It’s Iva!” cried Archie, astonished; and at the same moment the dress -also enabled me to recognize the chief’s granddaughter. - -Even as my friend spoke, the camel swerved and commenced running in a -circle, scattering the sand in clouds as it bounded along in great -leaps. The girl huddled lower, clinging desperately to her seat as the -seemingly infuriated beast continued on its wild career. - -“Why, the camel’s mad!” I exclaimed, remembering the tales of mad camels -I had heard related, and seeing in the animal’s erratic actions the -solution of the mystery. - -There was no doubt of it now. The huge beast ran here and there in an -aimless manner, never slacking its terrific speed, but darting first -this way and then that, and finally renewing the circular course that -was the clearest proof of its crazed condition. - -Our party had halted involuntarily to watch the strange scene, but I -felt that the girl was in serious danger and urged my camel forward -without any clear idea of how I could render her assistance. In a moment -I found that Archie and Joe had both joined me; pricking our animals to -a faster pace we rode straight for the place where the mad camel was -performing his capricious pranks. - -Suddenly the beast stopped—so abruptly that Iva flew over its head and -landed in the sand twenty feet or more away. She seemed unhurt by the -fall, for instantly she was on her feet and, picking up her skirt, ran -toward us with the speed of a deer. At the same time the mad brute’s eye -caught the flash of her gaudy robe and, with a loud bellow, he darted -after her flying figure. - -For a second my heart was in my throat. Then I jabbed the pointed stick -into the flank of my camel and shouted: - -“Quick, boys—keep close together and run the beast down!” - -It was a desperate act, but Iva’s peril was imminent. Even the lion in -his jungle is not more terrible to face than a mad camel, and in a few -moments the girl might have been trampled into a shapeless mass by the -feet of the frenzied animal. - -Riding so close together that the flanks of the three camels touched, we -dashed swiftly on. Iva saw us, and, almost as we were upon her, turned -and darted to one side. Her camel had also marked us, but with elevated -head and flashing eyes, its hoofs spreading in the air as it bounded -along, it made no attempt to pause. Next moment we came together and -struck with the force of a catapult, the impact being so great that I -sailed skyward and alighted—fortunately on my feet—several yards away. -Archie and Joe also took croppers, and as soon as we recovered ourselves -we looked toward the camels. They were all in a bunch at first. The mad -one was down, and also one of the others, while the remaining two were -stamping on them with terrific blows from their powerful feet. - -It was a camel fight then, sure enough, for it is the instinct of these -creatures to destroy one of its kind if it becomes crazed and runs -amuck; and Archie’s camel, having tumbled down, would have suffered -severely from the indiscriminate attack of its companions had it not -found a chance to rise and join them against the real offender. - -When, finally, the mad one lay crushed and motionless upon the sands, -the others quieted down and stood meekly awaiting us to come and remount -them. - -Meantime Ned Britton, who followed close behind us, had leaped down and -caught up the terrified girl, and when I looked to see what had become -of her I found her seated upon Ned’s steed with our big mate beside her, -while he strove to quiet her fears and agitation by smoothing her hair -with his rough hand. - -Heretofore Iva had been sullen and silent, keeping by the side of the -old chief, her grandfather, like a shadow and seeming to lack any -interest in her surroundings. But now, as we gathered around her with -sympathetic faces, she became animated and frank, thanking us very -sweetly and with evident gratitude for coming to her rescue. - -“But how did it happen, Iva?” I asked. “Why did you leave Gege-Merak?” - -She drew back with a sober look; then, impulsively, she said: - -“I will tell you all, for Ketti says you are honest and good, and I know -my grandfather to be cruel and wicked.” - -The speech astonished us, but the girl continued, quickly: - -“Ketti has quarreled with his chief, and he is in disgrace—Ketti, who -will be chief after my grandfather dies!” - -“Will he, Iva?” I asked. “Is Ketti to be the next chief?” - -“Yes; it is his right,” she answered, proudly; “and that is why -Gege-Merak hates him. But Ketti is good, and when he is chief I am to -marry him.” - -“Bravo, Iva!” cried Archie. “Ketti is the best fellow in your gang, to -my notion.” - -“I think so, too,” said I. “But go on with your story, Iva.” - -“The red-beard offered to give our chief half the treasure he has found -if Gege-Merak will kill you all. My grandfather has promised to do so, -but the men we brought from Laketa are cowards and do not dare to kill -the Americans, and we have not enough men to be sure we will beat you in -a fight. So the chief sent me back to our village to get all of the -fighting men of our tribe and bring them to join him in yonder valley.” - -“A very pretty plan,” remarked Uncle Naboth. - -“That was why Ketti quarreled,” said the girl. “He said you must not be -killed, for if we injured you the whole tribe would suffer, and perhaps -be destroyed. Ketti does not care for treasure; he says it makes our -people thieves and jackals; and he wants to live honestly and in peace, -as our forefathers did. There was another thing, too, Effendi. The chief -also plots to kill Red-beard, now that he is in our power, and to keep -to himself all the treasure. Ketti told my grandfather that was not -right, for we had given Red-beard our word, and the word of a Bega chief -should be an honest word, and never false.” - -“It won’t hurt the Perfessor to kill him,” observed Uncle Naboth -reflectively. “The dum-sizzled scoundrel deserves several kinds of -deaths, as a matter of justice.” - -Iva did not know how to take this speech, but, after looking at my uncle -in grave protest, she continued: - -“So Ketti was disgraced—he, the bravest of our tribe!—and the chief, my -grandfather, commanded me to ride to the village for our warriors, -because I could not fight if you attacked him, and I knew well the way. -He made me take Sekkat, our swiftest camel, although Sekkat has been -acting strangely for two days. There is Sekkat,” she continued, pointing -to the crushed remains of the beast that had so nearly destroyed her. -“No sooner had I ridden out of the valley where the camp is than I -understood that Sekkat was mad. I tried to turn him, and he rushed down -the path and out upon the desert. The rest of my story you know, -Effendi, and I thank you again for saving my life. Ketti also will thank -you,” she continued, with a proud look at us. - -“But Ketti is disgraced,” I said, smiling. - -Her eyes flashed at this and her brow grew dark and fierce. - -“Not for long will Ketti bow to any man’s anger!” she cried. Looking -about us with an air imperious as that of any queen, she added: “Come -with me, brave Amêrikâni! I will show you how to save both Ketti and -yourselves, even as you have saved me. More; you shall save Red-beard -and his treasure, too.” - -That last promise was not necessary, but we accepted it with the rest, -and that right joyously, as you may imagine. - -“What is your plan, Iva?” I asked, as we once more put our camels in -motion and rode toward the black cliffs of the mountain. - -“Wait; you will see,” she replied, setting her lips firmly together. So -much were we impressed by this girl’s courage and frankly avowed -friendship that we followed her lead blindly, questioning her no more. - - - - - CHAPTER XVII. - IVA. - - -It soon became evident to us that Iva knew this country intimately. She -abandoned the clearly outlined entrance to the pass through which we had -come on our way from Koser, and led us around to the less promising -cliffs at the left. An hour’s ride brought us to a ravine we had not -before noticed, and silently we entered this and rode among boulders and -loose stones until the steep rocky sides closed in on us and we could -proceed no farther. Then we dismounted and picketed our camels. Taking -only our rifles and ammunition with us, we followed the Bega girl up a -dizzy and difficult path that one would have judged, at first sight, it -was impossible to scale. But Iva, mounting light as an antelope, seemed -sure of her way, and where she went we could not well hesitate to -follow. - -The perilous climb brought us to the top of the cliff—a rocky ridge, -narrow and uneven, with peaks here and there that shot their points -still farther toward the sky. Presently the girl paused and looked over -the edge, and dropped lightly into a pocket-like hollow of the inner -cliff—a place that reminded me of an upper box in a theatre. - -Here, quite protected from observation, we could look down upon the -ravine in which Gege-Merak and his men were encamped. Just beyond the -pass we could see the two tall warriors who were guarding its entrance, -so we had approached the ravine from the rear. - -The cunning old chief had chosen his retreat well. On all sides were -smooth walls of black breccia, where not even a mountain goat could have -found a foothold. Only at the entrance was there any cleft that allowed -one to enter or leave the place. The camels stood grouped at one end, -and the four panniers containing the treasure of the priests of Karnak -had been piled upon a rocky table and were guarded by one of -Gege-Merak’s own men. The ravine was perhaps eighty feet wide by some -three hundred feet long, and several of the low, spreading Bedouin tents -had been pitched just underneath the hollow wherein we lay. - -The chief and all his company, except the guards I have mentioned, must -have been congregated under these tents when we arrived at our point of -observation, and for more than an hour we lay there patiently attentive -without seeing any evidence of life in the camp below. We supposed that -Iva’s adventure was unknown to them, shut in as they were, and doubtless -the chief believed her even then to be speeding toward his village to -bring back reinforcements of fighting men. - -But Gege-Merak had no intention of remaining idle in the meantime, as we -were soon to observe. For at last the Bega began to stream out of the -chief’s tent, and among them came Van Dorn, his arms bound close to his -sides and a big warrior now leading, now pushing him along. - -The Professor seemed weak and unnerved, for he stumbled among the loose -stones that littered the way and would have fallen more than once had -not his guard steadied him. His head was bare and his clothing torn in -many places. Doubtless the fellow had struggled desperately before he -had finally been secured. - -They led Van Dorn to the end of the ravine opposite us and placed him -with his back against the rock. The Bega and the Bisharin from Laketa, -all animated and talking eagerly in their native tongue, formed a group -fifty yards away. Prominent amongst them we could see the dwarfed, -withered form of the aged chief, and the stalwart, towering figure of -Ketti. - -Gege-Merak gave an order and a man stepped forward and leveled his rifle -at the Professor. Before he could fire, Van Dorn shrieked in terror and -dropped to the ground. They raised him again, cuffing and shaking him -until once more he stood upright. Yet he trembled visibly. Again the -Bega warrior raised his rifle, but, answering the victim’s pitiful -screams, Ketti now sprang before the man and wrenched away his weapon, -protesting so loudly that his voice reached even to our high nest on the -cliff against the deed the chief had ordered. - -Gege-Merak fairly danced with rage at this defiance. He gave a command -which at first his men seemed reluctant to execute, but finally two of -them approached Ketti, seized him and drew him away, binding his arms to -his sides. Iva was frantic at this act, and we had to warn her several -times to be quiet or we should surely be discovered by those below. - -It was while I was busy soothing Iva that I heard a shot and a cry of -agony, and turned in time to see Van Dorn fall flat upon his face. Poor -fellow, the treasure had cost him his life. However treacherous he had -been in his dealings with Lovelace, with Abdul Hashim and with us, his -final alliance with old Gege-Merak had brought him into contact with a -nature as unscrupulous as his own, and the barbaric chief had evened up -all scores by robbing the man of his ill-gotten wealth and his life at -once. - -But it seemed that Gege-Merak’s vengeance was not yet complete, and we -could see from the tense and strained attitudes of the warriors that Van -Dorn’s death was but an incident in the drama. If, indeed, the chief had -cause to hate Ketti, that young man’s rash interference with his -commands had given Gege-Merak the chance, perhaps long desired, to -punish him. It may be he lived in fear of the handsome fellow who was -destined to succeed him at his death, for Ketti’s popularity with the -tribe was indisputable. Anyway, his orders, now given in a firm, loud -voice, seemed instantly to seal the fate of Iva’s lover. - -Bound and helpless as he was, the young man was led to the spot where -Van Dorn had stood and set with his back against the wall of rock. But -there was no craven spirit in the victim this time. Proudly the warrior -stood facing his chief, his pose erect, his dark eyes calmly regarding -his destroyer and a slight smile of scorn curling his lips. - -Gege-Merak shouted his commands, but not a tribesman moved to obey. -Softly Iva reached out her hand and grasped my repeating rifle, and I -let her take it. She knelt before me, her brown face rigid, her eyes -dark with horror, and rested the barrel on the ledge of rock before her. -I saw Uncle Naboth and Ned glance at each other significantly; but they -made no move to interfere. - -Again and again the chief shouted his orders, waving his arms -imperiously and stamping his foot in rage; but the Bega stood stolid and -unyielding, and their Bisharin allies shrank back and huddled in a -frightened group in the rear. - -Gege-Merak himself snatched a rifle from a warrior’s hand and swinging -around leveled it full at Ketti. At the same instant Iva’s rifle cracked -beside me and I saw the aged chief totter, drop his weapon and sink -slowly to the earth. A shout went up from the assembled group below, and -with one impulse they turned their eyes toward us. - -And now the girl sprang upon the dizzy ledge and stood where all might -see her figure clearly outlined against the sky. High above her head she -held the rifle that had slain her wicked grandsire, and as the Bega -recognized her they shouted again—joyfully this time—and waved their -hands to her in full approval of her act. - -I own I was horrified for a moment, remembering the ties of blood -between Iva and Gege-Merak; but she was a wild, half-civilized child of -the desert, and to her simple mind her lover’s life must be preserved at -any cost. - -All was eager animation in the ravine. Ketti’s bonds were quickly -removed, and the big fellow waved his thanks to the sweetheart whose -courage had saved him. - -“Come,” said Iva, calmly, as she stepped down to a safer position beside -us. “There are only friends in Ketti’s tribe now; let us go to him.” - - - - - CHAPTER XVIII. - KETTI PROVES A FRIEND. - - -As hastily as might be we groped our way down the dangerous pathway to -the ground below the cliffs. There we regained our camels and made for -the desert, around the spur of the mountain, and so up the regular trail -to the mouth of the ravine. - -Ketti was eagerly awaiting us, and as she saw him Iva quickly rode -forward and threw herself from her camel to crouch with bowed head -before the new chief. - -Coming to her side, Ketti raised her gently and, while we watched with -curiosity from one side and the assembled Bega watched from the other, -the young warrior gravely placed one hand beneath Iva’s chin, palm -upward, and the other hand upon her head, palm down. - -This, we learned afterward, was the betrothal ceremony of the Bega. When -a young man chose his bride he went to her and took her chin and head -between his palms, and thus made claim to her for all time. None other -dared afterward make advances to the girl, under penalty of incurring -her affianced youth’s anger. Indeed, I was told this was frequently the -only ceremony performed at all, whether of betrothal or marriage, by -many of the tribes, although there was a form of native wedding that -included various and lengthy rites and involved much feasting and -dancing. - -The girl, it seems to me, has not a fair chance in this custom, for she -is not allowed to refuse a man who so salutes her. It is true a brother -or father may challenge a presumptuous warrior and fight him to the -death, but the girl herself is helpless. - -I am sure Ketti and Iva had an elaborate wedding ceremony thereafter; -but that is not a part of my story, from which I fear I have digressed. - -Feeling quite safe with the friendly Ketti, we had no hesitation in -following him and his band into the ravine, where we dismounted and went -at once to examine the body of Van Dorn. He was quite dead, having been -shot through the heart, and Ned Britton lifted him and bore him to one -of the low tents, of which Ketti willingly gave us the use. Gege-Merak’s -body still lay upon its face where it had fallen, and to my surprise -none of the natives touched it or even so much as glanced toward it, so -far as I could see. - -In the tent, Ned and one of the sailors searched Van Dorn’s clothing and -removed from it the leathern belt, his rings and watch and a small -note-book. Last they found, sewn into the lining of his well-worn coat, -a package, rather bulky, though flat, covered with goat-skin, tied and -sewn securely and carefully sealed. These things I took possession of, -and Uncle Naboth and I went to see Ketti to get permission to bury the -body. - -We found the young chief seated on a rock beside Iva, with whom he was -conversing most earnestly. He smiled at us as we came up, and said: - -“We have made changes, Effendi. I am now chief.” - -“So I understand, Ketti,” I answered, “and I’m glad of it. We are -friends with the Bega now, are we not?” - -“We are friends,” he announced, gravely. “Gege-Merak was bad, and had no -love for you. He loved treasure better, and killed the Red-beard to get -it all. But Ketti does not want his brothers’ wealth. It is enough that -you have paid the Bega to guide and protect you.” - -“Do you mean that you will return to us the treasure?” I asked, striving -to conceal my astonishment. - -“It is not Ketti’s. It was not Gege-Merak’s. It is yours,” he said, -simply. “My tribe shall not rob, nor shall they slay their friends. -While I am chief, the Bega who call me master must be honest and good, -and keep the laws the great Khedive has made. Is it not so, Iva?” - -“It is the only way for our tribe to prosper and grow in strength,” she -answered, soberly. “Under our great and good Chief Ketti we will be rich -and strong, and our father the Khedive will call us good children.” - -“You shall say, when you return to Koser,” continued Ketti, regarding us -earnestly, “that my tribe was true and honest, and touched not one jewel -of your treasure. You will say that we guided you straight and protected -you from enemies and thieves and earned your money well. Is it so, -Effendi?” - -“We will say that, Ketti,” I replied. - -“But there are also things which you will not say, Effendi,” he -continued, with a note of anxiety in his voice. - -“And what are they, my friend?” - -“You will not say my people killed the Red-beard; for you do not know -what killed him. You will not say where he is gone, for that you do not -know. Is not the land broad for men to wander in? And if any asks you -about Gege-Merak you will be sorrowful and tell how he died in the -desert, being old and feeble, and you will say that Ketti succeeded him -as chief of the tribe. Then you will mount the great ship that awaits -you and sail away.” - -I began to understand. Ketti intended to make a bargain with us. He -feared the consequences of the murder of Van Dorn and did not want the -fact that Iva had shot her grandfather known. If we would promise to be -discreet in these matters he would restore to us the treasure, which he -considered another element of danger to him, not realizing that we were -slyly removing it in defiance of the Khedive’s orders. Had he known -that—but, fortunately, he did not know it. - -“It shall be as you say, Chief Ketti,” I returned; “for we wish you and -Iva only happiness, and to tell some things might cause you trouble. If -your father the Khedive asks us of your service, we will say you are a -good chief, and faithful.” - -That pleased him greatly. - -“The treasure is untouched,” said he. “Not a seal is broken. It awaits -your orders, Effendi.” - -Willingly he gave us permission to bury the Professor among the rocks, -which we did during the afternoon. When we returned to the ravine from -this labor we were surprised to notice that in our absence the natives -had gathered several heaps of stones, which were piled in the form of a -wide circle around Gege-Merak’s body. But the body itself had not been -disturbed, and the Bega were now lounging in various parts of the ravine -and conversing together in their customary indifferent manner. - -Ketti came to us with the information that we should start at dawn next -morning for Koser, which he hoped to reach in two days’ fast riding. - -“But what will you do with Gege-Merak?” I inquired. - -“His ceremony of entombment will be held this evening, Effendi. Your -people will be welcome to watch the solemn rites,” he added. - -We had supper and awaited with curiosity to witness the proposed -ceremony; but the natives were in no hurry, and showed no activity until -the stars were bright in the sky. - -At a word from Ketti, every Bega and Bisharin sprang up and stood in a -circle around the dead chief’s body. Beginning a low chant they now -commenced to move slowly around Gege-Merak, keeping step to the chant -and bending in lithe, rhythmic attitudes characteristic of the Eastern -dances. And ever the chorus grew louder and faster until it became a -roar and at last a wild shout. Also the excitement of the warriors -increased until presently they were dancing with frenzied leaps. - -Suddenly, as they circled round just beside the piles of rock, each man -seized a stone from the nearest heap and hurled it at the dead body. -From the next pile he grabbed another stone, until the missiles were -raining upon Gege-Merak’s prostrate form from every direction. As the -dance reached its climax of animation and the shower of rock continued, -the old chief’s body began to disappear from sight, until he was covered -up entirely and entombed in a mound of stone several feet in height. - -It was a shocking sight, and seemed to us extremely brutal; but Iva, who -stood by our side, calmly declared it was the custom of her people, and -that a chief was highly honored who was thus buried by his people where -he fell or expired. The chant, she told us, was a relation of his -virtues and his mighty deeds on earth. - -If a chief dies or is killed on the desert, his people cast sand upon -him, in like manner, and afterward weight the mound with rocks; and, as -his body is never moved from the spot where he expired, they take down -his tent or house after the funeral and set up the habitation in another -place, leaving his burial mound stationary. - -The wild chant rang in my ears long after the grim ceremony was -completed and the camp had become quiet for the night. We Americans -slept uneasily through the next few hours and at dawn awoke to eat a -hasty breakfast and mount our camels. - -The panniers were replaced on the two extra animals by Ned and Bryonia, -who now took charge of the treasure. We were pleased to observe the -truth of Ketti’s statement that the wax upon the buckles of the panniers -had not been tampered with and was still intact. - -The Bisharin left us here and went away to their village, and without -incident we traversed the trail back to Koser, which we reached, weary -but exultant, at the close of the second day. - -My father and a number of sailors, apprised by a swift messenger of our -coming, were at the wooden dock to meet us, and we unstrapped the four -treasure-laden panniers from the saddles of the camels and sent them on -board by a boat commanded by Ned in person. - -Captain Steel produced the hundred and eighty pounds due to Ketti for -his services, according to the contract we had made with Gege-Merak, and -I asked that an extra gold piece be given to each of the Bega warriors, -which was willingly agreed to since we had been successful in our quest. -It made the simple fellows very happy indeed. - -After consulting with Uncle Naboth and gaining his consent, I opened the -Professor’s leathern belt and took from it the prettiest jewel it -contained, a diadem of yellow gold set with clusters of pearls and -sapphires. This I presented to Iva as a wedding present from her -American friends, and the beautiful girl was proud indeed of the gift, -as well she might be. Once, perhaps, it had adorned the brow of some -famous Egyptian queen, and though it might now appear incongruous upon -the person of a poor Bega woman, we were so grateful to Iva for the -service she had rendered us that we thought it none too good to express -our appreciation. - -We parted from Ketti and his people in the mostly friendly manner, and -he returned that night to his village in the desert. - -It was not so easy to get rid of the bearded Arab sheik of Koser, who -was curious to know what we had brought from Luxor and what adventures -we had met on the way. It was strange, he added, that the Bega had -brought us safe back again; it was not like that clever, evil old -Gege-Merak. Fortunately no one had told him of the old chief’s death, or -he would have been still more curious. - -But we refused to satisfy the fellow’s desire to gossip and kept our -mouths fast shut when he was around. Also we refused his polite offers -of entertainment and to his disgust hoisted sail early the next morning -and head up the gulf toward Port Ibrahim. - -Now that we had the treasure safe aboard, every moment we delayed was -fraught with danger, and the doubtful friendship of this sheik of Koser -was no longer of any value to us. - - - - - CHAPTER XIX. - LOVELACE PASHA. - - -The treasure was taken from the panniers and, still snugly packed in the -canvas sacks which Van Dorn had so carefully sealed, carried to my -stateroom and dumped unceremoniously into a huge chest. - -After a brief conference we had decided to leave it untouched until -after we had passed through the Suez Canal and, free from the shores of -Egypt, were safe on the broad waters of the Mediterranean. Then we would -open the sacks, sort and examine the treasure, and divide it in ways -still to be agreed upon. Our contract with Van Dorn, you will remember, -gave us his share in case of his death. - -And now, while we sailed up the long branch of the Red Sea which is -called the Arabian Gulf, I examined with some curiosity the things Ned -had taken from the Professor’s dead body. - -His note book had been a sort of diary, but from it several leaves had -been torn, as if he had recorded events which he afterward feared might -compromise him, and had thus destroyed their written evidence. From what -remained I gathered that the man was no “professor” at all, but a -wandering adventurer attracted to Egypt by the recent valuable -discoveries there. Falling in with Lovelace, he had hired his services -to that savant to assist his search, and from scattered notations in the -book I formed the shrewd conclusion that the fellow had never possessed -the shadow of a claim to Lovelace’s discovery. Abdul Hashim had read his -character fairly well, and it seemed that Van Dorn had played a -desperate and murderous game to win the treasure for himself and rob, -incidentally, the real discoverer and any others who might lay claim to -a portion of the buried wealth. - -Turning from the note book, I cut the stitches of the goatskin cover of -the parcel which Van Dorn had so cleverly concealed in the lining of his -coat, and proceeded to break the seals, which I observed bore the -monogram “J. L.,” surmounted by a winged sphinx. This was not Van Dorn’s -seal, but that of Lovelace Pasha, and I judged that after the owner had -sewn and sealed the packet it had in some way come into the possession -of Van Dorn, who had never yet ventured to open it. - -At this time all of those most interested were gathered with me in the -Captain’s room: Uncle Naboth, Ned, Archie and Joe, as well as my father. -When I removed the covering a small locket dropped out, and this I -opened to glance at a sweet, womanly face that met my gaze. - -Over my shoulder came a sob and a cry and Joe seized the locket from my -hands. - -“My mother!” he said, softly, as he devoured the miniature with eager, -loving eyes. - -We looked at the boy in astonishment. - -“Your mother, Joe?” I questioned, stupidly. - -He swiftly drew from beneath his clothing the slender chain which I had -often observed he wore around his neck, and showed us a similar locket -attached to it. Opening this with trembling fingers, the boy laid the -lockets side by side, and we saw that the portraits were nearly -identical. - -“Father and I each had one,” he said, in an awed whisper; “mother has -often told me that.” - -“Did you ever know what became of your father, Joe?” I inquired. - -“No; he went away when I was a baby, and we never heard of him again. -For that reason mother was sure he was dead, for she said he loved her -and would not otherwise have deserted her.” - -“Then,” said I, softly, “you are about to discover your father, Joe; for -the man who wrote this and owned the locket could be none other.” - -“Wrote what?” asked Uncle Naboth. - -I had been hastily examining a flat book which accompanied the locket. -It had leaves of coarse paper closely covered with writing in a fine, -scholarly hand. - -“Here is a manuscript which I believe I will read aloud,” said I. “It -may be interesting to us, in view of our recent adventure, and I am sure -it will tell Joe something about his father.” - -As I spoke I turned over the pages to the end, and Uncle Naboth, peering -over my shoulder, exclaimed: - -“Why, it’s signed by John Lovelace. That must be the same Lovelace Pasha -who discovered the treasure.” - -“He was not a Pasha,” I returned, “although he was called so. He was not -even entitled to the name of Lovelace, for here he tells us who he -really was—John Herring.” - -Joe was staring intently, first at the lockets and then at me. His face -was pale and his dark eyes glowed with nervous excitement. - -“Sit down, uncle,” I said, “and let me read what is here written.” - -All now assumed attentive attitudes while I proceeded to read as -follows: - -“‘This shall be, to any who reads it after my death, my last testament -and my final behest. For some weeks I, John Herring, have feared -treachery and sudden death, although I cannot discover from what -direction the danger threatens. So I am determined to explain herein my -position in Egypt, for, being reserved by nature, I know that at present -I am a mystery to all with whom I have come into contact in this ancient -and romantic land. - -“‘I am an American, a native of Galveston, and a graduate of Harvard. -Soon after I left college my father, who was reputed a wealthy man, died -without estate, and I was thrown upon my own resources. Being little -fitted for a business career I gained scant success, except that I took -a wife to share my poverty—a gentle natured woman who gave me devotion -and love but was unable to further my fortunes because her nature was -weaker than my own. - -“‘I was led into an illegitimate venture by a friend named José Marrow, -an enterprising Mexican who owned a sloop and proposed that I join him -in smuggling laces and cigars from Mexico into the United States. We -succeeded for a time and I made considerable money. But at length I was -discovered, as was inevitable, and only saved myself from imprisonment -by sudden escape. Marrow managed to get me aboard a vessel bound for -Gibraltar and I was obliged to leave my wife and baby boy without the -comfort of a farewell, although I sent them all the money I had and my -friend Marrow promised to see they were provided for in case I was -unable to send them more before it was gone. But I thank God I have been -able to supply their wants, and each year I have sent a substantial -remittance to them through Marrow, who by good fortune was never -suspected of being implicated in the smuggling.’” - -“But we never got a dollar!” broke in Joe, indignantly. “Old Marrow must -have kept every penny of the money.” - -Without replying to this I continued to read: - -“‘Twelve years ago I made my way to Egypt, and having been a student of -Egyptology in my college days, I became much interested in the -excavations being made to secure ancient relics. Soon I was myself -successfully engaged in this search, and I have had the good fortune to -discover several important tombs of the Twenty-fourth Dynasty. - -“‘This success finally led to my undertaking a queer and seemingly -impossible search—for the treasure hidden by the High Priest Amana of -Karnak at the time of Cambyses’ invasion. I conceived the idea that the -treasure had been buried in the sands of the desert, instead of in the -Sacred Lake, according to popular tradition. For several years I -searched the desert around Karnak without result, and just as I was -beginning to despair I came upon an inscription graven upon an angle of -the ruined walls of the temple of Seti, which described—although not -accurately—the place where the treasure had been hidden. - -“‘I must explain that this treasure of Karnak is mainly a library of -papyri recounting the history of the Egyptians during the period between -the Sixth and Twelfth Dynasties. As no other records of this period -exist our historians have been in the dark concerning this broad epoch, -although we know from inscriptions found at Abydos and Edfu that the -papyrus rolls hidden by the priest of Karnak gave a full account of that -portion of Egyptian history which we have hitherto been unable to -account for. So the discovery of this library means fame and riches to -one fortunate enough to find it, and it is supposed that a store of gold -and precious jewels was buried by the priests at the same time, which -should further enrich the discoverer. - -“‘I have an explorer’s and excavator’s license granted me by the Khedive -under the name of John Lovelace, which name I assumed on coming to -Egypt, although, as I have said, my real name is John Herring. It was -necessary to cover my identity in this way to avoid extradition in case -the American customs officers discovered my retreat. But my crime was -not an important one and I believe it has long since been forgotten. - -“‘The finding of the Karnak treasure is now merely a question of time, -since I know by the secret inscription where to search for it. But I -found that I needed help, and engaged a man named Van Dorn, who has at -one time been a foreman at the workings of the Italian excavators in the -Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, to assist me. He has now been with me -nearly three years, receiving 400 piasters a month, which is equal to -about 20 American dollars. He is a faithful worker, but has a covetous -and dishonest mind, so that I suspect he will not be trustworthy in case -I discover the treasure. Unfortunately I have been obliged to intrust -him with knowledge nearly equal to my own, and the misgivings I have -expressed at the beginning of this testament are mostly due to this -man’s connection with my search. I fear the day when the treasure is at -last unearthed. - -“‘Besides Peter Van Dorn, who is to receive one thousand dollars, in -addition to his wage, if the treasure is found, I have employed members -of an Arab desert tribe led by one Abdul Hashim, which inhabits a -village near Tel-Ambra. For his services the sheik Abdul Hashim is also -to receive one thousand dollars when I find the treasure, but nothing if -I am unsuccessful. My contract with the sheik, to be exact, is for 200 -pounds Egyptian. My permit from the Khedive obliges me to sell the -papyri to the Cairo Museum for a sum not less than the total of my -expenses during the search for them, and should there be other treasure -of gold or jewels, one-half belongs to the Khedive and the other half to -me. This I write plainly to explain all just claims against the -treasure, should I succeed in finding it.’” - -Here the writing halted, but under date of January 11, 190—, it -continued as follows: - -“‘At last the search for the treasure of Karnak has been successful. -Last night Van Dorn and I located a granite slab in which are set three -bronze rings—evidence indisputable that here lies the wealth hidden -centuries ago to escape the rapacity of Cambyses. To-night we are to -take two Arabs of Abdul Hashim’s tribe to assist us in lifting the slab, -which Van Dorn and I were unable to do alone. I am eager to see what -lies beneath it. Van Dorn has been acting more suspiciously than ever -this morning, and is in a state of wild excitement. Perhaps that is -natural, and I do not see how he can rob me of either the honor of the -discovery or of the treasure itself; but I shall watch him closely. - -“‘Some months ago I wrote to José Marrow, my friend in Galveston, who -now commands a trading ship, stating that I expected shortly to find a -large treasure, and that if I succeeded I would send all of my share to -him to be applied to the education and advancement in life of my son, -who is now nearly fifteen years of age. Marrow has written me that my -wife is ill and needs more money than I have sent; but I am now sure of -being able to provide generously for my family. - -“‘If anything happens to me to prevent my carrying out this plan, I -implore whoever may come into possession of this writing as a matter of -simple humanity and justice to fulfill my wishes and send my share of -the proceeds of the treasure to Capt. José Marrow, at Galveston, Texas, -U. S. A., to be applied by him for the sole welfare of my wife and son. -And I ask his Gracious Highness, the Khedive, if by chance this should -come to his notice, to order my estate disposed of as I have said above. - -“‘I shall seal and otherwise protect this manuscript from prying eyes, -and it may be that my fears are fanciful and unfounded, and that I shall -myself have the delight of enriching my dear ones in person. I wish -nothing for myself. The honor to my name as the discoverer of the -historic papyri of Karnak will be a sufficient reward. - - “‘John Lovelace.’” - -“Humph!” said Uncle Naboth; “is that all?” - -“That is all, sir,” I answered, closing the book. “But it explains a lot -that we did not know, and transfers the ownership of the treasure from -us to Joe.” - -They all sat thoughtfully considering this for a time. Then Joe said: - -“I may have a sort of claim to my father’s share, although that is not -quite clear. But the half that was to go to the Khedive you people are -now fully entitled to.” - -“That’s a sure thing,” observed Archie, whose keen Yankee wit had -grasped the situation quicker than mine did. “But let’s consider another -thing, my friends. We agreed long ago that the hidden treasure of those -old priests belonged by right to whoever was lucky enough to grab it. It -isn’t the Khedive’s, and never has been. Lovelace—or Joe’s father—may -have made a deal with the Khedive to insure his own safety, but Lovelace -did nothing more than to locate the place where the treasure lay. He -never got his fists on it. Neither did Abdul Hashim, nor Van Dorn, nor -old Gege-Merak, although any one of ’em would have seized it if he could -and held on to it like grim death to a grasshopper. The fact is, we got -possession of the treasure ourselves, at considerable risk, and it -belongs to us except for the liens Joe’s father had on it. In my opinion -we needn’t consider the Khedive any more than the Shah of Persia or any -other hungry shark.” - -“You’re right,” said Uncle Naboth. “We’ll keep half an’ give Joe half. -That’s fair, I guess.” - -“But first,” said I, “let’s get safely away from Egypt,” and I left them -and went on deck to find we had just sighted Suez. - - - - - CHAPTER XX. - THE KHEDIVE TAKES THE LAST TRICK—BUT ONE. - - -We reached Port Said without interruption at five o’clock on a gloomy -afternoon, and my father managed to get his papers signed so he could -clear the port an hour later. - -We had used our steam to make the journey through the Canal, and so we -determined to steam for the next twelve hours, at least, in order to -show our heel to Egypt as soon as possible. - -Heading slowly down the harbor we were surprised at being hailed by a -small government launch flying the Egyptian flag, which pressed close to -our side, while an officer in uniform stood up and gesticulated wildly -toward us. - -“What’s wanted?” asked Captain Steele, leaning over the rail. - -“Stop! Wait!” cried the fat officer, brokenly. “I must come on board.” - -“Hike along, then,” called my father, but made no signal to stop the -engines. - -We were moving very slowly, for we had to steer clear of the numerous -craft anchored in the harbor, so the launch grappled our side and Ned -let down a ladder which the official clutched and swarmed overboard with -surprising agility. - -“Stop! Go back!” he shouted, as soon as he reached the deck. “This ship -is the ship _Seagull_; it is arrest—you are all arrest!” - -“What for?” demanded the Captain. - -“I have instruction from his Excellency the Minister of Finance to stop -you. You must not leave Egypt, he say. You have treasure on -board—treasure contraband to the Egyptian Government.” - -We stared at one another aghast. How in the world had this information -come to the ears of the government? and what should we do—what _could_ -we do—in this emergency? Arrest and confiscation first, and a legal -battle to follow! We shuddered even to contemplate such a difficulty. - -“Crowd on full steam, Tomlinson,” said Captain Steele to the Chief -Engineer, who stood beside him. The man saluted with a smile and retired -to obey. - -“As for you,” continued my father, turning to the officer, “I advise you -to get back to your boat in double quick time. We’ve got our papers, in -reg’lar fashion, and we’re free American citizens. You can’t arrest us a -single minute—you or your whole blamed Egyptian outfit.” - -“But I command! You are under my arrest! You are criminal!” screamed the -fat man, stubbornly. “In the name of——” - -“In the name of Sam Hill, throw the cuss overboard!” roared the Captain, -losing all patience. - -To my horror Ned promptly obeyed and the pompous official tumbled over -the rail head first and disappeared with a splash in the water below. - -Those in the launch shouted excitedly and let go our side to rescue -their superior. He bobbed up a minute later and they grabbed him with a -boat-hook and drew him, dripping and gasping, aboard their boat. - -But it was too late for them to board us again. Our propeller was by -this time whirling rapidly and churning the water into a creamy streak -in our wake. Slowly we drew away from the government boat, which puffed -after us at its best gait, the inmates shaking their fists at us -threateningly but in vain. Presently we lost sight of them altogether in -the gloom, for twilight was fast falling. - -Out into the blue waters of the great Mediterranean we sped and I for -one greeted the expanse gratefully. We had narrowly escaped a serious -disaster, for if the Khedive had once gripped our hard-won treasure we -should never have set eyes on it again. Also we might have found -ourselves and our ship hopelessly compromised in the meshes of Egyptian -law. - -We headed for the southwest point of the island of Sicily, for we dared -not undertake to pass the straits of Messina. This way would also bring -us sooner to Gibraltar, and we determined to head our course between -Tunis and Sicily, out of the beaten path of ships, and to keep away from -any port until we were afloat on the broad Atlantic. - -All night our engines throbbed powerfully and we sped swiftly on our -course. By morning we began to feel we were out of danger, and at -breakfast I decided that during the forenoon we would open the canvas -sacks and take a good look at our treasure. But while we still sat at -table the mate came down with a grave face to report that a man-o’-war -had just been sighted and was bearing down on us. - -We rushed eagerly on deck to inspect the boat through our glasses and -made her out easily enough. She was a big armored cruiser, heavily -armed, and seemed intent on heading us off. - -“But we may be more scared than hurt,” remarked my father, calmly. “All -nations have men-o’-war in these waters, and it ain’t a bit strange we -should run across one. Like as not she won’t mind us at all.” - -“But the course she’s headed won’t take her to any port in creation,” -observed Ned, shaking his head dolefully. “She’s after the _Seagull_, -sure enough.” - -It really looked that way, and we stood with bated breath and watched -the huge hulk come on. It would be folly to try to run away; still we -did not pause an instant. - -In an hour she was less than a mile to leeward, and soon we saw a puff -of smoke followed by a shot that flew singing across our bow. At the -same time she hoisted her flag peak and Ned took a look at it through -his glass. - -“Egypt,” he said, laconically, and my heart sank like a chunk of lead. - -“The jig’s up, fellows,” I said, mournfully. “Joe, my lad, you’ve been -rich for nearly a whole day. To-night you’ll be a pauper again.” - -Joe grinned, but not with a pleasant expression, and turned away to -vanish below deck. I was really sorry for the poor chap—and sorry for -ourselves, too. - -“Never mind,” said Archie, consolingly; “we’ve had a lot of fun, anyhow. -The Khedive can’t rob us of that.” - -As Captain Steele hesitated to obey the first shot a second one quickly -followed, and this came so near to piercing the hull of his beloved -_Seagull_ that my father uttered a gruff explanation and ordered Ned to -lay to. The engines were stopped and slowly we lost way and floated -quietly upon the sea, which was smooth as a mill-pond. The sky was -overcast with a mantle of solid gray and not a breath of wind was -stirring. - -Had we not been so preoccupied with other matters I am sure we would ere -this have been speculating on the queer atmospheric conditions that -prevailed, and wondering what they might portend. - -The cruiser slowed up near by and lowered a gig, which was speedily -manned. Then, being rowed with admirable precision, it shot across the -space which separated us and came alongside. We threw out a boarding -ladder and two officers climbed it and a minute later stood upon our -deck, where they inquired courteously for the Captain. They were -fine-looking fellows, middle-aged and with an air of breeding. Their -duty, whatever it might be, would doubtless be performed in a -gentlemanly manner. - -My father advanced to announce that he commanded the _Seagull_ and would -be glad to know by what authority he was arrested on the high seas. - -Said the elder of the two: “You resisted an officer of the Egyptian -government in the harbor of Port Said, and escaped. We consider you -still our prisoner, although you have fled into neutral waters.” - -“My papers are regular, sir, and you have no right to arrest me or to -fire upon my ship,” returned my father, boldly. “If you persist in your -illegal and high-handed course, sir, you will make this an international -affair,” he added. - -“There is little danger of that, Captain Steele,” answered the officer, -with a smile. “It may be we have exceeded our authority in arresting you -here; but kindly permit me to state our case. In Egypt you dug up a -treasure—an important treasure—which you are now carrying away in -defiance of our laws. We should not have permitted your ship to clear -our port, I admit, but unfortunately we did not receive the news of your -misdemeanor in time to prevent by force your escape. However, we do not -intend to be robbed. Our instructions from the Minister of War at Cairo -are positive. We are told to recover the treasure or send your ship to -the bottom of the sea—or to do both, at our discretion. The matter of -legality we will not discuss. We have the power to take this treasure if -you refuse to give it up cheerfully, and I assure you we will do so. -That is all. I await your decision, Captain.” - -Well, there was nothing for us to do but give up the treasure. If we -tried to withhold it we would lose both the treasure and the _Seagull_. -We held a short conference, however, Uncle Naboth, Ned and Archie being -present besides my father and myself. Joe was also an interested -partner, but was not on deck and we had no time to hunt him up. - -We decided there was but one way out of our difficulty. The American -government would scarcely support us in a claim for damages, under such -peculiar circumstances; and this the clever Turks knew as well as we -did. - -The thing that most amazed us was the accuracy of their information, and -we wondered who could have revealed to the government the fact that we -had secured the treasure. Abdul Hashim was dead, but some of his tribe -might have learned our secret and reported it to the authorities in -order to obtain vengeance for their sheik’s death. Or the villagers of -Laketa, who had seen the treasure in Gege-Merak’s possession, might have -disclosed the information. We did not suspect Ketti for a moment. - -Anyway, the mischief was out and it only remained for us to give up the -treasure and make our way homeward somewhat the poorer for our -unsuccessful enterprise. - -“Pardon me, gentlemen, if I ask you to make haste,” said one of the -Turkish officers, stepping to our side. “The simoon is threatening both -our ships, so we are anxious to finish our errand and be gone.” - -Indeed, the day had grown suddenly darker and the sea sighed audibly, -although it was perfectly still. My father looked anxiously at his bare -rigging and hurried away to give an order for additional security. Ned -followed him, and Uncle Naboth turned to me and said, with almost a -groan: - -“Give ’em the treasure, Sam, an’ let’s be done with the blamed Egyptians -forever.” - -I bowed to the officer. - -“If you will come below you shall have it,” I said; “but you’d better -get a couple of your men to help carry it.” - -He went to the side and shouted an order, and two of the men from the -gig sprang on deck. I took them to my stateroom, threw open the lid of -the great chest and said: - -“There, gentlemen, is the entire treasure, including the rolls of -papyrus. If you doubt that it is all here, you are welcome to search the -ship.” - -They lugged it all away and I sighed to think we had never obtained so -much as one good view of the plunder we had been at so much pains to -gain. The canvas sacks still bore the original seals which Van Dorn had -placed upon them in the desert beside the pit. - -When the last sack was in the boat they did delay to search the ship, to -my extreme disgust. But their search was hasty and perfunctory, and -after visiting the other cabins and peering into the forecastle and -galley—as if we would keep treasure hidden in such places!—they finally -got into the gig to return to their ship. I demanded a receipt, but they -refused to give one, mumbling that the threatening simoon was likely to -strike us any minute. - -And then they cast off and rowed away toward their own vessel, making -such speed as they could; but unfortunately they had delayed too long. -The simoon struck us like a blow and the _Seagull_ keeled over at a -dangerous angle and trembled through every beam. - -As I clung desperately to the rail my eyes followed the Turkish gig, and -I saw its prow rise from the water as the whirling cloud of mingled wind -and sand caught it, and dump its occupants—officers, men and all—into -the now seething flood. Yes, the treasure went, too—the priceless -historic papyri, the golden ornaments and splendid jewels of the great -priests of Karnak—all, all were swallowed up by the waters and vanished -forever from the sight of men! - -The wrecked gig was only a mass of splinters. They shot life-lines from -the deck of the cruiser and these were clutched by those of the boat’s -crew who rose again to the surface. But I cannot say how many of those -ill-fated Turks were finally rescued. For we had our own ship’s safety -to look after, and when the dreadful simoon had subsided, which it did -as suddenly as it had appeared, but after several hours of terror, the -Khedive’s man-o’-war was but a dim speck upon the horizon, and soon we -had lost sight of her altogether. - -When, the strain being at last over, we met together in the main cabin -for supper, it was a dismal enough lot of faces that surrounded the -table. Except Joe. Joe did not seem dismal at all. He smiled upon us -most cheerfully, until we all hated the boy for his good nature under -such trying circumstances. - -No one, however, cared to mention our great loss—which was in everyone’s -mind—except Archie, who growled out: - -“Why in thunder couldn’t the simoon have arrived an hour or so earlier, -before we were robbed?” - -But we chose not to heed the wail. Fate has her own way of ordaining -things. - -I rose abruptly and passed into my cabin, and to my surprise Joe -followed. As he lighted my lamp and turned up the wick so that it -illumined the room brightly, I heard him whistling softly to himself. - -The boy annoyed me, and I turned upon him rather savagely. - -“You seem quite content to have lost your inheritance,” said I; “but the -rest of us are not so well satisfied. Can’t you try to respect our -feelings?” - -He grinned at me most provokingly. - -“Strikes me we’ve got something yet to be thankful for, sir,” he -replied. “The Turks didn’t bag so much treasure as they thought they -did.” - -I stared at him with sudden interest. - -“What do you mean, Joe?” - -He stepped to my bunk and drew back the curtains. Then he threw aside -the blanket and disclosed the berth heaped full with glittering jewels -and golden ornaments that sparkled brightly under the clear rays of the -lamp. - -My cry brought the others running hastily into the room, but as their -gaze followed my own and fell upon the mass of treasure they stood mute -and still, filled with a wonder that fairly dulled their senses. - -At last Uncle Naboth tumbled into a chair and began mopping his forehead -with his red silk handkerchief, and I awoke far enough to ask, in an -awed whisper: - -“How did it happen, Joe?” - -“Why, it was dead easy, Sam,” he replied with a laugh. “As soon as that -infernal gunboat fired at us I knew something had to be done to save the -treasure. So I ran down here and ripped open the seams at the bottom of -all those canvas sacks, and dumped about three-quarters of the contents -of each one of ’em into your berth. I left some of the stuff in the ends -of the sacks that were tied and sealed, so if the Egyptians opened any -of ’em they’d think they were still loaded all the way down with -jewelry. Then I had to fill up the spaces, and that was harder than -you’d think. I first chucked in all the old bits of iron and brass I -could find in the junk-chest; but that wasn’t near enough. So I ran to -the galley and got Bry to give me a lot of potatoes and a bag of beans. -With these I filled up the treasure sacks and then sewed up all the -seams again. It took some time to do this, and the only way I could hide -the treasure was to cover it up with this blanket and draw the curtains. -Mebbe I wasn’t scared stiff when the officers came down here! But they -never thought to search the bunk in this cabin, though they went through -all the others. I’m sorry, sir, I didn’t empty the bags entirely, for -they never opened any of ’em; but I thought it was best not to take too -many chances, and I guess we’ve saved about two-thirds of all the -treasure we brought from the desert—except, of course, the rolls of -writing, and those we didn’t care so much for, anyhow.” - -By the time the boy had finished this speech he was the focus of all our -admiring eyes. - -“Don’t worry about what’s lost, Joe,” said Uncle Naboth, earnestly. -“There’s enough left to make us all rich; an’ we owe it to your pluck -and wit—an’ to nothin’ else.” - -“Three cheers for Joe!” yelled Archie, joyously. - -“Pshaw!” said Joe, flushing red, “what else was there to do?” - - -Three weeks after we anchored safely in Boston harbor, and before many -days had passed Uncle Naboth’s prediction was amply fulfilled. The -proceeds of the treasure made us all, in our humble stations, “rich,” -and Joe’s share, being so much the largest, made him very rich indeed. - - - THE END. - - - - - Footnotes - - -[1]Pronounced “Gay-gay Maw-rock.” - -[2]Boys—young men. - -[3]Judge of the court. - - - - - The Girl Graduate; Her Own Book - - - A NOVELTY EVERY GIRL WANTS - -In which to keep the happy record of her last year in school or -college—a book she will keep and prize always. - -[Illustration: _Reduced Title Page_] - -There is a place for everything dear to the girl graduate’s heart and -memory—class flower, color, yell, motto, photographs, jokes and frolics. - -Departments for social events, officers, teachers, invitations, -baccalaureate sermon, programmes, presents, press notices, class -prophecy and other “doings.” - -The Girl Graduate is equally appropriate for young misses leaving grade -and high schools and their older sisters who have “finished” at college -or boarding school. It makes a suitable present at any season of the -year. - -NINTH EDITION. Revised and improved - -Dainty designs in delicate coloring on pearl gray stationery. Cover to -match, with a trellis of rose in tints and decoration in gold. - - Decorated on Every Page. -8vo. 200 pages. Each book put up in an attractive gray box. Price $1.50. - Full leather, gold edges, De Luxe edition. Price $3.00 - - - - - * * * * * * - - - - -Transcriber’s note: - ---Relocated some images closer to the corresponding text. - ---Silently corrected obvious typographical errors; left non-standard - spellings and dialect unchanged. - - - -***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY FORTUNE HUNTERS IN EGYPT*** - - -******* This file should be named 55845-0.txt or 55845-0.zip ******* - - -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: -http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/5/8/4/55845 - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/55845-0.zip b/old/55845-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 23259d4..0000000 --- a/old/55845-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h.zip b/old/55845-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index aa28f00..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/55845-h.htm b/old/55845-h/55845-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 51c188f..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/55845-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7403 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> -<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt, by Floyd Akers</title> -<link rel="schema.DC" href="http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/" /> -<style type="text/css"> -xbody, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ - -h1, h2, h3, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:right; } /* HEADINGS */ -h1 { margin-top:3em; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto; max-width:15em; } -.box h1, .box h2 { margin-top:.5em; } -h3 { margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:1.5em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width: 17em; } -h2 { margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:0em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width: 17em; } -h6 { font-size:100%; font-style:italic; } -h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } -.titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style:double; clear:both; } - -/* == BOXES == */ -.dbox { border-style:double; } -div.box, .dbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em;} -.nbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:18em;} -div.box, div.subbox, div.nbox { border-style:solid; border-width:1px; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.subbox { margin:.2em; } -div.box dl dd, div.subbox dl dd, div.nbox dl dd {margin-left:2em; font-size:90%; } -div.box dl dt, div.subbox dl dt, div.nbox dl dt {margin-left:1em; } -div.box p {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } -div.box p.tb, div.box p.tbcenter { margin-top:2em; } -h4 { font-size:80%; text-align:center; clear:right; } -span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; } - -p { text-indent:1em; } -p.pnindent { text-indent:0; } -p, blockquote, li { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ -p.bq, blockquote { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.verse { font-size:100%; } -p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } -p.tb, p.tbcenter { margin-top:2em; } - -span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ -{ text-align:right; float:right; margin-right:0em; clear:right; } -div.pb { display:inline; } -.pb, dt.pb, dl.toc dt.pb, dl.tocl dt.pb, .index dt.pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; - margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; text-indent:0; - font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; - color:gray; border:1px solid gray;padding:1px 3px; } -div.index .pb { display:block; } -.bq div.pb, .bq span.pb { font-size:90%; margin-right:2em; } - -div.img, body a img, .imgcenter {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; margin-top:2em; clear:both; } - -sup, a.fn { font-size:75%; vertical-align:100%; line-height:50%; font-weight:normal; } -.caption { text-align:center; margin-top:0; text-indent:0; font-weight:bold; font-size:80%; max-width:32em; } -.center, .tbcenter { text-align:center; clear:both; text-indent:0; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ -table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } -.small { font-size:80%; } -.smaller { font-size:66%; } -.smallest { font-size:50%; } -.larger, .xlarge { font-size:150%; } -.large { font-size:125%; } -.gs { letter-spacing:.5em; font-weight:bold; } -.gs3 { letter-spacing:1.5em; } -.gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:110%; } -.sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style: normal; } -.sc i { font-variant:normal; } -.rubric { color: red; } -hr { width:40%; margin-left:30%; } -.shorthr { width:20%; } -.jl { text-align:left; } -span.jl { float:left; } -.jr, .jr1 { text-align:right; } -span.jr, span.jr1, span.center, span.jl { display:block; } -.jr1 { margin-right:2em; } -.ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } -.u { text-decoration:underline; } -.ss { font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:bold; } - -table.center { border-style: groove; } -table.center, table.hymntab { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - -dd.t { text-align:left; margin-left: 5.5em; } - -span.date, span.author { text-align:right; font-variant:small-caps; display:block; margin-right:1em; } -span.center { text-align:center; display:block; } -span.hst { margin-left:1.5em; } -.biblio dt { margin-top:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -.biblio dd { font-size:90%; } - -/* INDEX (.INDEX) */ - -/* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ -div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; text-align:justify; max-width:25em; } -.fnblock { margin-top:2em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em; margin-bottom:2em; } -.fndef { text-align:justify; margin-top:1.5em; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } -.fndef p.fncont, .fndef dl { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; } -.fndef p.fnbq, .fndef dl { margin-left:1em; text-indent:0em; } - -.lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ -display:inline; } - -.hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ -.verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -p.tc { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:center; } -p.t0, p.l, .t0, .l, div.l, l { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.tw, div.tw, .tw { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:10em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:11em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:12em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:13em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t10,div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:14em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t11,div.t11,.t11 { margin-left:15em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t12,div.t12,.t12 { margin-left:16em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t13,div.t13,.t13 { margin-left:17em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t14,div.t14,.t14 { margin-left:18em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t15,div.t15,.t15 { margin-left:19em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } - - /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ - .toc dt.center { text-align:center; clear:both; margin-top:1em; } - .toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; - margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - .toc dt.jr { text-align:right; } - .toc dt.smaller { max-width:25em; } - .toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:2em; } - .toc dd.t { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:4em; text-indent:0em; } - .toc dt a, .toc dd a { text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } - .toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } - .toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } - .toc dt.jr { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt a span.cn, .toc dt span.cn, dt span.cn { width:3.5em; text-align:right; margin-right:.7em; float:left; } - dt .large {font-weight:bold; } - div.bcat dl dd { margin-left:4em; max-width:21em; } - div.bcat dl dt { text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em; } - -.clear { clear:both; } -.htab { margin-left:8em; } - /* MAXWIDTH FOR JUVENILE BOOKS */ - p, blockquote, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre.internal dl { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - blockquote { max-width:23em; } - - - div.verse { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - div.bq { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:23em; } -/* book advertisements */ - p.bkad {font-size:125%; font-weight:bold; margin-top:2em; max-width:20em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.bkpr {font-size:90%; } - p.bkrv { } - p.small { max-width:30em; } - dl.blist dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } - dl.blist, dl.biblio { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } - dl.int dt.center { text-align:center; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - - h1.pg { margin-top: 0em; - max-width: 80%; } - h2.pg { margin-bottom: 1em; - max-width: 80%; } - h3.pg { max-width: 80%; } - p.pg { max-width: 80%; } - hr.full { width: 80%; - margin-top: 3em; - margin-bottom: 0em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - height: 4px; - border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */ - border-style: solid; - border-color: #000000; - clear: both; } -</style> -</head> -<body> -<h1 class="pg">The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt, by Floyd -Akers</h1> -<p class="pg">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States -and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no -restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it -under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this -eBook or online at <a -href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you are not -located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this ebook.</p> -<p class="pg">Title: The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt</p> -<p class="pg">Author: Floyd Akers</p> -<p class="pg">Release Date: October 29, 2017 [eBook #55845]</p> -<p class="pg">Language: English</p> -<p class="pg">Character set encoding: UTF-8</p> -<p class="pg">***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY FORTUNE HUNTERS IN EGYPT***</p> -<p> </p> -<h4>E-text prepared by<br /> - Mary Glenn Krause, MFR, Stephen Hutcheson,<br /> - and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> - (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br /> - from page images generously made available by<br /> - Internet Archive<br /> - (<a href="https://archive.org">https://archive.org</a>)</h4> -<p> </p> -<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10"> - <tr> - <td valign="top"> - Note: - </td> - <td> - Images of the original pages are available through - Internet Archive. See - <a href="https://archive.org/details/boyfortunehunter00aker"> - https://archive.org/details/boyfortunehunter00aker</a> - </td> - </tr> -</table> -<p> </p> -<hr class="full" /> -<p> </p> -<p> </p> -<p> </p> - -<div id="cover" class="img"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="The Boy Fortune Hunters In Egypt" width="500" height="775" /> -</div> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/i_004a.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="740" /> -<p class="caption">Ships of the desert.</p> -</div> -<div class="box"> -<h1>The Boy -<br />Fortune Hunters -<br />in Egypt</h1> -<p class="center"><span class="small">By</span> -<br />FLOYD AKERS</p> -<p class="center"><span class="small">Author of -<br />“The Boy Fortune Hunters In Panama,” etc.</span></p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/i_005.jpg" alt="Publisher Logo" width="332" height="318" /> -</div> -<p class="center">CHICAGO -<br />THE REILLY & BRITTON CO. -<br />CHICAGO</p> -</div> -<h3>BOYS BOOKS BY FLOYD AKERS</h3> -<dl class="undent"><dt>The Boy Fortune Hunters in Alaska</dt> -<dt>The Boy Fortune Hunters in Panama</dt> -<dt>The Boy Fortune Hunters in Egypt</dt></dl> -<p class="center">Cloth 12 mos. Splendidly Illustrated. -<br />Price 60 cents each.</p> -<p class="tbcenter"><span class="small"><span class="sc">Copyright 1908 -<br />by</span> -<br />THE REILLY & BRITTON CO.</span></p> -<h2>LIST OF CHAPTERS</h2> -<dl class="toc"> -<dt class="jr"><span class="jl"><span class="smaller">CHAPTER</span></span> <span class="smaller">PAGE</span></dt> -<dt><a href="#c1"><span class="cn">I </span><span class="sc">The Runaway</span></a> 9</dt> -<dt><a href="#c2"><span class="cn">II </span><span class="sc">Our Venture</span></a> 21</dt> -<dt><a href="#c3"><span class="cn">III </span><span class="sc">An Obstinate Passenger</span></a> 47</dt> -<dt><a href="#c4"><span class="cn">IV </span><span class="sc">A Riot and a Rescue</span></a> 65</dt> -<dt><a href="#c5"><span class="cn">V </span><span class="sc">The Professor’s Secret</span></a> 76</dt> -<dt><a href="#c6"><span class="cn">VI </span><span class="sc">The Treasure of the Ancients</span></a> 92</dt> -<dt><a href="#c7"><span class="cn">VII </span><span class="sc">A Great Undertaking</span></a> 109</dt> -<dt><a href="#c8"><span class="cn">VIII </span><span class="sc">Gege-Merak</span></a> 119</dt> -<dt><a href="#c9"><span class="cn">IX </span><span class="sc">Across the Black Mountains</span></a> 135</dt> -<dt><a href="#c10"><span class="cn">X </span><span class="sc">Deep in the Desert Sands</span></a> 150</dt> -<dt><a href="#c11"><span class="cn">XI </span><span class="sc">Taking Chances</span></a> 167</dt> -<dt><a href="#c12"><span class="cn">XII </span><span class="sc">Abdul Hashim Explains</span></a> 183</dt> -<dt><a href="#c13"><span class="cn">XIII </span><span class="sc">Prisoners</span></a> 204</dt> -<dt><a href="#c14"><span class="cn">XIV </span><span class="sc">The Well of the Scorpions</span></a> 213</dt> -<dt><a href="#c15"><span class="cn">XV </span><span class="sc">Van Dorn Turns Traitor</span></a> 222</dt> -<dt><a href="#c16"><span class="cn">XVI </span><span class="sc">The Mad Camel</span></a> 233</dt> -<dt><a href="#c17"><span class="cn">XVII </span><span class="sc">Iva</span></a> 242</dt> -<dt><a href="#c18"><span class="cn">XVIII </span><span class="sc">Ketti Proves a Friend</span></a> 250</dt> -<dt><a href="#c19"><span class="cn">XIX </span><span class="sc">Lovelace Pasha</span></a> 261</dt> -<dt><a href="#c20"><span class="cn">XX </span><span class="sc">The Khedive Takes the Last Trick—but One</span></a> 275</dt> -</dl> -<div class="pb" id="Page_9">9</div> -<h2 id="c1"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER I.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE RUNAWAY.</span></h2> -<p>I was standing on the deck of the <i>Seagull</i>, -looking over the rail and peering into the moonlight -that flooded the bay where we lay at anchor, -when the soft dip of an oar caught my ear.</p> -<p>It was the softest dip in the world, stealthy as -that of an Indian, and in the silence that reigned -aboard ship I stood motionless, listening for a -repetition of the sound.</p> -<p>It came presently—the mere rustle of the drops -as they slid off the oar’s blade—and a small boat -stole from the shadows astern and crept to our -side.</p> -<p>I glanced along the rail and saw, a few paces -away, the dim form of the watch, alert and vigilant; -but the man knew I was there, and forbore -to hail the mysterious craft below.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_10">10</div> -<p>At a snail’s pace the boat glided along our side -until it was just beneath me, when I could see a -blot in the moonlight that resembled a human -form. Then a voice, so gentle that it scarce rose -above the breeze, called out:</p> -<p>“Ahoy, mate!”</p> -<p>Now I ought to explain that all this was surprising; -we were a simple, honest American -merchant ship, lying in home waters and without -an element of mystery in our entire outfit. On -the neighboring shore of the harbor could be -seen the skids from which the <i>Seagull</i> had been -launched a month before, and every man and boy -in Chelsea knew our history nearly as well as -we did ourselves.</p> -<p>But our midnight visitor had chosen to steal -upon us in a manner as unaccountable as it was -mysterious, and his hail I left unanswered while -I walked to the landing steps and descended -them until I stood upon the platform that hung -just over the boat.</p> -<p>And now I perceived that the tub—for it was -little else—was more than half full of water, and -that the gunwale rode scarce an inch above the -smooth surface of the bay. The miserable thing -was waterlogged and about to sink, yet its occupant -sat half submerged in his little pool, as -quiet and unconcerned as if no danger threatened.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_11">11</div> -<p>“What’s up?” I demanded, speaking rather -sternly.</p> -<p>The form half rose, the tub tipped and filled, -and with a gentle splash both disappeared from -view and left me staring at the eddies. I was -about to call for help when the form bobbed up -again and a hand shot out and grasped a rope -dangling from the landing stage. I leaned over -to assist, and the fellow scrambled up the line -with remarkable agility until I was able to seize -his collar and drag him, limp and dripping, to a -place beside me.</p> -<p>At this time I was just eighteen years of age -and, I must confess, not so large in size as I -longed to be; but the slender, bent form of the -youth whom I had rescued was even of less -stature than my own. As he faced me in the -moonlight and gave a gasp to clear the water -from his throat, I noted the thin, pinched features -and the pair of large, dark eyes that gazed with -pleading earnestness into my own.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_12">12</div> -<p>“For Heaven’s sake, what are you up to?” I -asked, impatiently; “and how came you to be -afloat in that miserable tub? It’s a wonder you -didn’t sink long before you reached our side.”</p> -<p>“So it is,” he replied in a low voice. “Are -you—are you Sam Steele, sir?”</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Ah! I hoped it would be you. Can I go -aboard, sir? I want to talk to you.”</p> -<p>I could not well have refused, unless I consigned -the fellow to the waters of the bay again. -Moreover, there was a touching and eager appeal -in the lad’s tones that I could not resist. I turned -and climbed to the deck, and he followed me as -silently as a shadow. Then, leaning against the -rail, I inquired somewhat testily:</p> -<p>“Couldn’t you wait until morning to pay me a -visit? And hadn’t you enough sense to know -that old dinghy wouldn’t float?”</p> -<p>“But it did float, sir, until I got here; and -that answered my purpose very well,” he replied. -“I had to come at night to keep from being discovered -and recaptured.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_13">13</div> -<p>“Oh! You’re a criminal, then. Eh?”</p> -<p>“In a way, sir. I’m an escaped cabin-boy.”</p> -<p>That made me laugh. I began to understand, -and the knowledge served to relieve the strain -and dissolve the uncanny effect of the incident. -An escaped cabin-boy! Well, that was nothing -very wonderful.</p> -<p>“Here, come to my room and get some dry -togs,” I said, turning abruptly to the gangway. -The lad followed and we passed silently through -the after-cabin, past the door of Uncle Naboth’s -quarters—whence issued a series of stentorian -snores—and so into my own spacious stateroom, -where I lighted a lamp and carefully closed the -door.</p> -<p>“Now, then,” I exclaimed, pulling some of my -old clothes from a locker, “slip on this toggery at -once, so your teeth will stop chattering.”</p> -<p>He discarded his dripping garments and replaced -them with my dry flannel shirt and blue -trousers, my thick socks and low shoes. I picked -up his own ragged clothes and with a snort of -contempt for their bedraggled and threadbare -condition tossed them out of the window into the -sea.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_14">14</div> -<p>“Oh!” he exclaimed, and clutched at his breast.</p> -<p>“What’s the matter?” I asked.</p> -<p>“Nothing. I thought at first you had thrown -away mother’s picture; but it’s here, all right,” -and he patted his breast tenderly.</p> -<p>“Hungry?” I inquired.</p> -<p>“Yes, sir.” He gave a shiver, as if he had just -remembered this condition; and I brought some -biscuits and a tin of sardines from my cupboard -and placed them before him.</p> -<p>The boy ate ravenously, washing down the food -with a draught of water from the bottle in the -rack. I waited for him to finish before I questioned -him. Then, motioning him to a seat on -my bunk, for he seemed weak and still trembled -a bit, I said:</p> -<p>“Now, tell me your story.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_15">15</div> -<p>“I’m a Texan,” he replied, slowly, “and used -to live in Galveston. My folks are dead and an -uncle took care of me until a year ago, when he -was shot in a riot. I didn’t mind that; he was -never very good to me; but when he was gone I -had no home at all. So I shipped as a cabin-boy -aboard the <i>Gonzales</i>, a tobacco sloop plying between -Galveston and Key West, for I always -loved the sea and this was the best berth I could -get. The Captain, Jose Marrow, is half Mexican -and the cruelest man in the world. He -whipped me when he was drunk, and abused and -cuffed me when sober, and many a time I hoped -he would kill me instead of keeping up the tortures -I suffered. Finally he came up here with a -cargo, and day before yesterday, just as he had -unloaded and was about to sail again, he sent me -ashore on an errand. Of course I skipped. I ran -along the bay and hid in a lumber shed, from the -top of which I could watch the <i>Gonzales</i>. She -didn’t sail, because old Marrow was bound to -have me back, I guess; so I had to lay low, and -all the time I was sure he’d find me in the end -and get me back. The sloop’s in the bay yet, -sir, only about a quarter of a mile away.”</p> -<p>“Well?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_16">16</div> -<p>“Well, last evening a couple of men came to -sort some of the timbers, and I lay hid on top the -pile and listened to their talk. They spoke of the -<i>Seagull</i>, and how it was to sail far away into the -Mediterranean, and was the best built ship that -ever left this port.”</p> -<p>“That’s true enough, my lad.”</p> -<p>“And they said Cap’n Steele was the best man -to work for in the merchant service, and his son, -Sam Steele—that’s you, sir—was bound to make -as good a sailor as his dad, and had been in some -queer adventures already, and was sure to find -more of them before he was much older.”</p> -<p>I had to smile at that evident “taffy,” and my -smile left the boy embarrassed. He hesitated a -moment, and then continued:</p> -<p>“To a poor devil like me, sir, such a tale made -me believe this ship a floating paradise. I’ve -heard of captains who are not as cruel as old -Marrow; so when the men had gone I decided -to get to you in some way and beg you to take -me aboard. You see, the Mexican is waiting to -hunt me down, and I’d die sooner than go back -to his terrible ship. If you’ll take me with you, -Mr. Steele, I’ll be faithful and true, and work -like a nigger for you. If you won’t, why, just -say the word, and I’ll jump overboard again.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_17">17</div> -<p>“Can you swim?”</p> -<p>“No.”</p> -<p>I thought a moment.</p> -<p>“What’s your name?” I asked, finally.</p> -<p>“Joe Herring.”</p> -<p>“Well, Joe, you’re asking something unusual, -I must say. I’m not the captain of the <i>Seagull</i>, -but merely purser, or to be more exact the secretary -to Mr. Perkins, the supercargo. I own a -share in the ship, to be sure, and purchased it -with money I made myself; but that fact doesn’t -count when we’re at sea, and Captain Steele is -the last man in the world to harbor a runaway -member of the crew of a friendly ship. Indeed, -your old master came aboard us this morning, to -inquire about you, and I heard my father say -that if he set eyes on you anywhere he’d let Captain -Marrow know. As he never breaks his -word this promise is to be depended upon. Do -you see, now, what a fix you’re in?”</p> -<p>“I do, sir.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_18">18</div> -<p>His voice was low and despondent and he -seemed to shrink back in his seat into an attitude -hopeless and helpless.</p> -<p>I looked at the boy more closely, and the appeal -in his pinched features, that had struck me -at the first glance on the landing stage, became -more impressive than ever.</p> -<p>“How old are you, Joe?”</p> -<p>“Fifteen, sir.”</p> -<p>He was tall, but miserably thin. His brown -hair, now wet and clinging about his face, curled -naturally and was thick and of fine texture, -while his dark eyes were handsome enough to be -set in the face of a girl. This, with a certain -manly dignity that shone through his pitiful expression, -decided me to befriend the lad, and I -had an inspiration even in that first hour of meeting -that Joe Herring would prove a loyal follower -and a faithful friend.</p> -<p>“We sail at ten o’clock, and it’s now past midnight,” -I remarked, thoughtfully.</p> -<p>“Yes, sir; I’ll go any time you say.”</p> -<p>“But you can’t swim, Joe.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_19">19</div> -<p>“Never mind. Don’t let me be a bother to you. -You’ll want to turn in,” casting a wistful look -around my pleasant room, “and so I’ll find my -way on deck and you needn’t give me another -thought.”</p> -<p>“Very good,” said I, nodding. “I think I’ll -turn in this minute.”</p> -<p>He rose up, slowly.</p> -<p>“Just climb into that upper berth, Joe, and go -to sleep. There’ll be work for you tomorrow, -and you’ll need to get rested.”</p> -<p>He stared into my smiling face a moment with -a startled look that soon became radiant. Then -he broke down and cried like a baby.</p> -<p>“Here, no snivelling!” I growled, savagely. -“Pile into that berth; but see you get your shoes -off, first.”</p> -<p>He obeyed, still blubbering but evidently struggling -to restrain his sobs. Indeed, his privations -of the past two days, half starved and hunted like -a dog, had completely unnerved the poor fellow. -When he had tumbled into the berth I locked the -door, put out the light, and rolled myself in my -own blanket.</p> -<p>A few moments later I heard Joe stirring. He -leaned over the edge of the bunk and murmured:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_20">20</div> -<p>“God bless you, Sam Steele! I’ll never forget, -sir, the way you——”</p> -<p>“Oh, shut up and go to sleep, Joe,” I cried. -“You’ve kept me awake long enough already.”</p> -<p>“Yes, sir.” And after that he was silent.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_21">21</div> -<h2 id="c2"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER II.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">OUR VENTURE.</span></h2> -<p>Those who were present at the launching of -our beautiful new <i>Seagull</i> were unanimous in declaring -her the trimmest, daintiest, most graceful -craft that had ever yet floated in the waters of -old Chelsea bay. Her color was pure white, her -brass work brilliant as gold. She was yacht built, -on the lines of the fast express boats, and no expense -had been spared in her construction or -fittings.</p> -<p>My father, Captain Steele, one of the ablest -and best known sailors on the Atlantic coast, had -personally supervised the building of the <i>Seagull</i> -and watched every step of progress and inspected -every bit of timber, steel, or brass, so that nothing -might be slighted in any way. She was one -hundred and eighty-seven feet in length, with a -thirty-six foot beam and a depth of twenty-one -feet, and her net tonnage was close to fourteen -hundred. We had her schooner rigged, because -Captain Steele believed in sailing and had designed -his ship for a merchantman of the highest -class, but of the old school.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_22">22</div> -<p>Uncle Naboth and I, who were also part owners -of the ship—the firm being Steele, Perkins & -Steele—had begged earnestly to convert her into -a modern steamer; but my father angrily resented -the suggestion.</p> -<p>“Her name’s the <i>Seagull</i>,” he declared, “an’ a -seagull without wings ’ud be a doggone jack-rabbit; -so wings she mus’ have, my lads, ef Dick -Steele’s goin’ to sail her.”</p> -<p>We had really put a fortune into the craft, and -Uncle Naboth—a shrewd old trader who marked -the world as it moved and tried to keep pace with -it—was as anxious to have the ship modern in -every respect as I was. So we stood stubbornly -side by side and argued with the Captain until he -finally granted a partial concession to our wishes -and consented to our installing an auxiliary -equipment of a screw propeller driven by powerful -engines, with the express understanding that -they must only be used in case of emergency.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_23">23</div> -<p>“It’s a rank waste o’ money, an’ takes up -vallyble room,” he growled; “but ef so be you -ain’t satisfied with decent spars an’ riggin,’ why, -git your blarsted ol’ machinery aboard—an’ be -hanged to ye both!”</p> -<p>This consent was obtained soon after my return -from Panama, but Uncle Naboth and I had -ordered the engines months previously, having -been determined to install them from the day the -<i>Seagull</i> was first planned; so no time was lost in -getting them placed.</p> -<p>You will know the <i>Seagull</i> more intimately as -my story progresses, so I will avoid a detailed description -of it just now, merely adding that the -ship was at once the envy and admiration of all -beholders and the pride and joy of her three -owners.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_24">24</div> -<p>My father had sailed for forty years and had -at one time lost his right leg in a shipwreck, so -that he stumped around with a cork substitute. -But he was as energetic and active as in his youth, -and his vast experience fully justified his reputation -as one of the ablest and shrewdest seamen in -the merchant service. Indeed, Captain Steele was -universally known and respected, and I had good -reason to be proud of the bluff old salt who owned -me as his son. He had prejudices, it is true, acquired -through many strange adventures at sea -and in foreign parts; but his heart was simple -and frank as that of a child, and we who knew -him best and loved him well had little fear of his -stubborn temperament.</p> -<p>Naboth Perkins, my dead mother’s brother, -was also a remarkable man in his way. He knew -the sea as well as did my father, but prided himself -on the fact that he “couldn’t navigate a -ferry-boat,” having always sailed as supercargo -and devoted his talents to trading. He had been -one of my earliest and most faithful friends, and -although I was still a mere boy at the time the -<i>Seagull</i> was launched, I had encountered some -unusual adventures in company with quaint, honest -Uncle Naboth, and won certain bits of prize -money that had proved the foundation of our -fortunes.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_25">25</div> -<p>These prize-winnings, converted into hard -cash, had furnished the funds for building our -new ship, in which we purposed beginning a conservative, -staid career as American merchantmen, -leaving adventures behind us and confining -ourselves to carrying from port to port such merchandise -as might be consigned to our care. You -will hear how well our modest intention was -fulfilled.</p> -<p>The huge proportions and staunch construction -of the <i>Seagull</i> would enable her to sail in any -known sea with perfect safety, and long before -she was completed we were besieged with proposals -from shippers anxious to secure our -services.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth, who handled all such matters -for our firm, finally contracted with a big Germantown -manufacturer of “Oriental” rugs to -carry a load of bales to Syria, consigned to merchants -there who would distribute them throughout -Persia, Turkey and Egypt, to be sold to -American and European tourists and carried to -their homes as treasures of Oriental looms.</p> -<p>It was not so much the liberal payment we -received as the fact that the long voyage to the -Syrian port would give us an opportunity of testing -the performances of the <i>Seagull</i> that induced -Mr. Perkins to accept the contract and undertake -the lengthy voyage.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_26">26</div> -<p>“If she skims the Atlantic an’ the Mediterranean -all right,” said he, “the boat’ll weather -any sea on earth; so we may as well find out at -the start what she’s good for. ’Sides that, we’re -gittin’ a thunderin’ price fer cartin’ them rags to -Syria, an’ so the deal seems a good one all -’round.”</p> -<p>My father gravely approved the transaction. -He also was eager to test the powers of our -beautiful new ship, and this would not be his first -voyage to the Orient, by any means. So the -papers were made out and signed and as soon as -our last fittings and furnishings were installed -and our crew aboard we were to voyage down the -coast in sunny September weather and anchor in -the Chesapeake, there to load our cargo.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_27">27</div> -<p>Our ship’s company had been carefully selected, -for the fame of my father’s new vessel -and the popularity of the Captain himself attracted -to us the best seamen available; so we -had the satisfaction of signing a splendid company -of experienced men. In addition to these -sailors we shipped a first and second engineer, -clever young fellows that became instantly unpopular -with my father, who glared at the poor -“mechanics” as if he considered them interlopers, -if not rank traitors. Some of the seamen, it was -arranged, would act as stokers if the engines -were called into requisition, so with the addition -of a couple of oilers who were also carpenter’s -assistants we were satisfied we might at any -time steam or sail, as the occasion demanded.</p> -<p>I am sure Captain Steele had already acknowledged -in his heart that we were justified in -equipping the <i>Seagull</i> with engines, since any old -salt fully realizes the horror of being becalmed -and knows the loss such a misfortune is sure to -entail in time, wages, and grub. But he would -not admit it. Instead, he persisted in playing the -part of a much injured and greatly scandalized -seaman. It would be time enough to “take -water” when the value of the propeller was fully -proved.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_28">28</div> -<p>Ned Britton was Captain’s Mate, of course. -Ned had sailed with my father for years; he had -also sailed two exciting voyages with Uncle Naboth -and me, and we all admired and respected -this strong, gallant fellow as much as we had -come to trust in his ability.</p> -<p>Two other curious characters were established -fixtures of any craft that the firm of Steele, Perkins -& Steele might own. These were two stalwart -black men named Nux and Bryonia, South -Sea Islanders whom Uncle Naboth had rescued -from death years before and attached to his -service. Since then they had become my own -trusted friends, and more than once had I owed -my life to their intelligence and faithfulness. -Bryonia, or Bry, as we called him, was a famous -cook, and always had charge of our ship’s galley. -With Bry aboard we were never in want of a substantial, -well cooked meal; for, as Uncle Naboth -was wont to declare: “Thet Bry could take a -rope’s end an’ a bit o’ tarpaulin an’ make a Paris -tubble-de-hoot out’n ’em.”</p> -<p>Nux was cabin steward and looked after our -comforts aft with a deftness and skill that were -wholly admirable. These blacks were both of -them shrewd, loyal, and brave, and we knew we -might always depend upon their fidelity.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_29">29</div> -<p>On the morning following my adoption of Joe -Herring I left the runaway locked up in my stateroom -and went on deck to watch the final preparations -for our departure. A fair breeze swept -down the bay, so at ten o’clock we hoisted anchor, -spread our main and foresails and, slowly gathering -way, the <i>Seagull</i> slipped through the water on -her maiden trip amid the shouts of hundreds who -stood on the shore to watch and bid us God -speed.</p> -<p>We fired a shot from our small howitzer as a -parting salute to our friends, dipped our pennants -in gallant fashion, showed our heels, and sped -away so swiftly that the harbor was soon left far -behind.</p> -<p>We passed the old <i>Gonzales</i> soon after leaving -our anchorage. It was still waiting to recapture -its absconding cabin-boy, though why Captain -Marrow should attach so much importance to the -youth I could not then understand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_30">30</div> -<p>As soon as we were well at sea I liberated Joe -and told him he was to be my special servant and -assistant, but must also help Nux to look after -the cabin during his spare time—which was likely -to be plentiful enough. Knowing that the sooner -I established the lad’s footing aboard the easier -it would be for us both, I sent him on an errand -that would take him past my father’s station on -the deck. His sharp eye encountered the boy at -once, as I had expected, and he promptly roared -out an order for him to halt.</p> -<p>Joe stopped and saluted respectfully. He was -looking cheery and bright this morning; indeed, -a different boy from the one I had pulled from -the sinking dinghy the night before. Life bore a -new aspect for Joe and his heart was light as a -feather. He looked honest and wholesome -enough in the fresh blue suit I had given him, and -he had been duly warned that his only remaining -danger lay in not winning the countenance of -the skipper.</p> -<p>“Who are you? ’N’ where ’n’ thunder’d you -come from?” demanded Captain Steele.</p> -<p>“Joe Herring, sir. Master Sam’s assistant, -sir,” answered the boy, in his quiet tones.</p> -<p>“Assistant! Bungs an’ barnacles! Assistant to -Sam! What doin’? Loafin’ an’ a-killin’ time?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_31">31</div> -<p>“I beg to refer you to Master Sam, sir,” was -the composed answer, although from where I -watched the scene I could see that Joe was badly -frightened.</p> -<p>“What Sam needs is suthin’ to do, more ’n a -grub-devourin’ assistant,” pursued my father, -sternly. “Look here; did my son lug you -aboard?”</p> -<p>“He did, sir,” replied Joe, truthfully.</p> -<p>“Send him to me, then,” ordered my father.</p> -<p>I stepped forward at once, saluting the Captain -with my usual deference. When we were -at sea I had been taught to put by the fact that -this was my father, bearing in mind only the -immediate fact that he was my commander. Still, -in my capacity as secretary to Uncle Naboth I -was in a measure independent of ship’s discipline.</p> -<p>“What tricks are you up to now, Sam?” demanded -the Captain, scowling at me.</p> -<p>“Father, this boy was the runaway from the -<i>Gonzales</i>, whom Captain Marrow has been seeking -so earnestly. He was so abused by the dirty -Mexican that he would rather die than return to -his slavery. So he threw himself on my mercy, -and knowing he would surely be retaken if I left -him ashore, I brought the lad with us. Don’t -blame him, sir. I’ll take all the responsibility.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_32">32</div> -<p>The Captain stared at me a moment.</p> -<p>“See that you do, then,” he grumbled. “Sam, -it’s a illegal an’ unperfessional act to harbor a -runaway.”</p> -<p>“Yes, sir.”</p> -<p>“Usually no good ever comes of it.”</p> -<p>“He’s an honest lad, sir.”</p> -<p>The Captain eyed him closely.</p> -<p>“It’s no affair o’ mine,” he muttered, half turning -away. “The boy belongs now to the Perkins -outfit, mind you. I’ll have no runaways ner -stowaways in my crew.”</p> -<p>I knew then the battle was won, and that my -father would refuse to surrender Joe to his old -captain under any circumstances. The “Perkins -outfit,” so sneeringly referred to, meant Uncle -Naboth and myself, and although it was evident -the mission of the <i>Seagull</i> was dependent on the -“Perkins outfit” to manage and arrange its commerce -in a profitable manner, it pleased my father -to denominate us landlubbers and consider us of -“no ’count” in the sailing of the ship.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_33">33</div> -<p>Uncle Naboth wasn’t aboard yet. He had -gone by rail some days before to Philadelphia to -attend to the business of our cargo, and it was -not until we anchored in the placid waters of the -Chesapeake that my uncle appeared, smiling and -cheery as ever.</p> -<p>Mr. Perkins was short and stout, with a round, -chubby face, smoothly shaven, and a circle of -iron-gray locks around his bald head. His eyes -were small, light blue and twinkling; his expression -simple and childlike; his speech inelegant -and with a humorous twist that rendered him an -agreeable companion. But as a trader Naboth -Perkins was famed far and wide; his shrewdness -was proverbial; his talent for bargaining -fairly marvelous; his honesty undisputed. I -have heard merchants say it was a pleasure to -pay Mr. Perkins his demands, even though they -could procure the same service elsewhere at less -cost. For he was square as a die, faithful to the -smallest detail, and his word was absolutely to -be relied upon. The little old gentleman was -known as a money-maker, and had been the partner -of my father, his brother-in-law, for many -years.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_34">34</div> -<p>Such a character could not fail to be eccentric, -and Uncle Naboth’s ways were at time puzzling; -but I knew he was devoted to me, since he had -proved this quality many times; and I naturally -regarded my whimsical uncle with great affection.</p> -<p>When Mr. Perkins came aboard he announced -that the bales of rugs were all on the dock and -ready to load without delay. I was much interested -in our queer cargo, for it seemed strange to -me that Americans should ship “Oriental” rugs -to the Orient, to be purchased there by Americans -and brought back home again. But Uncle -Naboth, who had been through the mills at Germantown, -explained the matter very clearly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_35">35</div> -<p>“You see,” he said, “there ain’t enough -genooine Oriental rugs left to supply the demand, -now thet they’ve got to be sich a fad with rich -people. When the Orient was fust diskivered -there was a good many rugs there, but it had -took years to make each one of ’em, an’ some was -so old they had holes wore in ’em; but that made -’em the more vallyble ’cause it proved they was -antiques. They picked ’em up fast, an’ the -Orientals was glad to sell ’em an’ say nothin’. -Ev’ry tourist thet goes to the East wants to buy -rugs to send home, an’ he’ll pay ’most any price -that’s asked fer rare ol’ patterns an’ dim, washed-out -colors. Ef there’s a few holes, badly mended, -so much the better, fer they proves the rugs is -old. So the clever Easterners an’ the cleverer -Yankees hit on a scheme to supply the demand, -an’ here in Germantown they makes thousands -of rare ol’ Oriental rugs every year. They buy -a few genooine ones to copy the patterns from, -an’ they weave ’em by machinery. Then the new -rugs is put into a machine that beats dust an’ dirt -into ’em an’ beats it out again, till the new, fresh -colors gits old an’ faded. After this they’re run -through a rubbin’ machine that wears ’em down -some an’ makes a few holes, here an’ there; an’ -then the menders take ’em an’ darn the holes. In -about a day’s time one o’ them rugs goes through -about as much wear an’ tear by machinery as it -would get in centuries of use; an’ fer my part I -can’t tell the diff’rence atween a genooine Oriental -an’ a imitation one. We’ve got a whole -cargo to take to Syria, an’ in a few months -they’ll mostly come back agin, an’ be laid on the -floors of our millionaires. Queer traffic, ain’t it, -Sam? But if you stops to think, there’s been -enough Oriental rugs carted out’n the Orient, in -the last hundred years, to carpet most of Asia -an’ Africa with; so it stands to reason they ain’t -all the real thing. If it wasn’t fer Yankee ingenooity -an’ Oriental trickery the supply’d been -exhausted years ago, an’ our people’d hev to -carpet their floors with honest, fresh rugs instead -o’ these machine worn imitations. That would -break their hearts, wouldn’t it?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_36">36</div> -<p>But Uncle Naboth had arranged also to carry -another queer line of merchandise on our voyage, -consisting of several large cases consigned by a -Connecticut manufacturer. These contained imitations -of ancient Egyptian scarabs (a sort of -mud beetle considered sacred by the old sun-worshippers), -and a collection of funeral figures, tiny -household gods and other articles supposed to be -found only in the tombs of the primitive kings -and nobles of Egypt.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_37">37</div> -<p>“The Egyptian gov’ment,” explained Uncle -Naboth, “won’t let any more genooine relics be -taken out’n the country, ’cause they wants ’em -all fer the Cairo Museum; so the Yankees hev -come to the front agin, an’ made mud relics by -the bushel, so’s the eager tourists can buy what -they wants to bring home an’ prove they’ve been -there. These cases o’ goods is consigned to merchants -in Luxor, a little town up the Nile, an’ -I’ve agreed to run over to Alexandria, after we’ve -unloaded our Syrian rugs, an’ dump the rubbish -on the dock there. There ain’t many cases of it, -but the profits is so big that we get well paid for -the job.”</p> -<p>“But how did these wares get to Philadelphia -from Connecticut?” asked my father.</p> -<p>“Oh, I’ve been correspondin’ with ol’ Ackley, -the Yankee that makes ’em, fer some time,” said -my uncle, “but I couldn’t tell how much room -the rugs would take up until I got here. When -I found I could stow the Egyptian rubbish, I telegraphed -to Ackley an’ the consignment got here -by freight yesterday. But that ain’t the worst -of it, partners.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_38">38</div> -<p>“What is the worst?” I inquired.</p> -<p>“Why, the Yankee manufacturer has sent me -his beloved son, with a letter askin’ me to carry -him with us to Egypt, so’s he can study the country -an’ find out what ancient relics they need -supplied in large quantities, an’ collect from the -dealers fer this first batch.”</p> -<p>“We don’t take passengers,” said my father, -sharply.</p> -<p>“So I said; but the young duffer is here, an’ -won’t take no fer an answer. He says he’s willin -to pay fer his passage, an’ his dad wants him to -keep an eye on them precious modern antiquities -as we’re to carry. So I’ve put the case up to you, -an’ you can decide it.”</p> -<p>“It’s none o’ my business, Naboth,” said my -father, turning away with a frown; “I don’t like -passengers, but you an’ Sam can do as you please. -Only, if you take him, keep him out o’ my way.”</p> -<p>Uncle winked at me, and I knew the passenger -would be booked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_39">39</div> -<p>Work of loading the cargo progressed rapidly, -and in two days the bales of rugs were all aboard -and carefully stowed in our dry and ample hold. -Then the Yankee antiques for Egypt appeared -for loading, and with them came a youth whose -appearance caused me to smile involuntarily.</p> -<p>“Archibald Ackley, Jr., Middletown, Conn.,” -his cards read. He was a stocky, well built fellow -about seventeen years of age, although he -evidently wished to appear much older. He had -sharp gray eyes, lanky hair of light tow color, immense -hands and feet, a swaggering gait, and a -style of dress gay enough to rival the plumage -of a bird-of-paradise.</p> -<p>Archibald’s features might have been handsome -originally, but a swiftly pitched base-ball had -once ruthlessly pushed his generous nose against -his left cheek, and there it had remained.</p> -<p>The youth sported a heavy watchchain that -was palpably plated, a big “diamond” on his -cravat that perhaps came from the famous “Barrios -mines,” of New York, and his fingers were -loaded with rings of vast proportions set with -doubtful gems. It may be Mr. Ackley, Jr., imagined -himself an exquisite, and sought to impress -people by a display of wealth that may have cost -him or his father several dollars; but, as I said, -my first glimpse of his gorgeous person caused -me to smile—an impertinence I quickly tried to -repress.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_40">40</div> -<p>Mr. Perkins and I considered carefully the -young man’s request for a passage to Egypt, and -as we had ample accommodations we decided to -take him along; but when he came for his answer -and I caught sight of him for the first time, -I almost regretted our decision.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth, however, seemed not to be disagreeably -impressed. He shook the boy’s hand—it -was a “flipper,” all right—with cordial greeting -and said to him:</p> -<p>“Very good, Archie, my lad; we’ve talked it -over an’ you can go ’long ef so be you want to. -But remember this is a merchantman, an’ no passenger -ship, an’ make up your mind to abide by -Cap’n Steele’s rules an’ reggleations.”</p> -<p>“That’s fair,” said the boy, evidently pleased. -“I’m not likely to bother any one. All I want is -a berth to sleep in and three square meals a day. -How’s the feed?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_41">41</div> -<p>“Why, we have hearty appetites, ourselves, my -lad, an’ there’s no call for you to starve as I -knows on,” with a wink at me. “You’ll eat at -our table an’ have the best the ship affords.”</p> -<p>“That’s what I want,” said Archie, nodding -his bullet head; “there’s nothing too good for -me. What’s the price for the passage?”</p> -<p>I told him.</p> -<p>“That’s a pretty steep figure,” he rejoined, uneasily. -“I can take an ocean liner for about the -same cost.”</p> -<p>“It is your privilege, sir,” I said, stiffly. “We -don’t want passengers; so we don’t want you. -But Mr. Perkins is disposed to accommodate you -because your father is one of our shippers. Go or -stay, as you like; but make up your mind quickly, -for we sail at seven.”</p> -<p>He scowled first at me and then at uncle; but -presently he grinned.</p> -<p>“I haven’t a choice,” said he, carelessly. “Pop’s -paying the shot, for he wants me to keep an eye -on the scarabs and things and see the goods safe -landed and the money collected for them. They’re -shipped to a lot of dirty Arabs who can’t be -trusted. So here’s your money, and I’ll mail the -receipt for the passage to Pop before we skate -away, so he’ll know it’s you who are robbing him -instead of me.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_42">42</div> -<p>I felt like punching the cad’s nose, but Uncle -Naboth laughed good naturedly and nodded approval.</p> -<p>“That’s businesslike an’ to the point,” said he. -“Take the money, Sam, and give our passenger -the proper receipt.”</p> -<p>I did so, and Archibald Ackley, Jr., stalked -away down the dock to fetch his baggage from -the hotel.</p> -<p>To my surprise the <i>Gonzales</i> made the harbor -that afternoon and anchored alongside us. I -promptly hid the trembling Joe in my cabin and -locked him up; it proved a wise action because -Captain Marrow lost no time in boarding us and -asking for an interview with Captain Steele.</p> -<p>This made me nervous, for I knew my father -would not lie under any circumstances, and I -dreaded the result of the ugly Mexican’s visit. -So I stood beside my father to make every possible -endeavor to save my protege from recapture.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_43">43</div> -<p>“Cap’n Steele, sir, where’s my cabin-boy?” -asked Marrow, gruffly, as he came up and touched -his cap.</p> -<p>My father looked him over with grave attention.</p> -<p>“Cap’n Marrow,” he replied, sternly, “where’s -that calf that broke out’n my ten-acre lot three -year ago come next Sunday?”</p> -<p>Marrow muttered a curse and glared at us -evilly.</p> -<p>“I happen to know, Steele, that my boy Joe, -who was tryin’ to vamoose, stole a rotten dinghy -an’ rowed out to the <i>Seagull</i> the night afore you -sailed. Ain’t thet so?”</p> -<p>“Mebbe,” said my father.</p> -<p>“Then I demand him in the name o’ the law, -an’ I’ll hold you here in the bay till you give me -back the stolen goods,” continued Marrow, -savagely.</p> -<p>“Ned,” said my father, turning quietly to his -brawny mate, “show Cap’n Marrow over the -side, an’ if he’s too slow in goin’, toss him overboard.”</p> -<p>“Aye, aye, sir,” returned Ned, pleasantly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_44">44</div> -<p>“I’ll hev the law, remember! You can’t sail -from the harbor till you’ve given up my property!” -roared the exasperated Mexican.</p> -<p>“Mebbe,” repeated my father, again, as he -turned indifferently away.</p> -<p>But I saw trouble brewing and resolved to head -it off.</p> -<p>“Captain Marrow,” I said, politely, with a motion -to Ned to delay his intention, for the mate’s -hand was lifted to seize the fellow in his terrible -grip, “please allow me to explain this case. -A boy—perhaps it was your runaway—did indeed -board us at Chelsea, as you say; but my -father, Captain Steele, did not discover his presence -until we were at sea. Then we were obliged -to carry him on here, where he was put upon the -dock. I assure you I saw him bolt for the land as -fast as he could go.”</p> -<p>This was true in fact, as I had sent Joe on an -errand. I did not relate, of course, that the boy -had quickly returned, but my tale seemed to impress -Marrow and explain why Captain Steele -had so recklessly sneered at his demands, as if -wilfully defying the marine law. “If you make -haste, sir,” I continued, very courteously, “you -may still be able to lay hands on the boy, who I -am sure has no money to take him any distance -from Philadelphia.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_45">45</div> -<p>Marrow looked at me shrewdly.</p> -<p>“Did Joe say anything about me, or about -money?” he asked.</p> -<p>“Not a word, sir,” answering the last question. -“But I advise you to make haste. And -you must forgive Captain Steele for his abrupt -answers, caused by what he considered the insolence -of your demand and the knowledge that -you are in the wrong in threatening to hold his -ship. You know, sir, it would cost you heavily -to do this, when the court found you were unable -to prove your case.”</p> -<p>This argument decided the man. He swore a -nasty oath and stamped his foot in futile rage; -but he at once left the ship to be rowed ashore, -and that was the last we saw of him.</p> -<p>Still I wondered at his interest in the miserable, -half starved boy he had so wickedly abused; -and I wondered at his strange question about -money. There must be some mystery about Joe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_46">46</div> -<p>At seven o’clock, all being snugly stowed and -the last of our fresh provisions taken aboard, we -hoisted anchor and headed out toward the mouth -of the bay. Our passenger had settled himself in -a spare cabin an hour before, having brought with -him two huge “telescopes” that appeared to contain -all his belongings.</p> -<p>I did not let Joe out of his confinement until -about midnight, and when from the swish of the -water against our sides I knew we had reached -the open sea.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_47">47</div> -<h2 id="c3"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER III.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">AN OBSTINATE PASSENGER.</span></h2> -<p>It is useless to relate the unimportant incidents -of our voyage to Gibraltar and up the Mediterranean. -The <i>Seagull</i> behaved beautifully in both -good and bad weather, amply fulfilling our most -ardent expectations. It is true the voyage was -unnecessarily long, since with our powerful engines -we could have cut down our time to less -than one-half; but we were obliged to concede -this to Captain Steele’s prejudice in favor of -sailing, and the breeze held so steady and persistent -that we cut the waves like a clipper and -made a most remarkable sailing record for the -voyage.</p> -<p>It was not until we passed Sicily that the <i>Seagull</i> -was required to prove her staunchness. The -waves at the lower end of the Mediterranean -were wilder than any I had ever before encountered, -but our beauty rode them like a swan and -never a seam spread nor a beam so much as -creaked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_48">48</div> -<p>The voyage, however, served to make us better -acquainted with both our boy passenger and my -boy assistant—the rich man’s son and the runaway -Joseph—though this acquaintance was not -ripened without some interesting experiences.</p> -<p>A more willing or grateful follower no one -could have than Joe Herring. The kindly treatment -accorded him was in such sharp contrast to -the dog’s life he had led aboard the <i>Gonzales</i> that -he was anxious to show his appreciation on every -possible occasion. His dark eyes followed me -affectionately wherever I went, and he would -leap quickly to anticipate my every order. Also -he liked to serve Uncle Naboth and my father, -and proved so considerate of their wishes and -comforts that he soon won their hearts completely. -Nor was Joe so frail as he seemed at first -glance. His muscles were hard as iron and on -occasion his thin frame developed remarkable -strength. This he proved conclusively within the -first week of the voyage, as you shall hear.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_49">49</div> -<p>Our young passenger, whose imposing name -we had quickly shortened to plain “Archie,” -seemed likely to cause us unsuspected trouble. -He at once developed two bad habits. The first -was to sit on deck, lolling in a folding deck chair -he had brought aboard, and play distressing tunes -upon a harmonica—which he termed a “mouth-organ.” -The lad must have had a most powerful -inherent love for music to enable him to listen -to his own awful strains; but it was clear his -musical talent was not developed, or at least not -properly educated to any artistic degree.</p> -<p>The first morning out the Captain, forced to -listen to this “music,” scowled and muttered -under his breath but forbore to interfere with the -passenger’s evident enjoyment of his own performance. -The second morning he yelled at -Archie to “shut up!” but the boy calmly disregarded -the order. The third morning my father -stumped over to where I sat and ordered me to -take away Archie’s “blamed ol’ jew’s-harp” and -fling it overboard.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_50">50</div> -<p>I had myself been considerably annoyed by the -wretched music, so I obeyed so far as to stroll -over to our passenger and ask him to kindly discontinue -his performance.</p> -<p>He looked up resentfully.</p> -<p>“This is the passenger’s deck, ain’t it?” he demanded.</p> -<p>“We have no passenger’s deck; but we allow -you to sit here,” I replied.</p> -<p>“Then leave me alone, and mind your own -business,” he retorted. “I’m a free born American -citizen, and I’ve paid my passage and can -do as I please.”</p> -<p>“But you can’t annoy everybody with that -beastly music while you’re aboard the <i>Seagull</i>,” -I answered, rather nettled at his attitude. “We -also have rights, sir, and they must be considered.”</p> -<p>“I’ve paid for mine,” he said. “You get out, -Sam Steele. I know what I’m doing,” and he -commenced to play again.</p> -<p>I looked at him reflectively. Just how to -handle such a situation puzzled me. But Joe -stood just behind and had heard all. With a -bound of amazing quickness he was upon the unprepared -Archie, seized the mouth-organ from -his grasp and flung the instrument of torture far -over the side.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_51">51</div> -<p>“Beg your pardon, sir, I’m sure,” he said, with -a grin.</p> -<p>Archie whistled softly and looked his assailant -over. He rose slowly from his chair and, still -whistling, began to unbutton his coat and take -it off. He folded it neatly, laid it in the chair, -removed his linen cuffs and placed them beside -his coat, and proceeded deliberately to roll up his -sleeves.</p> -<p>The youth’s intentions were so obvious that I -was about to order Joe to go below, as his slight -figure seemed no match for the burly Archie, -when a pleading look in the boy’s eyes restrained -me.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth and Ned Britton, who had been -promenading the deck near, had noted the incident -and now paused to see its outcome. Some -of the sailors also were interested, from their distant -posts, while my father stood on the bridge -and looked at our little group with an amused -smile lighting his rugged face.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_52">52</div> -<p>Altogether it would not do to retreat in face -of the coming fray, or to interfere with the logical -outcome of Joe’s rash act. The Yankee boy’s -face was white and set, and his soft whistle only -rendered his bull-headed determination to exact -revenge the more impressive.</p> -<p>Having rolled up his sleeves, doubled his great -fists and swung his arms once or twice to ease his -muscles, Archie advanced steadily upon poor Joe, -who stood listlessly with his hands thrust in his -coat pockets and his head and shoulders bent -slightly forward, in his accustomed pose.</p> -<p>“That mouth-organ cost two dollars,” said -Archie, grimly, “and you don’t look as if you’re -worth two cents. So I’ll just take it out o’ your -hide, my son, to teach you a lesson.”</p> -<p>With that he paused and swung his right fist -upward, and Joe, roused to action at last, gave a -sudden bound. My eye could scarcely follow him -as he leapt at Archie, embracing him and clinging -to his antagonist like a vise. To my astonishment, -the bulky Yankee swung around, tottered -and fell heavily upon his back, with Joe kneeling -triumphant upon his breast.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_53">53</div> -<p>We all gave an admiring cheer, for we could -not help it, and at the sound Joe arose and stood -in his place again, meekly as before.</p> -<p>Archie got up more slowly, feeling the back of -his head, which had whacked against the deck. -He made a sudden rush and a lunge with his -fist that might have settled Joe had he not dodged -and closed again on his adversary with the same -lightning tactics he had at first employed. They -fell in a heap, and although Archie tried to keep -Joe hugged to his breast the latter slid away like -an eel and a moment after was on his feet and -had assumed his careless, waiting pose.</p> -<p>When the Yankee got up this time he was -again softly whistling. Without a glance at his -late antagonist he deliberately rolled down his -sleeves, attached his cuffs and resumed his coat. -Then he walked over to Joe and with a smile that -showed more good nature than chagrin he held -out his bulky hand.</p> -<p>“Shake, sonny,” said he. “You’re good stuff, -and I forgive you everything. Let’s be chums, -Joe. If I could have landed on your jaw I’d -have mashed you like a turnip; but you wouldn’t -let me, and so I’m bound to give in gracefully.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_54">54</div> -<p>That speech was the best thing the boy had -done, and my original dislike for him began to -evaporate. Joe shook the proffered hand cordially, -and my father, who had come down to -join our group, gave Archie an admiring buffet -on the shoulder and said: “You’ll do, my lad.”</p> -<p>But after all Joe was the hero of the occasion, -and we all loved him for the clever and skillful -fight he had put up. Archie was an expert boxer, -as we afterward discovered, but Joe’s talent for -wrestling gave him a decided advantage in a -rough-and-tumble encounter.</p> -<p>At luncheon we were all in a hearty good -humor, but imagine my dismay to hear shortly -afterward the strains of a mouth-organ coming -from the deck! I ran up at once, and there sat -Master Archie in his chair, blowing furiously -into an instrument fully three inches longer than -the one Joe had tossed overboard.</p> -<p>I laughed; I could not help it; and even my -father’s face wore an amused smile. Joe looked -at me inquiringly, but I shook my head and retreated -to my cabin. Such a queer condition of -mutiny deserved careful thought.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_55">55</div> -<p>But, as I said, Archie had another bad habit. -He smoked cigarettes in his stateroom, which was -against our most positive rules. The first time -we observed from the deck thin smoke curling -through the open window of Archie’s cabin, a -hasty investigation was made and the cause -speedily discovered. The boy was lying in his -berth, reading a novel and coolly puffing his -cigarette.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth sent for the passenger and -gravely informed him he’d have to quit smoking -cigarettes in his cabin.</p> -<p>“On deck it don’t matter so much,” added my -uncle, “though a decent pipe is a more manly -smoke, to my notion. But we’ve put a furtun’ -into our new ship, an’ can’t afford to take chances -of burnin’ her up on the first voyage. Cigarettes -are dangerous. If you throw a lighted stub into -a corner we may go up in smoke and perhaps -lose many vallyble human lives. So we can’t allow -it, young man. Smoke yer paper cigars on -deck, ef ye want to; but don’t light another in -yer cabin.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_56">56</div> -<p>Archie made no promise. He listened to my -uncle’s lecture, and walked away without a word.</p> -<p>An hour later I saw smoke coming through the -window again, and peering through the aperture -discovered Archie lying in his bunk, calmly -smoking. The boy was exasperatingly stubborn. -I called black Nux and gave him an order. With -a pleased grin the South Sea Islander brought a -length of fire hose, attached it to a plug in the -sruppers and carried the nozzle to Archie’s window. -Presently we heard a yell as the powerful -stream struck the smoker and completely deluged -him. He leapt from his berth, only to be struck -full in the face by the water from the hose, which -sent him reeling against the door. I shut off the -water, and Nux, kneeling at the low window, -looked down on the discomfitted Archie and exclaimed:</p> -<p>“Goodness sake, Mars Ackley! were dat on’y -you-uns? Thought it were a fire, sure thing. -Beg pard’n, Mars Ackley!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_57">57</div> -<p>After the boy changed his drenched clothing -for dry he came on deck and stalked around in -silent anger while Nux went to the cabin and -cleared it of the water and wet bedding. I wondered -if the lesson would be effective, but could -not judge a nature that was so unlike any I had -ever before encountered.</p> -<p>Bye-and-bye Archie calmed down sufficiently -to drop into his deck chair and begin playing his -mouth-organ. He wailed out the most distressing -attempts at tunes for an entire hour, eyeing defiantly -any who chanced to look toward him; but -we took care not to pay the slightest attention -to his impertinence. Joe came to me once with -a pleading look in his eye, but I shook my head -sternly. The sailors were evidently amused by -our little comedy forward, for I could see them -exchanging smiles now and then when a screech -more blood-curdling than usual came from the -mouth-organ.</p> -<p>Archie tired himself out in time and went below. -He closed and locked his window and began -again to smoke in his cabin. In half an hour -the smoke was so thick in the little room that we -could see nothing but its gray clouds through the -thick pane.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_58">58</div> -<p>The set frown upon my father’s face told me -trouble was brewing for our passenger, but as yet -the Captain forbore to interfere. Uncle Naboth -came to me indignant and angry and demanded -to know what should be done to the “young pig” -whose actions were so insolent and annoying.</p> -<p>“Let me think,” I replied, gravely. “We must -certainly conquer young Ackley in some way, -even if we have to toss him overboard; but I -hope it will not come to that.”</p> -<p>“Then think quick an’ to the point, Sam,” rejoined -my uncle; “for I’m jest achin’ to wollop -the fool wi’ a cat-o’-nine-tails.”</p> -<p>At dinner Archie joined our table, silent but -with a sneering and triumphant look upon his -face. He was not handsome at any time, but just -now his damaged face was positively disagreeable -to behold. It occurred to me that the trouble -with the young fellow was that he had not been -taught to obey, and doubtless he imagined we -were his enemies because we were endeavoring to -prevent him from doing exactly what he wanted -to. His idea of being a “free-born American -citizen” was to be able to override the rights and -privileges of others, and the sooner he got that -notion out of his head the better it would be for -him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_59">59</div> -<p>Archie was a deliberate eater and remained at -the table with a sort of bravado because we took -not the slightest notice of him. So I left him -finishing his meal when I went on deck.</p> -<p>A few minutes afterward, however, he came -bounding up the companionway with a white face -and rushed up to where Uncle Naboth and I were -standing.</p> -<p>“I’ve been robbed!” he cried, shaking his big -fist at me. “My cabin’s been entered by a thief, -and I’ll have the law on you all if you don’t restore -my property!”</p> -<p>“What have you lost?” I inquired.</p> -<p>“You know well enough, Sam Steele. I’ve lost -all my cigarettes—ev’ry box of ’em!—and my -four mouth-organs, too. They picked the lock -on my door, and opened my telescopes, and stole -my property.”</p> -<p>“How’s this, Sam?” inquired Uncle Naboth, -his eyes twinkling.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_60">60</div> -<p>“I don’t know, sir,” I answered, greatly surprised. -“There are no duplicate keys to the cabin -doors, and Ackley had his in his pocket, I suppose.”</p> -<p>“They picked the lock, I tell you, and the locks -on both my traveling cases,” declared the boy, in -a rage; “and you must be a fine bunch of practiced -thieves, because they were all locked again -after the goods were stolen.”</p> -<p>“How about your window?” I asked.</p> -<p>“I left it bolted on the inside. No one could -enter that way.”</p> -<p>“Did you lose anything except the cigarettes -and the mouth-organs?” I continued, beginning -to be greatly amused.</p> -<p>“No; but those things are my property, and -you or your people have stolen them. Look here, -Sam Steele,” he added, coming close and shaking -his fist threateningly; “either you return my -property in double quick time or I’ll take it out -of your hide. Just make your choice, for I mean -business.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_61">61</div> -<p>I think he saw that I was not afraid of him, but -I chose to ignore his challenge. I was neither as -clever a wrestler as Joe Herring nor as expert -with my fists as Archie Ackley; so it would be -folly for me to undertake a personal encounter. -But I said, quietly enough:</p> -<p>“You are getting insolent, my lad, and insolence -I will not stand for. Unless you control -your temper I will order you to the ship’s lockup, -and there you shall stay until we drop anchor -again.”</p> -<p>He gazed into my face long and steadily, and -then began to whistle softly as he turned and -walked away. But a few moments later he returned -and said:</p> -<p>“Who’s going to make good my loss?”</p> -<p>“Send me your bill,” replied Uncle Naboth. -“I’ll pay it.”</p> -<p>“I think Joe stole the things,” continued -Archie.</p> -<p>I called Joe to us.</p> -<p>“Did you enter Ackley’s cabin and take his cigarettes -and mouth-organs?” Uncle Naboth inquired.</p> -<p>“No,” said Joe, looking at Archie and laughing -at his angry expression.</p> -<p>“Do you know who did it?” persisted my -Uncle.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_62">62</div> -<p>“No,” said Joe, again.</p> -<p>“He’s lying!” cried Archie, indignantly.</p> -<p>“Are you lying, Joe?” I asked, gently.</p> -<p>“Yes, sir,” returned Joe, touching his cap.</p> -<p>“Then tell the truth,” said I.</p> -<p>“I won’t, sir,” replied the boy, firmly. “If you -question me, I’m bound to lie; so it will be better -to let me alone.”</p> -<p>This answer surprised and annoyed me, but -Uncle Naboth laughed aloud, and to my astonishment -Archie frankly joined him, without a trace -of his recent ill-nature.</p> -<p>“Just as I thought,” he observed. “You’re a -slick one, Joe.”</p> -<p>“I try to do my duty,” answered Joe, modestly.</p> -<p>“Bring me your bill, young feller,” said Uncle -Naboth, “and I’ll cash it in a jiffy—an’ with joy, -too. I don’t see jest how Joe managed the affair, -but he’s saved us all a lot of trouble, an’ I’m much -obleeged to him, fer my part.” And the old -gentleman walked away with a cheerful nod.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_63">63</div> -<p>“Uncle’s right,” I said to Archie. “You -wouldn’t be reasonable, you know, and we were -simply obliged to maintain our ship’s discipline. -So, if your offending goods hadn’t been abstracted -so cleverly, there would have been open -war by another day and our side was the -strongest.”</p> -<p>Archie nodded forgivingly toward Joe.</p> -<p>“Perhaps it was best,” he admitted, with more -generosity than I had expected from him. “You -see, Steele, I won’t be bulldozed or browbeaten -by a lot of cheap skates who happen to own a -ship, for I’m an independent American citizen. -So I had to hold out as long as I could.”</p> -<p>“You were wrong in that,” I remarked.</p> -<p>“Right or wrong, I’ll hold my own.”</p> -<p>“That’s a bad philosophy, Archie. When you -took passage aboard this ship you made yourself -subject to our rules and regulations, and in all -honesty you’re bound to abide by them. A true -American shows his independence best by upholding -the laws of his country.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_64">64</div> -<p>“That’s rot,” growled Archie, but Joe and I -both laughed at him because he could find nothing -better to say. When he returned to his deck -chair the passenger’s face bore its normal expression -of placid good nature. It was evident he -prided himself on the fact that he had not “given -in” of his own accord, and perhaps he was glad -that the force of circumstances alone had conquered -his stubborn temper.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_65">65</div> -<h2 id="c4"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER IV.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">A RIOT AND A RESCUE.</span></h2> -<p>After that we had little trouble with Archie -Ackley, although in many ways the stubborn nature -of the boy was unpleasantly evident. In his -better moods he was an agreeable companion, but -neither Joe nor I, the only two other boys aboard, -sought his society more than was necessary. My -uncle and the Captain both declared there was a -heap of good in the lad, and a few such lessons -as the one he had received would make a man -of him.</p> -<p>Joe I found a treasure in many ways, and always -a faithful friend. Since that first night -when he had come aboard he had nothing to tell -of his past history or experiences; but his nature -was quick and observant and I could see he had -picked up somewhere a considerable fund of -worldly knowledge which he could draw upon as -occasion offered.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_66">66</div> -<p>My father, Uncle Naboth, and I were all three -delighted with the <i>Seagull’s</i> sailing performances, -though secretly I longed to discover how -she would behave under steam, since her propeller -had never been in use since the day it was given -a brief trial test in Chelsea Bay. Tomlinson, the -engineer, assured me we could make from sixteen -to eighteen knots when the engines were -working, and the man was naturally as impatient -as I was to test their full powers. Still, we realized -that we must wait, and Captain Steele was -so delighted with the superb sailing qualities of -the ship that even I had not the heart to suggest -supplanting his white wings with black smoke -from our funnels.</p> -<p>In due time we crossed the stormy Mediterranean -and reached in safety our Syrian port, -where we unloaded the rugs and delivered them -in good condition to the consignees. We sailed -along the coast, past Port Said, and finally came -to the Bay of Alexandria, where we were to unload -Ackley’s cases of “modern antiques” and get -rid of our passenger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_67">67</div> -<p>It was a new experience to me to find myself on -the historic shores of Egypt, anchored before the -famous city founded by Alexander the Great. I -begged Uncle Naboth to take me ashore; overhearing -my request Archie Ackley invited us all—with -an air of great condescension—to dine -with him at the Royal Khedivial Hotel.</p> -<p>My father refused. He was too fond of the -<i>Seagull</i> to leave her alone in a foreign port; but -Ned Britton took his place, and the four of us—Archie, -Uncle Naboth, the Mate and I—followed -by our faithful blacks, Nux and Bryonia, disembarked -on the quay and walked up the long, -foreign-looking streets to the big hotel.</p> -<p>It was a queer sensation to find ourselves moving -amidst a throng of long-robed turbaned -Arabs; fez-topped Turks, with Frenchmen, and -Syrians; gray-bearded, stooping Jews; blind beggars; -red-coated English soldiers, and shrinking, -veiled Moslem women.</p> -<p>“What a mess of foreigners,” cried Archie, -and Uncle Naboth, with a laugh, reminded him -that we were the foreigners and this curiously -mixed crowd, the natives.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_68">68</div> -<p>We dined in sumptuous style at the handsome -hotel, for Archie proved a liberal host and feasted -us royally. It was late at night when we retraced -our steps toward the quay; but the streets -of the city were still thronged with people, many -of whom were sitting at little tables placed on -the sidewalks, where they smoked and drank -Turkish coffee and chatted together in a very -babel of tongues.</p> -<p>As we left the heart of Alexandria and drew -near to the water-front the streets became more -deserted and the lights were fewer and dimmer. -There were still straggling groups here and there, -and suddenly, as we turned a corner, we observed -a commotion just ahead of us and heard a terrified -voice cry out:</p> -<p>“Help—Americans—help!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_69">69</div> -<p>Ned Britton gave a bound and was in the thick -of the melée at once. Archie was only a step -behind him and I saw his big fists swinging right -and left in fast and furious fashion, while Joe -ducked his head and tossed a tall Arab over his -shoulder with marvelous ease. Nux and Bryonia -took a hand, and while none of our party was -armed, the free use of their terrible fists wrought -such havoc among the long-gowned Arabs that -the result of the skirmish was not long in doubt. -Like a mist they faded away and escaped into -the night, leaving a little man wriggling and -moaning upon the ground as if in deathly agony. -I held fast to my left arm, which had been -slashed by a knife and was bleeding profusely, -while I stared around in surprise at our easy victory. -Uncle Naboth had not taken part in the -fray, but now appeared seated calmly upon the -prostrate form of the Arab whom Joe had vanquished, -and his two hundred and odd pounds -rendered the prisoner fairly secure.</p> -<p>Our blacks raised the little man to his feet, -where he ceased squirming but stood weakly leaning -against Nux and trembling like a leaf.</p> -<p>“Are you hurt, sir?” asked Ned.</p> -<p>The stranger shook his head. It was so dark in -this spot that we could not distinguish his -features very clearly.</p> -<p>“I—I think not,” he gasped. “But they nearly -had me, that time. If you hadn’t come up as you -did, I—I——”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_70">70</div> -<p>He broke off abruptly and leaned over to peer -at the Arab Uncle Naboth was sitting upon.</p> -<p>“That’s him! That’s Abdul Hashim himself! -Kill him—kill him quick, some one!” he yelled, in -a sudden frenzy.</p> -<p>The cry seemed to rouse the Arab to life. Like -an eel he twisted, and Uncle Naboth slid off his -back and bumped upon the sidewalk. The next -moment we Americans were alone, for Abdul -Hashim had saved his bacon by vanishing instantly.</p> -<p>“Oh, why—<i>why</i> did you let him go?” wailed -the little man, covering his face with his hands. -“He’ll get me again, some day—he’s sure to get -me again!”</p> -<p>“Never mind that,” said Ned, gruffly, for we -were all disgusted at this exhibition of the fellow’s -unmanly weakness. “You can thank God -you’re out of his clutches this time.”</p> -<p>“I do, sir—I do, indeed!” was the reply. “But -don’t leave me just now, I beg of you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_71">71</div> -<p>We looked at Uncle Naboth for advice. Bry -had slit my sleeve with his pocketknife and was -binding a handkerchief tightly around my wound, -for he was something of a surgeon as well as a -cook.</p> -<p>“We’re going aboard our ship,” said my uncle, -shortly. “You’re welcome to come along, my -man, an’ stay till mornin’.”</p> -<p>The stranger accepted the invitation with alacrity -and we started again for the quay, which was -reached without farther incident. Our boat was -waiting and we were soon rowed where the <i>Seagull</i> -was anchored and climbed aboard.</p> -<p>Under the clear light of the cabin lamp we -looked at the person we had rescued with natural -curiosity, to find a slender man, with stooping -shoulders, a red Van Dyke beard, bald head and -small eyes covered with big spectacles. He was -about forty years of age, wore European clothes -somewhat threadbare and faded in color, and his -general appearance was one of seedy respectability.</p> -<p>“Gentlemen,” said he, sitting in an easy chair -and facing the attentive group before him, “I am -Professor Peter Pericles Van Dorn, of the University -of Milwaukee.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_72">72</div> -<p>I had never heard of such a university; but -then, Milwaukee is a good way inland. Neither -had any of us before heard the name so -unctuously announced; though we were too polite -to say so, and merely nodded.</p> -<p>“It will please me,” continued the Professor, -“to be informed of your station and the business -that has brought you to Egypt.”</p> -<p>My uncle laughed and looked at me quizzically, -as if inviting me to satisfy the stranger. Captain -Steele scowled, resenting the implied impertinence. -The only others present were Archie and -Ned Britton.</p> -<p>I told Van Dorn we were a merchant ship from -Boston, and had casually touched at the port of -Alexandria to unload some wares belonging to -Mr. Ackley, who was going to ship his property to -Luxor and deliver it to merchants there.</p> -<p>“What sort of wares?” demanded the stranger.</p> -<p>“Scarabs, funeral figures, and copies of antique -jewelry,” replied Archie, a bit uneasily.</p> -<p>“The curse of the country,” snapped the little -man, scornfully. “There ought to be a law to -prevent such rubbish being shipped into Egypt—except,” -pausing to continue with a touch of bitterness, -“that there are too many laws in this -beastly country already.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_73">73</div> -<p>“The poor tourists must have scarabs to take -home with them,” said Archie, with a grin. -“About fifteen thousand travelers come to Egypt -every year, and your Khedive won’t let any genuine -scarabs leave Egypt.”</p> -<p>“Don’t call him <i>my</i> Khedive, sir!” cried the -little professor. “I detest—I <i>hate</i> the government -here, and everything connected with it. -But you are not interested in that. Gentlemen,” -assuming a pompous tone, “I am glad to meet -you. You have arrived in the very nick of time -to save me from assassination, or at least from -utter failure in my great work. I am sure it was -an All-wise Providence that directed you to stop -at Alexandria.”</p> -<p>“Disguised as old Ackley’s mud scarabs,” -added my uncle, dryly.</p> -<p>“And what are your future plans?” inquired -the Professor, eagerly.</p> -<p>“To return to America at once,” I replied.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_74">74</div> -<p>“No! A thousand times no!” shouted little -Van Dorn, banging his fist on the table, “I charter -you from this minute. I engage this ship—at -your own price—to transport me and my -treasure to New York!”</p> -<p>“Treasure!” we exclaimed, incredulously.</p> -<p>The Professor glanced around and lowered -his voice.</p> -<p>“The greatest treasure, gentlemen, that has -ever been discovered in Egypt. I have found the -place where the priests of Karnak and Luxor hid -their vast wealth at the invasion of Cambyses -the Persian.”</p> -<p>He paused impressively. My father looked -at his watch and Uncle Naboth yawned. For -myself, I should have liked to hear more, but my -wound was paining me and Bry awaited my -coming to dress it properly. So I said to our -guest:</p> -<p>“If you please, Professor, we will hear your -story in the morning. It is now late, and we are -all longing for our berths. So we will bid you -good-night and wish you pleasant dreams.”</p> -<p>He glared at me indignantly.</p> -<p>“Can you sleep after what I have told you?” -he demanded.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_75">75</div> -<p>“I hope so, sir,” I replied, and turned away to -call Joe to show the man to his room. He made -no farther protest, but going away and looking -rather thoughtful.</p> -<p>Bry found that the knife had merely inflicted a -flesh wound on my arm, and promised it would -give me little trouble. The bleeding had stopped, -so my black surgeon washed the cut thoroughly, -bandaged and plastered it quite professionally, -and sent me to bed to sleep soundly until morning.</p> -<p>Really, I forgot all about the Professor, who -looked the part of a savant much better than he -acted it, it seemed to me.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_76">76</div> -<h2 id="c5"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER V.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE PROFESSOR’S SECRET.</span></h2> -<p>At breakfast Professor Van Dorn was silent -and preöccupied, and as soon as the meal was -over asked for a private interview with the person -in authority aboard the <i>Seagull</i>. We went -to the Captain’s room, a large cabin where all -could be comfortably seated. None of us had -much confidence in the stranger’s romantic assertions -of the night before, but we were all curious -to know what tale the man had to relate, and -were disposed to listen. Archie’s eyes bunged -out so far from his round face that I took pity on -the boy and asked him to join us. Ned Britton -came, too, for he had been present at Van Dorn’s -rescue and we trusted him implicitly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_77">77</div> -<p>When we were seated and the Professor had -assured himself we could not be overheard, he -at once asked permission to relate the business -that had brought him to Egypt and the strange -experiences he had encountered here. We told -him to fire away and we would hear his story.</p> -<p>“Gentlemen,” said he, “you must know that I -hold the honorable chair of Egyptology in my -university. Since my youth I have studied arduously -the history of this most ancient people, -from whom sprung the modern civilization of -which we boast today.” He spoke pedantically, -and I began to think he might be a real professor, -after all. “To perfect my studies my college -generously sent me here, three years ago, and -soon after my arrival I became acquainted with -Professor John Lovelace, whose famous works -on ancient Egypt you have doubtless read.”</p> -<p>We had not read them, but we let the assertion -pass.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_78">78</div> -<p>“Over here,” continued the narrator, “he was -usually called Lovelace Pasha, but he was not -entitled to the distinction except in the imagination -of the natives, who had a high respect for -his intelligence and industry. At the time we -met Lovelace he was searching diligently but -secretly for a vast treasure, and he took me into -his confidence and engaged me to assist him. -You must know that in the sixth century before -Christ Egypt was at its height of wealth and -greatness; and the most important treasures were -at that time in the possession of the priests of -the great temple of Karnak. They consisted of -wonderful gems, countless jewels and ornaments -of gold and silver and, above all, a library of -papyrus rolls relating the history of Egypt during -that now unknown period between the sixth -and twelfth dynasties.</p> -<p>“At this time, when the Egyptians had grown -as proud and insolent as they were wealthy, that -terrible Persian, Cambyses, invaded the country -with a conquering host and steadily advanced -up the Nile toward Karnak and Thebes, laying -waste the country as he came and despoiling the -temples of their wealth. The legends say that -the priests of Karnak, terror stricken, threw all -their treasure into the Sacred Lake which adjoins -their temple, in order to keep it from falling into -the hands of the invader; and, as the lake is bottomless, -the treasure has never yet been recovered.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_79">79</div> -<p>“Now, sirs, Professor Lovelace, a shrewd and -far-seeing man, doubted the truth of this story. -It was an undeniable fact that the great treasure -of Karnak was hidden somewhere by the priests, -and that Cambyses put all the holy men to the -sword because they would not reveal their secret. -Also it is historical that the treasure has not since -been discovered, and that the conqueror was unable -to lay hands upon it after all his efforts to -do so. During the centuries that have passed the -Sacred Lake has been dragged many times, with -the hope of finding the immense wealth of Karnak; -but it is now known that the quicksands at -the bottom of the lake would have swallowed it -up instantly, so naturally all these attempts have -proved absolute failures.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_80">80</div> -<p>“My friend Lovelace, pondering on this queer -story, came to believe that the wily priests had -never thrown their treasure into the lake at all. -No one knew better than they that to place it -there was to lose it forever; furthermore, the -most valuable part of the treasure consisted of -the historic papyri—the bark rolls on which the -ancient Egyptians inscribed their records. To -place these in water would be to destroy them; -thus the falsity of the tale was evident. It was -clear, my friend decided, that the priests had -hidden the treasure somewhere in the desert, near -Karnak, where the shifting sands would leave no -evidence of the place to betray it to the keen eyes -of the Persian. But they spread the report that -it had been cast into the lake, so if any traitor -might be among the people the truth would not -be revealed.</p> -<p>“Since Cambyses put every priest of Karnak -to death, in his unreasoning anger, there was -none to recover the treasure when the Persian -was gone home again, from which Professor -Lovelace conjectured that it still lay secure in its -original hiding-place.</p> -<p>“But where was that hiding place? That was -the question to be solved. For years he sought in -the desert without success but with rare patience, -and at just about the time I arrived in Egypt he -obtained a clue to guide him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_81">81</div> -<p>“On one of the ruined temple walls, hidden -away in an unimportant corner, is carved a diagram -which to an ordinary observer appeared to -mean nothing at all. But Lovelace studied it -and came to the conclusion that the diagram described -the spot where the treasure was hidden. -There was a picture of a high arch, called in -Egypt a pylon; and through this picture, from -one corner diagonally across to another corner, -a line was chiseled. This line extended far beyond -the pylon, past a group of three pictured -palm trees, and then ended in a cross. Do you -follow me, gentlemen?” with an eager, nervous -glance into our faces.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth nodded, but he looked bewildered. -Archie’s face wore a perfectly blank expression. -My father was smoking placidly and -looking out of the cabin window. Said I:</p> -<p>“We are not very familiar with Egyptian history, -Professor; but I think we catch the drift -of your story. Pay out the cable, sir, and we’ll -grasp what we can of it.”</p> -<p>He seemed relieved, saying:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_82">82</div> -<p>“Very well, my boy. Egyptian history is very -fascinating, but this is neither the time nor the -place for me to instruct you in it. Still, it is -necessary that you understand something of the -importance of the proposition I am going to -make you, and I will be as clear as possible in my -descriptions. The arch, or pylon, referred to -in the picture, had three square towers, to distinguish -it from many others, and after searching -long among the ruins of Karnak, which cover -many acres, Lovelace Pasha and I found one -which, though partly demolished, still had one -of the characteristic towers left, with traces of -the others. Taking these as our guide we drew -an imaginary line from corner to corner, as in -the diagram, and taking our compass we started -out to follow this imaginary line across the -desert. Three miles away we found, to our great -joy, the group of palms, very ancient, without -doubt, but still standing, and near to these was -a small oasis watered by a tiny spring.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_83">83</div> -<p>“The question now remaining was, how far -beyond the three palms was the point marked on -the diagram by the cross—the point where the -treasure had been buried? We were obliged to -work very cautiously, for at this oasis lived a -small but fierce tribe of desert Arabs having for -their sheik, or ruler, one Abdul Hashim—the -same devil who nearly murdered me last night. -The Arabs were curious to know what we were -after, for they are great thieves and often steal -the contents of an ancient tomb after some lucky -excavator has discovered it. So we kept our -secret from them, until finally they became so -angry that they would have driven us away from -their neighborhood had not Professor Lovelace -secured an order from the Khedive granting him -the privilege of excavating and exploring in certain -sections of the desert for relics of Egypt’s -ancient civilization. The Khedive will always -grant these licenses, permitting the explorer to -work at his own expense in the interests of science; -but when a discovery has been made the -laws oblige us to give or sell everything to the -National Museum at Cairo, where they pay only -the most insignificant prices because there is no -other legal way in which one may dispose of -ancient treasure or relics.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_84">84</div> -<p>“But that absurd law did not concern us at -the time; what we were eager for was to discover -the hidden treasure of Karnak, and to avoid the -hostile Arabs we worked mostly during the clear -moonlit nights, when all the tribe were asleep. -We had sand-augers made, with which we -burrowed into the sand to the foundation of rock -underneath, striving to find some obstruction to -indicate where the treasure was buried. By -means of our compass we were enabled to follow a -straight line, and we worked slowly and carefully -for a distance of five miles beyond the oasis, and -then back again, without any definite result. -Sometimes we would strike an obstruction and -dig down only to find a point of rock or a loose -boulder, and the task seemed to me, after a few -months, to be endless and impracticable. But -Lovelace would not give up. He was positive he -was on the right track, and when I declared I -had had enough of the job and was going back -to Cairo, he became suspicious of me, and threatened -to kill me if I deserted him.</p> -<p>“This was my first suspicion that his mind had -become unbalanced.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_85">85</div> -<p>“‘You know too much, Van Dorn, to be -permitted to go away and blab my secrets to -others,’ he said. I assured him I should keep a -closed mouth, but the fellow was so crazy over -his idea that he would not trust me. He was a -big man, determined and masterful, and I had to -obey him whether I wanted to or not. I stuck -to the search, though I became afraid of my -companion.</p> -<p>“Well, sirs, not to bother you with details -which are to you unimportant, I will say that -finally, after more than two years of patient -search, we chanced upon the treasure. My auger -one day stuck in the sand and could not be -withdrawn. Digging down we found that the -point had plunged into a bronze ring and become -fast. Lovelace gave a howl of joy at sight of -the ring, for he knew then that our search was -ended.</p> -<p>“It was after midnight, with bright stars -shining down to light us as we worked. We -cleared away the sand to the depth of more than -four feet, and found the ring, duly attached to -a large block of granite that rested on the rock -foundation.”</p> -<p>“Is there a layer of rock under the desert -sands, then?” I inquired.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_86">86</div> -<p>“Yes; in this section of the country,” was the -answer. “Archeologists will tell you that originally -the earth was covered by a vast table-land of -solid rock such as we now call sandstone. The -erosion of wind and weather caused bits of this -rock to crumble. The simoons caught them and -whirled them around, breaking off other particles -of rock and crumbling them into sand. As ages -passed the sand increased in volume, until now -the desert is covered with it to a depth of from -two to six feet, and sometimes even more. Often -the winds blow this sand into billows, leaving the -bare table-land of rock to be seen stretching for -miles and miles.</p> -<p>“But to return to my story. The block of -granite was heavy, measuring three by six feet -on the surface and being more than two feet in -thickness. Three bronze rings were imbedded -in it, but pry and lift as we would we could not -budge the huge stone an inch. It was evident -that we must have help, so we covered up the -stone again, marked the spot carefully, and went -back to the Arab village.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_87">87</div> -<p>“Next morning Lovelace bargained with the -sheik, Abdul Hashim, for the use of two of his -men to assist us. Also we were obliged to send -to Luxor for four stout staves to use as levers. -You may well imagine that all this excited the -wonder of the Arabs, and I doubted if Lovelace -would be able to keep his secret from them. -However, he appeared to attach no importance -to this danger, and the next evening we set out -for our buried stone, accompanied by our assistants -bearing the oaken staves. We quickly dug -away the sand and cleared the stone, and then -we four used the levers together and by straining -our muscles to the utmost managed to lift the -huge slab of granite until it stood on edge.</p> -<p>“Underneath was a rock cavity, carefully -chiseled out by hand, and at first we saw only a -mass of dried reeds brought from the Nile bank. -Removing these we came upon heavy layers of -rotted cloth, of the kind that was once used in -Egypt for wrapping mummies. But after this -padding was dragged away the treasure became -visible and Lovelace’s hands shook with excitement -while he examined it. First there were -many rolls of papyrus, carefully swathed in -bandages; then several Canopic jars of pure gold, -each containing quarts of wonderful pearls, -rubies and emeralds; and finally a vast collection -of wrought jewelry, gold and silver ornaments, -some packed in rude wooden boxes which were -old and falling to decay and others scattered -loosely over them and filling every crevice.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_88">88</div> -<p>“Lovelace said not a word while we were examining -this vast treasure, the most remarkable -collection that has come down to us from -antiquity. His face was white and set and -except for the trembling of his hands he kept -himself under perfect control. The eyes of the -Arabs, however, glittered with cupidity, and I -caught them exchanging significant glances.</p> -<p>“The Professor took a couple of handfuls of -rubies and pearls and thrust them carelessly into -his pockets. He selected a few golden ornaments -of exquisite workmanship, and replaced all the -rest of the treasure, with its padding, in the rock -cavity. When this had been done he commanded -us to replace the granite slab, which we did, -tipping it forward so that it again covered the -orifice. Our next task was to fill in the sand, and -as a light breeze was blowing we knew that in an -hour the desert would show no marks of the -excavation we had so recently made. The levers -we left lying beside the granite slab, buried deep -in the sand.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_89">89</div> -<p>“Lovelace now motioned the Arabs to return -toward their village, and they set out eagerly -enough, we following close behind them. But -after we had proceeded a few hundred yards -Lovelace Pasha drew his revolver and calmly shot -both men dead.</p> -<p>“‘Now, Van Dorn,’ he said to me, ‘help me to -bury this carrion.’</p> -<p>“Horrified as I was at the murderous act I -hastened to obey, for there was something strange -about the Professor that night—a steely, cruel -gleam in his usually kindly eyes—that recalled my -former suspicions and made me fear that his -great discovery had actually driven him mad.</p> -<p>“Silently we dug away the sand where the men -had fallen and covered them up, smoothing the -surface afterward as well as we were able. We -proceeded to the village.</p> -<p>“‘Where are my children?’ demanded the -sheik, sternly.</p> -<p>“‘Gone away on a far errand,’ said Lovelace.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_90">90</div> -<p>“It was true enough, but Abdul Hashim was -dissatisfied and suspicious. We slept late the next -morning, and meantime the sheik had sent spies -upon our trail. The jackals had dug up the bodies -of the murdered Arabs and had half devoured -them when their comrades reached the spot.</p> -<p>“It was open war between the tribe and us. -We occupied a small stone house at the edge of -the village. It had but one door and no windows, -being merely a bare room thatched with palm -leaves. When we heard the tribe running toward -us with wild cries we knew the climax had -arrived. Lovelace stood in the doorway and kept -the Arabs at bay with his revolvers, but he did not -know how long he would be able to hold out. He -gave me the gems and gold ornaments and told -me to escape and make my way to Luxor for help. -I was instructed to put the treasure into the bank, -gather a rescue party, and return as speedily as -possible. Luxor was distant only four miles -across the desert.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_91">91</div> -<p>“While the Arabs were watching in front of -the house I stood on the Professor’s shoulders, -broke through the thatch at the rear, and dropped -from the top of the stone wall to the sands beneath. -While he returned to the entrance to -distract their attention by a shot, I darted away -toward Luxor and was soon safe from pursuit, -even had I chanced to be observed.</p> -<p>“I performed my errand quickly and returned -with a detachment of mounted police lent me by -the governor of the city, for Professor Lovelace -was a well-known explorer and under the protection -of the Khedive. We arrived too late. I -found only the Professor’s dead body, terribly -mutilated by the knives of the Arabs. They had -tricked him in some way during my absence, and -so obtained their revenge.</p> -<p>“Abdul Hashim calmly told the officers that -Lovelace Pasha had gone mad, and was slain by -them in self-defense. He pointed to two dead -men and several wounded to prove the truth of -his assertion. I told another story, as you may -imagine, but with no hint of the treasure. Shortly -afterward I had the satisfaction of inducing the -governor to raze Abdul Hashim’s village to the -ground, so that not one of the rude stones -remained upon another, while the tribe was driven -farther into the desert to seek new quarters.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_92">92</div> -<p>“Fortunately I had not banked the sample -treasure we had taken, not wishing to delay my -friend’s rescue, so that now I found myself the -sole possessor of any knowledge relating to the -great discovery. It has remained my personal -secret until this hour, when I have confided it to -you, gentlemen, in order to induce you to -assist me.”</p> -<p>He paused, as if the tale was ended, and for -a time we, his listeners, remained silent and -thoughtful. The story had impressed me, for -one, greatly, and it had seemed to ring true until -he came to that row with the Arabs. There were -some unlikely statements about the death of Lovelace -and Van Dorn’s peculiar escape from the -village, but I reflected that my ignorance of the -ways of this people might well account for any -seeming improbabilities that lurked in the story.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_93">93</div> -<h2 id="c6"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER VI.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE TREASURE OF THE ANCIENTS.</span></h2> -<p>Uncle Naboth was the first to speak.</p> -<p>“Tell me, sir,” said he, “why you have selected -us to receive your confidence.”</p> -<p>“I had two reasons,” replied Van Dorn. “One -is that I am afraid. I left Luxor and traveled -to Cairo, trying to think of a way to secure the -treasure for myself. At Cairo I was shot at from -a window and narrowly escaped death. I came -on here to Alexandria, as secretly as I could. Last -night I was set upon by a band of Arabs, among -whom I recognized the terrible Abdul Hashim. -Had you not appeared at the same instant I would -certainly have been killed. It seems as if Providence -had decreed that we should meet. You -have a swift vessel, bound for America, and I -have a great treasure to be secured and transported -home. Assist me in this emergency and -your reward shall be greater than you could gain -from a dozen voyages.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_94">94</div> -<p>“This treasure,” said my father, slowly and -reflectively, “belongs to the Egyptian government, -accordin’ to your own say-so.”</p> -<p>“Oh, no!” cried Van Dorn.</p> -<p>“I take it that way, from your statement.”</p> -<p>“I said the present laws of Egypt, enacted a -few years ago, forbade any relic of the old -civilization to be taken out of the country. The -Museum will buy all my treasure, and give me an -insignificant sum not at all commensurate with its -value; but what right has the Khedive to claim -what I have worked so hard to secure? In -America the gems alone will sell for millions.”</p> -<p>“But this is an Egyptian treasure,” I said. -“The laws seem to me to be just. What right -have you, a foreigner, to remove this great wealth -from the country?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_95">95</div> -<p>“The right of discovery,” retorted the little -Professor, promptly, with an energetic bob of his -head. “Who is the Khedive of Egypt? A Turk. -A foreigner like myself, if you please, who rules -here as a dependant of Turkey, and pays the -Sultan eleven millions a year in tribute—a sum -he wrings from the remnant of the true Egyptians, -and from the Arab and other native population, -by means of excessive taxes. This treasure -once belonged to Egypt, we will admit, and it was -buried by the Egyptian priests to save it from -just such invaders as these Turks. But Egyptians -no longer rule Egypt, nor ever will again; so that -in simple justice this treasure belongs solely to its -discoverer rather than to the usurper in the land -where it lies buried.”</p> -<p>“Still,” said Uncle Naboth, “we have this government -to reckon with. Morally, you may be -entitled to the treasure, but legally the decrees of -the Khedive are inviolable. Eh? If we attempt -to run away with this ’ere treasure, an’ get caught, -we can be punished as common thieves.”</p> -<p>“But we shall not be caught!” cried the Professor. -“Mark you, no one in Egypt suspects the -existence of this treasure, so to take it will be -robbing no one—not even the Khedive.”</p> -<p>“Doesn’t Abdul Hashim suspect it?” I inquired.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_96">96</div> -<p>“Yes; perhaps I should make an exception of -Abdul Hashim; but his information is at present -confined to mere guessing, and he is too wily and -covetous ever to tell his suspicions to a government -official. What he wants is to get the -treasure for himself, and the real battle, if we -meet opposition, will be between Abdul Hashim -and us. We ought to have killed him last night, -when we had the chance; but unfortunately the -dog made his escape.”</p> -<p>“He’s a dangerous enemy,” observed Ned -Britton.</p> -<p>“Only to the unarmed and helpless,” quickly -replied the Professor. “A half dozen Americans -could defy his entire tribe. And it is possible we -shall get a chance to kill him before he makes -more trouble.”</p> -<p>“You speak of murder very easily,” said my -father.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_97">97</div> -<p>“It is not murder to kill an Arab,” protested -the Professor. “They are but heathen men, -wicked and cruel, and so numerous that a few of -them sent to perdition will never be missed. The -English here have no more hesitation in killing -an Arab than in scotching a poisonous snake, and -the authorities seldom inquire into the manner of -his death. As long as the government remains in -ignorance of my secret we are safe from interference, -except through this wild and worthless -tribe led by Abdul Hashim, and brave Americans -have no cause to fear him. Moreover, there is -the treasure itself to be considered. Is it not -worth while to risk something to secure an -immense fortune?”</p> -<p>“What proof have you,” asked Uncle Naboth, -“of the existence of this treasure?”</p> -<p>Van Dorn hesitated a moment, then unbuttoned -his vest and took from around his waist a leathern -belt. This he laid carefully upon the table, and -opening its folds drew out a number of -brilliant rubies.</p> -<p>“Here is my proof,” said he, offering the gems -for inspection. “They are a part of the treasure -Lovelace took on that terrible night I have -described to you.”</p> -<p>We examined them. They were large and -brilliant, but cut into squares and oblongs, triangles -and octagons, with smooth flat surfaces.</p> -<p>“These may be glass,” remarked Uncle Naboth, -musingly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_98">98</div> -<p>“I am a lapidary,” said the Professor, his voice -slightly trembling with indignation. “I assure -you they are the most splendid rubies in the -known world. Here are pearls. Even your -ignorance will acknowledge their genuineness.”</p> -<p>He produced, as he spoke, several superb -pearls, as large as peas and tinted in exquisite -rose colors.</p> -<p>“Ah,” exclaimed Mr. Perkins, “I know pearls, -all right; for I have traded for years with the -Philippine pearl fishers. You are a strange man, -Professor Van Dorn, to wish to risk your life for -more of this plunder. Here is a fortune in itself.”</p> -<p>Van Dorn shrugged his stooped shoulders, his -red beard bristling with scorn.</p> -<p>“Would you, then, advise me to allow the -treasure of Karnak to remain another two thousand -years buried in the sands of the desert?” he -asked. “Are your big speculators in America -satisfied to acquire a million, or do they every one -labor like slaves to make their million into a -billion? Men are satisfied with many things in -this age, but never are they satisfied with wealth. -The more we have the more we strive to obtain. -But here—look at these ornaments. Can modern -goldsmiths match them?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_99">99</div> -<p>He drew out a golden necklace of magnificent -workmanship, quaint in design and wrought with -a delicacy and skill that were wonderful. A -bracelet, two rings, and a diadem set with amethysts -were also exhibited to our admiring eyes.</p> -<p>“These,” said the Professor, “you must admit -are both antique and valuable; yet they are a -mere sample of the immense treasure I have discovered. -There is enough, as I have told you, to -make us all wealthy, and I am willing to divide -liberally in order to obtain your assistance. But -I shall not urge you. If you are too stupid or -cowardly to accept my offer, keep my secret and -go about your business. No harm is done. There -will be thousands willing to undertake the -adventure.”</p> -<p>He put the jewels and ornaments back into the -belt and buckled it around his waist, hiding it -again underneath his vest. He leaned back in his -chair, lighted a cigarette, and glanced at our grave -faces inquiringly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_100">100</div> -<p>“Be good enough to go on deck for a time, -Professor,” said my father. “We will talk the -matter over among ourselves before venturing to -give you an answer.”</p> -<p>He rose without protest and retired, and at -once we began an earnest discussion of the proposal. -The first point to settle was the legality -of the thing, and it seemed to us the Professor -was right in his contention that the present -powers in Egypt, which had acquired the country -by wars of conquest, had no more moral right to -claim the buried treasure of the ancient priests of -Karnak than had its recent discoverers. The -old religion based on the worship of Isis and -Osiris had disappeared from the earth and its -votaries were long since dead or dispersed. The -hidden treasure, formerly the property of this -religious body, had now no legal claimants and -belonged to whomsoever had the fortune to find -it and the courage to seize and hold it. That the -Khedive had made laws forbidding anyone to -remove ancient treasure from Egypt did not -affect us in the least. We were free Americans -and in no way under the dominion of the Turks -who had conquered Egypt. They might exact -tribute from this land and establish the claim of -might to whatever wealth the country contained; -but it was our privilege to evade this might if we -chose to. There are true Egyptians yet living in -Egypt, but they are poor-spirited folk and are -largely outnumbered by the Arabs, Turks and -other foreigners, so that the control of their native -land is doubtless lost to them forever.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_101">101</div> -<p>Having thus satisfied our consciences that we -were justified in undertaking an adventure to -secure this wealth, we faced the consequences of -failure or discovery. There was nothing to -demand our immediate return to America, and -the time required by the undertaking was therefore -available. But the <i>Seagull</i> represented a -fortune to us, and we hesitated to jeopardize her -safety. According to international treaty we were -not safe from seizure in case the ship violated the -laws of Egypt; but there was a strong probability -that the worst fate liable to overtake us, if discovered, -would be the confiscation of the treasure. -The Khedive would hesitate to involve his country -in a dispute with the United States by resorting -to extreme measures. We were taking a chance, -of course; but the game seemed well worth the -chance, and none can expect to win who hesitates -to risk a stake.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_102">102</div> -<p>Having disposed of governmental interference -we faced the question of a war with Abdul -Hashim and his tribe, and decided to contest the -Arab’s claim—which was not in any way equal -to that of the Professor, according to the story -he had told us. We had before this encountered -some desperate adventures in strange lands and -were not disposed to shrink from a skirmish with -these lawless Arabs, if they forced it upon us. -There remained, then, but two points to be -settled: the best way to get the treasure aboard -ship, and our share in the division, once we had -safely transported it to America.</p> -<p>We recalled the Professor and asked him for -his plans and proposals. He was a queer little -fellow, this Van Dorn; half coward and half -bully; but there was no doubt the man possessed -a share of shrewd intelligence.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_103">103</div> -<p>“If we undertake to go up the Nile, past Cairo -and Assuit,” he said, “and try to bring the -treasure back to Alexandria, the chances are that -we should never succeed. This is the most -populous portion of Egypt, and government spies -and the mounted police are everywhere. Had -this been my plan I should not have appealed to -you to assist me. Your claim to become my -allies lies in the fact that you have a swift ship -unknown in these waters, a brave crew, and the -American love for adventure. But the ship is the -most important possession of all.”</p> -<p>“You don’t expect us to sail up the Nile, do -you?” I asked, impatiently.</p> -<p>“No, that is impossible,” was his quiet reply. -“From here to Luxor is seven hundred miles; but -the Arabian Gulf, in the Red Sea, is only ninety -miles from where the treasure is hidden. You -will take your ship to Port Said, through the -Suez Canal, and so down the Gulf to the small -and unimportant town of Koser, where there is -a good harbor. Here we shall hire camels which -will take us in four days across the Arabian desert -to the treasure, which we shall load upon the -camels and bring back with us to the ship. We -shall not appear at Karnak or Luxor at all, you -see, and shall encounter only the desert Bedouins, -who are quite friendly to Europeans. Nor need -we even approach the ruins of Abdul Hashim’s -village. I know how to find the spot where the -treasure lies, and in that lonely place there will -be none to spy upon us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_104">104</div> -<p>“But how shall we find our way across the -desert?” asked Uncle Naboth.</p> -<p>“Why, there still exists an ancient caravan -route from Koser to Luxor,” the Professor -returned, “and we shall be able to secure guides -who know every step of the way. It will be a -tedious journey; four days to go and four to -return; but, as I have said, the reward will be -ample for such insignificant hardships.”</p> -<p>“Your plan seems safe and practical,” observed -my uncle. “I like the idea. But now, Van Dorn, -we must come to the most important point of all. -What do you offer us in return for the use of our -ship, for our services and for the expenses of the -undertaking?”</p> -<p>“I will give you ten rubies and ten pearls,” -said he. “They are of such size and purity that -you can easily sell them for ten thousand dollars. -That is an ample reward, it seems to me.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_105">105</div> -<p>I laughed, and the others—even to Archie—smiled -as if amused. The little Professor had -spoken with an air of great condescension, as if -conferring upon us a rare favor.</p> -<p>“How much treasure is there?” asked my -father.</p> -<p>“That will not matter to you,” retorted Van -Dorn. “I will give you the pearls and the rubies -now, before we start. They shall be your wage. -Afterward, all the treasure we secure shall be my -own exclusive property.”</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth yawned—it was a habit he had -when bored—and my father slowly arose and -stumped from the room.</p> -<p>“When will you go ashore, Professor?” I -asked.</p> -<p>“What do you mean by that question?” he -demanded, his face nearly as red as his beard.</p> -<p>“Only that we intend to sail on our return -voyage at sundown, and probably you are not -quite ready to go to America in our company. -One of the boats will land you on the quay -whenever you please to go.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_106">106</div> -<p>He looked at me intently, his face now turned -chalky white.</p> -<p>“Come, Archie,” said I, cheerily, “let’s go and -see about unloading your boxes.”</p> -<p>“Stay!” cried Van Dorn, suddenly. “What -do you people demand?”</p> -<p>“We? Oh, sir, we make no demands at all. -Your proposition was, as you doubtless well -knew, one it would be impossible for us to accept. -But we shall keep your secret, never fear, and the -best proof is that we are off for America. You -are at liberty to go ashore and negotiate with -others.”</p> -<p>“And be murdered by Abdul Hashim,” he -added, bitterly.</p> -<p>“Ah; that is your affair,” I replied, indifferently.</p> -<p>I went on deck with Archie and directed the -men in getting the Ackley cases hoisted from the -hold and swung aboard a small lighter, which -landed them safely on the quay. I intended to -send the boy’s two big telescopes with the goods, -but Archie objected.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_107">107</div> -<p>“Wait a bit,” he whispered to me, soberly. “I -haven’t yet decided to go ashore.”</p> -<p>“Not to deliver your father’s goods to the merchants -at Luxor?” I asked, with a smile.</p> -<p>“No. See here, Sam; I’m in on this deal,” he -announced, earnestly. “If you fellows go fortune-hunting -you must take me along.”</p> -<p>“Oh, you want a share, do you?” I said, sarcastically.</p> -<p>“I won’t refuse a small slice, Sam; but for the -most I’m after is the fun. This is the biggest deal -I ever heard of, and it promises a lot of sport -before you’re through with it. Let me in, will -you?” he added, pleadingly.</p> -<p>“I’m willing, Archie. But it’s likely we can’t -come to terms with the Professor. He don’t want -to divvy fair, you see.”</p> -<p>The little man was now walking disconsolately -about the deck. Apparently he was in a state of -deep dejection.</p> -<p>I went with Archie to the quay, where he paid -the import duties on his father’s wares and arranged -to have them forwarded by the railway -to Luxor, where they were consigned to himself.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_108">108</div> -<p>“You see, we don’t know these Greek and -Syrian merchants,” he explained, “and we can’t -trust dealers in humbug goods. That’s why -father wanted me to come along. I’m to collect -for the stuff when I deliver it, and also take orders -for anything more they want us to manufacture.”</p> -<p>“But don’t you intend to travel with the -goods?” I asked.</p> -<p>“No. They can wait at Luxor for me until -we’ve decided what to do about the Professor’s -treasure. According to his story it lies buried -only a few miles from Luxor, so I may be able to -attend to both errands at the same time.”</p> -<p>Ah; if we only knew what this plan was -destined to cost us!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_109">109</div> -<h2 id="c7"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER VII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">A GREAT UNDERTAKING.</span></h2> -<p>As Archie and I returned along the quay from -the custom house, to regain our boat, I noticed -standing upon the edge of the dock the solitary -but impressive figure of an Arab.</p> -<p>He was fully six feet tall and splendidly -formed. His dirty white burnous was wrapped -around him in a way to emphasize the dignity of -his pose, and his handsome countenance was calm -and impassive. From beneath the ample folds of -a black and yellow turban two wide dark eyes -were set on a point of vision across the bay, and -following his gaze I saw that it was directed -toward the <i>Seagull</i> lying at her anchorage. These -eyes, accustomed to the distances of the desert, -might be stronger than my own, yet I myself -found that I could discern dark forms moving -about upon our deck, and one in especial—was it -the Professor?—was leaning quietly over the side -nearest the quay.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_110">110</div> -<p>The Arab did not notice Archie or me, so I had -a chance to examine him critically. He was not -old—perhaps thirty-five—and his unshaven face -was a light tan in color. As we rowed out to the -ship his eyes at last fell upon us, and I thought -that he watched us intently until we were well -aboard. From the deck I could still see his stalwart, -motionless figure standing erect in the same -position; and perhaps the Professor saw him, too, -for he came toward me with an uneasy expression -upon his face and requested another interview -with my father, Uncle Naboth, and myself.</p> -<p>I summoned Ned Britton, Archie, and Joe, as -well, and presently we all assembled in my -father’s cabin.</p> -<p>“I have been thinking over this proposal,” -began Van Dorn, “and have concluded that my -first offer was not liberal enough, in the circumstances. -To be frank with you,” his little, ferret -eyes were anything but frank, just then, “the -treasure is useless to me without your assistance -in obtaining and transporting it to a place of -safety. So I am willing to meet your views in the -matter of a division of the spoils.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_111">111</div> -<p>We regarded him silently, and after a moment -he added: “What do you think would be just, -or satisfactory?”</p> -<p>My uncle answered. He was an experienced -trader.</p> -<p>“According to your own story, sir,” said he, -“you are not the original discoverer of this -treasure. Professor Lovelace worked several -years in tracing it, and finally succeeded because -he had found an obscure diagram engraved on the -ruined walls of a temple. He hired you to assist -him. Tell us, then, what share of the plunder did -he promise you?”</p> -<p>The Professor hesitated, but thinking to -deceive us, though his manner assured us he was -lying, he said boldly:</p> -<p>“I was to have one-half. But of course after -Lovelace was murdered the whole belonged -to me.”</p> -<p>“Was there any compact to that effect?” I -asked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_112">112</div> -<p>“Not exactly. But it is reasonable and just, is -it not?”</p> -<p>“Had Lovelace no heirs—no family?”</p> -<p>“None whatever.”</p> -<p>Said Uncle Naboth, with his usual deliberation:</p> -<p>“If you were to receive one-half the treasure -from Lovelace, in return for your assistance, we -will make the same contract with you in return -for ours. Lovelace seemed to think it was worth -that much, and we will abide by his judgment.”</p> -<p>Van Dorn turned red. There was no escape -from the toils he had cast about himself by his -foolish statement. He looked thoughtfully out -of the window, and following his gaze I saw the -solitary Arab still standing on the quay with his -face set in our direction.</p> -<p>A scarcely perceptible tremor seemed to pass -over the Professor’s slight frame. He turned to -us with a new animation in his face.</p> -<p>“Professor Lovelace reserved for himself the -collection of papyrus rolls,” said he, in a brisk -tone. “I will do the same. These writings would -be of no value to you, in any event. All of the -jewels, ornaments, or other treasure than the -papyri, I will agree to divide with you equally.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_113">113</div> -<p>“Very good,” said Uncle Naboth, with a nod. -“It is our agreement. Write it down, Sam, and -all these witnesses shall sign the document.”</p> -<p>I brought paper and pens and began to draw up -the agreement. Presently I paused.</p> -<p>“In case of your death, Professor, I suppose -you are willing all the treasure should belong to -us, since that was your own claim when Lovelace -died?”</p> -<p>He grew a little pale as he answered: “Do you -want to put that in the paper?”</p> -<p>“Yes, if you please.”</p> -<p>“Will you agree, on your part, to protect me -from harm in all possible ways, to guard my life -as completely as you do your own lives?”</p> -<p>“Certainly.”</p> -<p>“Then include it in the contract. It would be -a terrible thing to die just when all this treasure -is fairly in my grasp; but if I lose my life in the -venture there is no one to inherit my possessions.”</p> -<p>As I resumed my writing Uncle Naboth -remarked:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_114">114</div> -<p>“We’ll look after you, sir, never fear. Sam -only means to cover any possible mishaps, and I -guess he’s right. But we’ll be satisfied with a -fair division, and intend to do our duty by you if -it costs us our lives to protect you.”</p> -<p>When the contract was ready the Professor -signed it without a word of protest, and after -the witnesses had attached their signatures the -little man went on deck and left us alone.</p> -<p>“He means treachery,” remarked my father, -coolly.</p> -<p>Uncle nodded.</p> -<p>“Quite possible, Dick; but it will be our business -to watch him. His story is true, because -he has the evidence to prove it, and I’ve no doubt -he’ll lead us straight to the treasure. But what -his game is afterwards, I can’t imagine.”</p> -<p>After that we sat silent for a time.</p> -<p>“Uncle,” said I, happening to think of the -thing, “Archie wants to go along with us.”</p> -<p>Mr. Perkins scratched his head reflectively.</p> -<p>“What share does he want?” he asked.</p> -<p>I turned to Archie for the reply.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_115">115</div> -<p>“If I’m any help to you, you can give me whatever -you please,” said the boy. “I want to see -the fun, mostly; but I’ll not refuse any reward -I’m able to earn.”</p> -<p>“That’s fair and square,” said Uncle Naboth. -“You’re welcome to come along.”</p> -<p>“Now, then,” proclaimed my father, “we’ve -got to talk to the men. That’s your job, Sam—you’ve -got the gift of palaver. The enterprise is -irreg’lar an’ some dangerous, an’ our lads must -be told jest what they’re expected to do.”</p> -<p>We went on deck and piped all hands aft for a -conference.</p> -<p>As clearly as I was able I related to the crew -the story Van Dorn had told us, and his proposal -to us to assist him in getting the treasure. The -only points I concealed were the location of the -hoard and its probable value.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_116">116</div> -<p>“If you will join us in this adventure,” I -added, “we promise every man three times his -regular pay, and in case we get the treasure one-tenth -of our share also be divided equally among -you. We don’t expect much trouble, yet there -may be a scrimmage or so with the Arabs before -we get done. Any of you who fear this danger -or don’t like the job we’ve undertaken, will be left -at Port Said until we return, and we shall think -none the worse of those men, who will simply forfeit -their prize money. Now, lads, what do you -say?”</p> -<p>There wasn’t a dissenting voice among them. -They were Americans. Many had sailed with us -before, and all were picked men who had proved -themselves honest and trustworthy. My father -had indeed chosen his crew with care and judgment, -and I think we were not much surprised -that from Ned Britton down to the meanest sailor -all were eager to undertake the venture.</p> -<p>We cleared the port, sailed down to Port Said, -and paid our fee to be passed through the Suez -Canal to the Gulf of Arabia—no insignificant -sum, by the way, but an incidental expense of the -enterprise. The Professor had sadly informed -us that he had no ready money to meet any of -these emergencies; therefore we undertook to -pay all expenses.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_117">117</div> -<p>Our last view of the quay at Alexandria -showed the strange Arab still at his post, motionless -and staring calmly after us. I noticed that -Van Dorn heaved a sigh of relief when we drew -away from the harbor and the solitary watcher -had faded slowly from our sight.</p> -<p>We were obliged to lie for four days at Port -Said before our turn came to enter the canal, for -several big liners of the East India Company and -many packets of many nations were before us. -Having our own engines we did not require a tug, -and after a seemingly interminable period, -although the distance is only one hundred miles, -we emerged from the canal at Suez and Port -Ibrahim and found the broad waters of the Red -Sea lying before us.</p> -<p>Heading southward we found fair breezes that -wafted us at a good speed along the two hundred -and fifty miles of barren coast between Suez and -Koser. The Arabian desert, bleak and covered in -places with bare mountains, was in sight on our -right all the way, and the few small villages we -passed did not seem inviting.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_118">118</div> -<p>At length, on the evening of the 12th of -February, we anchored in the little harbor of -Koser, and although the natives came flocking -around us in their miserable fishing boats, offering -fruit for sale and doubtless wondering what -chance had led so strange and trim a craft as the -<i>Seagull</i> to their forsaken port, we made no -attempt to land or communicate with them until -the next morning.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_119">119</div> -<h2 id="c8"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER VIII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">GEGE-MERAK.</span></h2> -<p>After breakfast Uncle Naboth, the Professor, -and I rowed ashore and landed on the primitive -wooden quay, whence we proceeded to the town—a -group of mud dwellings, palm thatched, -standing on a small eminence near the bay. At -the left of the town were several large storehouses -belonging to the government, where tithes -of grain were kept.</p> -<p>A silent but observant group of natives met us -on shore and accompanied us up the path to one -of the principal houses, where Van Dorn, who -understood Arabic, informed us the sheik and -cadi awaited our coming.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_120">120</div> -<p>After a brief delay we were ushered into a low -but spacious room where the light was so dim -that at first I could see nothing. Presently, -however, my eyes grew accustomed to the gloom -and I made out a big, whiskered Arab sitting -cross-legged on a mat and surrounded by a group -of friends and advisors.</p> -<p>To my relief they spoke English; brokenly, yet -sufficiently well to be understood; and the sheik -in most polite phrases begged to know why we -had honored his poor village by a visit.</p> -<p>The Professor explained that our vessel was -bound for India, but that some of our party had -an errand at Luxor and we wished to secure a -guide, an armed escort, and some good camels, -to form a caravan to cross the desert and return. -The ship would wait in the harbor until we had -accomplished our journey.</p> -<p>They listened to this story respectfully. We -were Americans, they judged. Only Americans -in Egypt were credited with doing unusual things. -An Englishman or other foreigner would have -taken the railway to Luxor by way of Cairo.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_121">121</div> -<p>But they had no desire to grumble at our -strange whim. To keep the ship in their harbor -a week longer would mean more or less patronage -of the village bazar as well as harbor fees for the -sheik. The caravan across the desert would mean -good earnings for many worthy citizens, no -doubt.</p> -<p>But just here they seemed to scent difficulties. -The Arabs talked together earnestly in their own -language, and the Professor explained to us in -an anxious voice that guides were scarce in Koser -just then. The best, a famous Arab Bedouin, had -gone west to the mines on a three weeks’ journey. -Another had just departed to take a party to Kift. -The third and last one available was lying ill with -a fever. There was no trouble about camels; the -sheik had himself several superior animals to -offer, and a neighbor chief of the Bega Bedouins -owned a splendid drove and could furnish any -number required. But the guide was lacking, and -a guide was absolutely necessary; for the desert -was trackless and infested by <i>haramyeh</i>, or -robbers.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_122">122</div> -<p>That seemed to settle the matter, to the great -grief of the sheik; but the little Professor protested -most vigorously that he had to go, and -that a way must be found to secure for us a competent -guide. Extra money would be available in -the emergency, he added, and the hint set the -dirty bearded Arabs conferring again. They -talked in Arabic, and I heard the name of Gege-Merak<a class="fn" id="fr_1" href="#fn_1">[1]</a> -mentioned several times. The Professor, -listening intently, told me this was the Bega chief -who owned the camels. Gege-Merak had once -been the most famous guide on the desert, but he -was now old, and had retired from active life -years ago. Still, if there was plenty of money -to tempt him, he might be induced personally to -lead us to Luxor and back.</p> -<p>The discussion resulted in a messenger being -dispatched to Gege-Merak, who lived a day’s -journey in the desert, to propose our offer and -bring back the chief’s reply. There would be -nine of our own party, and we desired an escort -of six armed natives, besides the guide.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_123">123</div> -<p>The delay was inevitable, and we waited as -patiently as we could for the messenger’s return. -That evening we entertained the sheik and his -chief men at dinner aboard the ship, and before -they returned to the shore they vowed undying -friendship for us all, including Nux and Bryonia. -My father’s cork leg especially won their admiration -and respect, and they declared he must be a -very great and famous Captain in his own -country to be entrusted with the command of so -noble and so beautiful a ship. We told them he -was. The Professor added that next to the -President himself all Americans revered Captain -Steele, who had won many battles fighting -against his country’s enemies. I was amused at -this absurd description, but it afterward served us -a good turn, and perhaps preserved our lives.</p> -<p>The next day we visited the bazar, where -unimportant articles were offered for sale, and -as the sheik was himself the principal owner we -purchased considerable rubbish that we had no -use for, just to keep the rascals good natured.</p> -<p>On the third day, at about sunset, the -messenger returned, and to our surprise he was -accompanied by a train of fifteen camels—all fine, -strong specimens of these desert steeds.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_124">124</div> -<p>He had brought bad news for the sheik, though. -Gege-Merak had consented to guide the strangers -in person, but he would supply all the camels, -tents, and blankets himself, and receive all the hire -for them. Moreover, the armed escort must be -all from his own tribe; no dog of an Arab should -have anything to do with his caravan.</p> -<p>The sheik frowned, cursed the impudent Bega, -and swore he would not allow his dear friends, -the Americans, to fall into Gege-Merak’s power.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth and I went out and examined -the escort. They were handsome, well-formed -fellows, with good features and dark, bronze hued -complexions. Their limbs were slender and -almost delicately formed, yet promised strength -and agility. I decided at once that these men -looked less like robbers than the stealthy-eyed, -sly-moving Arabs of the village.</p> -<p>The Ababdeh—for the Bega warriors belonged -to this caste—sat their camels stolidly and in -silence, awaiting the acceptance or rejection of the -offer of their chieftain. They were dressed in -coarse woolen robes colored in brilliant native -hues, but they wore no head covering except their -luxuriant, bushy hair, which formed a perfect -cloud around their faces and seemed to me nearly -a foot in thickness. In their girdles were short -knives and each man carried slung across his back -a long, slender rifle with an elaborately engraved -silver stock.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_125">125</div> -<p>My uncle agreed with me that the escort looked -manly and brave. We concluded there was a -way to satisfy the sheik, so we went back to him -and offered to pay a liberal sum for his permission -to engage Gege-Merak. He graciously consented, -although he warned us that the desert -Bega were not the safest people in the world to -intrust with our lives and that only the fear of -consequences would prevent the Ababdeh chief -from murdering us and rifling our bodies.</p> -<p>The Professor, however, had no such fears. -He confided to us his opinion that we were fortunate -in having no Arabs in our party. In case -we chanced to encounter Abdul Hashim, the Bega -would be more likely to prove faithful than would -the Koser Arabs. All Arabs hate Christians in -their hearts, added the Professor, and most of -the desert tribes, who had existed in Egypt long -before the Arabs overran the country, hated the -Mussulmans as much as the latter hated the -Christians. The Ababdeh tribes were natural -thieves; he could not deny that; but he had reason -to hope for our safe return from our adventure.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_126">126</div> -<p>For my part I pinned my faith to our stalwart -escort of American sailors, thinking in my pride -and ignorance that any one of them would be -worth six Bega or Arabs if it came to a fight, and -forgetting that the desert is a prison to those who -do not know its trackless wilds.</p> -<p>Desiring as little delay as possible we loaded -the camels that evening with provisions from our -ship and the light baggage, taking no more of -the latter than was absolutely necessary. Bryonia, -who was going with the party, insisted on carrying -certain pots and pans with which to provide -proper meals while en route, and these the Bega -looked upon with absolute disdain. But I was -glad to see our cook’s provision for our comfort, -since we were to be gone eight or nine days at -the least.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_127">127</div> -<p>Next morning we mounted the camels and set -out. After some careful figuring we had organized -our party as follows: The Professor first, of -course; then Uncle Naboth, Archie Ackley, Joe, -and myself. My father made some objection to -three boys joining the party, but it was an adventure -in which any boy would be eager to -participate, and Joe begged so hard to go along -and was so devoted to me personally that I argued -the matter until Captain Steele gave in and consented. -My father thought he could not ride a -camel in comfort because of his cork leg, so he -remained aboard to look after the ship. He let -Ned Britton join us, though, and three sailors, -all loyal fellows and splendid specimens of American -manhood. This completed our party of nine. -We were all armed with revolvers and repeating -rifles, and felt that in case of attack or interference -we could give a good account of ourselves.</p> -<p>The weather was warm at this season, but -when we started, soon after dawn, a gentle breeze -was coming over the desert and we set out in -good spirits in spite of the fact that the motion of -the camels caused us to sway awkwardly in our -tall saddles. We should get used to this motion -in time, the Professor assured us; but at first it -jolted us terribly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_128">128</div> -<p>It seemed as if the entire population of the -village had assembled to see us start, and from -their looks they evidently considered us little less -than madmen. The sheik wished us a safe -journey and promised in the hearing of the Bega -to avenge us in case we met with treachery; but -at the same time, he told the Professor privately, -he refused to guarantee our savage escort in any -particular.</p> -<p>Bidding my father and the crew of the <i>Seagull</i> -a cheery farewell, we left Koser and began our -journey across the desert.</p> -<p>The Ababdeh were silent fellows, but when I -questioned them I found that at least two of their -number understood and spoke English fairly -well. They did not waste words in expressing -themselves, but seemed intelligent and respectful -in their demeanor toward us.</p> -<p>Our progress the first day was slow, for the -way was across heavy sands that tired the camels -to walk upon. We made a halt for luncheon and -at about sundown reached the encampment of the -Bega chief, Gege-Merak. It was situated on a -tiny oasis of the desert, which boasted a well of -good water and a group of a dozen tall spreading -date-palms. Under the palms were set the chief -houses of the village, made of mud and thatched -with palm leaves; but the huts of the people extended -also out upon the desert, on all sides of the -oasis. These mainly consisted of low walls of -mud roofed with squares of canvas, and none save -the house of the chieftain was high enough for a -man to stand upright within it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_129">129</div> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/i_130.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="744" /> -<p class="caption">The village in the oasis.</p> -</div> -<p>I was surprised at the number of this isolated -tribe of Bega, and it was a wonder to me how -they all managed to subsist. They had many -goats and camels and a small herd of buffalo-cows—too -many, seemingly, to crop the scant -herbage of the oasis; but there was no attempt -at agriculture that I could discover.</p> -<p>We halted before the house of the chief, and -after conferring together our escort conducted -my uncle, the Professor, and myself into the -building. We found ourselves in a large, cool -room, lighted and aired by open spaces between -the top of the walls and the roof. At the rear -was a dark passage, doubtless leading into other -apartments, but the appearance of the interior -was extremely primitive and unattractive.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_130">130</div> -<p>Upon a rush mat at one side of the room sat a -young girl, her slender form graceful and upright, -her dark eyes fixed curiously upon us. She -seemed about fifteen years of age, but may have -been two or three years younger, for the women -of these desert gypsies mature early in life. Her -hair, unlike that of the other Bega we had seen, -was not bushy and cloudlike, but its luxuriant -tresses were heavily plaited into several braids, -two hanging in front over either shoulder and -two others dropping behind her back. On her -arms or ankles were broad bands or bracelets of -silver, some of them set with odd stones of -strange colors and shapes. Golden bangles—perhaps -Persian or Arabian coins—were strung together -on wires and woven into the braids of her -hair. She wore a robe of some thin, strong material -which was striped in alternate bands of -scarlet and green—a robe more becoming than -its description sounds, I think—and across her -rounded shoulders was folded a Syrian scarf covered -with rich embroidery.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_131">131</div> -<p>The girl was undeniably handsome. She would -have been conspicuous by reason of her beauty in -any civilized community. Here, surrounded by -a barbaric desert tribe, she seemed a veritable -daughter of Venus.</p> -<p>I could not stare long at this gracious sight, -for beside the girl sat, or rather squatted, a personage -whose powerful individuality compelled -attention.</p> -<p>Gege-Merak—for I did not doubt I beheld the -chief—was a withered, wrinkled old man scarce -five feet in height when standing upright, a -veritable dwarf among his handsome, well formed -subjects. One eye—the right one—was gone, -and across the sightless cavity and reaching from -his cheek to his forehead, was a broad, livid scar -as from the slash of a knife or a sword-cut. The -other eye, small and glittering, regarded us with -a glare as disconcerting as that of a snake, it -being set in his face deep amid the folds of -wrinkled flesh. His chin protruded and his thin -lips were closed together in a straight line, while -his bushy hair was snow-white in color, denoting -great age.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_132">132</div> -<p>I own I was amazed to find the famous chief -so different from his people; and when I realized -that we had voluntarily put our lives into the -keeping of this old, evil-featured Bega, I began -to suspect there was a foundation for the Arab -sheik’s persistent croak of danger. Still, as Gege-Merak -sat huddled upon his mat, motionless save -for that roving, terrible eye, it occurred to me -that he was too old and feeble to lead the caravan -himself, as he had sent word to us that he would -do, and without doubt would delegate the task -to some other.</p> -<p>At our entrance the warriors knelt to their -chief and crouched subserviently their foreheads -to the mat; but afterward they stood erect in -a group at one side. They neither saluted nor -appeared to notice the girl at all.</p> -<p>“So,” said Gege-Merak, in a quiet voice and -speaking excellent English. “Here are the travelers -who wish to be led to Luxor. What is your -errand there?”</p> -<p>He looked from one to another of us, and I -took upon myself to answer him, as the Professor -seemed to hesitate.</p> -<p>“Sir, that is our business alone,” I declared, -stiffly. “All that we require from you is your -camels, your warriors to guard us, and a guide.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_133">133</div> -<p>“I am rebuked, Effendi,” said he, fixing his -small eye upon me with a penetrating gaze, but -exhibiting no humility in his tones. After a -slight pause: “Do you agree to my price in return -for the service you require?”</p> -<p>“Yes; you are to receive one hundred English -pounds.”</p> -<p>“In advance,” he added, softly.</p> -<p>“One-half in advance,” said I. “The remainder -when we have returned in safety.”</p> -<p>“Let me see the money.”</p> -<p>I produced a bag containing fifty gold pounds, -and stooping down counted them out upon the -mat before him. He watched me silently.</p> -<p>“Now I will see the other fifty,” he said.</p> -<p>I began to dislike the chief; but now the Professor -said, somewhat to my surprise.</p> -<p>“Pay him the full amount, Mr. Steele; it will -be better that way.”</p> -<p>“Why?” I asked, turning to him rather angrily.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_134">134</div> -<p>“Because the great chief is suspicious of our -honesty, and we want him to believe we are honest. -Also because Gege-Merak’s word is sacred, -and he will be faithful when he is paid. For a -third reason, it will be just as well for you not to -carry that gold across the desert and back again, -when the chief is able to put it away in a safe -place before we begin the journey.”</p> -<p>Gege-Merak listened carefully and it was evident -he approved this argument. But he said -nothing and merely looked at me inquiringly.</p> -<p>Of course, if the natives would prove faithful, -the Professor’s plan of advance payment was -best. After a look toward Uncle Naboth, which -he answered with a nod, I drew out another fifty -pounds and counted it upon the mat beside the -first.</p> -<p>“Now, Gege-Merak,” said I, “you are paid in -full.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_135">135</div> -<h2 id="c9"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER IX.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">ACROSS THE BLACK MOUNTAINS.</span></h2> -<p>The cruel little eye of the chief twinkled -brightly at sight of all this golden display, but -he made no motion to gather it up. Instead, he -turned his keen glance first upon me and then -upon the others of our party, as if striving to -gauge our thoughts, and read our secret characters.</p> -<p>“I will see the other Americans,” he finally -said.</p> -<p>The Professor summoned Ned Britton, Archie, -Joe, Bry, and the sailors, and soon they all stood -wonderingly before the Bega chief. He examined -each one with silent interest, down to the -smallest item of attire. He nodded and asked -them to again withdraw.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_136">136</div> -<p>“Effendi,” said he, addressing me when the -others were gone, “you are deceiving me in regard -to your errand. Your party is strong and -heavily armed. You ask me for brave warriors -to assist you, and for my own services as guide. -All this is not usual with peaceful traders or travelers -who wish to cross the desert to Luxor on an -errand of simple business. Another thing. You -willingly pay me a big price—more than my service -is really worth. Again, you ask for two extra -camels, bearing empty saddle-bags. Therefore -you have a secret intention you do not reveal to -me. The little red-beard’s eyes are bright with -fever. You all expect trouble. You may get me -mixed with your trouble, so that the authorities -will imprison me and scatter my tribe. I am a -good subject of the mighty Sultan and our father -the Khedive. Therefore I refuse the compact. -Take your gold, Effendi, and return to Koser.”</p> -<p>This speech of the wily chief fairly took away -my breath. Uncle Naboth seemed disappointed, -and the Professor trembled nervously. I am -sure our various emotions were clearly apparent -to Gege-Merak, for his roving eye bore an expression -of grim amusement.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_137">137</div> -<p>It was the Professor who finally answered. -He knew the covert disposition of these strange -people better than we did.</p> -<p>“See, then, my brother, how much we trust in -your friendship and honesty,” said he. “Our -errand is indeed twofold, as you have wisely suspected. -One part is to permit the young effendi, -Archie Ackley, whom you have just seen, to collect -pay for his wares from certain merchants -in Luxor. The second part of our errand is to -permit me to secure some property belonging to -me which I left concealed in a part of the desert -near Karnak. Our bargain with you is to guide -and escort us safely to these places and enable -us to bring back to our ship at Koser the property -I have mentioned and young Ackley’s payments -from the merchants. For our purpose of -transportation the two extra camels will be sufficient. -But we shall have no trouble with the -authorities, because we intend to commit no -crime and break no law of the land. I will not -conceal from you the fact that I am at enmity -with a miserable Arab sheik named Abdul -Hashim, who lives upon the desert near Luxor -and who might try to prevent me from securing -my property if he knew I had come for it. He -does not suspect my journey at present, and I -hope to avoid him altogether, since he is just -now under the displeasure of the Khedive’s police, -which has destroyed his village and scattered -his lawless band. But we must go armed -in case the Arab dares to molest us, and part of -your liberal payment is to fight well for us if -there should be need. Also, bands of robbers -infest the desert, and we do not wish to be robbed -on our journey. So we take all needful precautions. -Is the great and wise chief, my brother, -now satisfied?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_138">138</div> -<p>Gege-Merak was silent for a time, thoughtfully -studying the mat at his feet. Then he replied:</p> -<p>“I know Abdul Hashim. He is a jackal. I -know the police have destroyed his village, as -you truly say; but he is rebuilding it. Abdul -Hashim has powerful friends, and he will fight -his foes in spite of our father the Khedive. If I -accept your offer I may lose many camels and -men. Also I make a foe forever of Abdul -Hashim and his tribe. No; I will not consent; -the hundred gold pounds is not enough.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_139">139</div> -<p>He had caught us fairly. I saw plainly enough -that we must either abandon the adventure altogether -or consent to be robbed at the start by -this grasping Bega. The Professor asked permission -for us to withdraw and consult together, -and we went into the open air to hold a conference.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth asked the Professor how much -he judged the treasure to be worth. We had -already invested a considerable sum in the speculation -and were about to risk our lives as well.</p> -<p>Van Dorn could only estimate the amount of -the treasure, of which he had obtained merely a -glimpse. But he thought its total value could -not possibly equal less than five hundred thousand -pounds, or two and a half million dollars in -American money. It was well worth doubling -the chief’s bribe, he urged, and we all were loth -to retreat on the eve of our adventure. We -decided to win Gege-Merak’s support at all hazards, -and presently stood again in the presence -of the chief.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_140">140</div> -<p>He sat just as we had left him, with the beautiful, -statuesque girl at his side, and the money -still spread before him on the mat.</p> -<p>“Brother,” said the Professor, “we have counselled -together and decided that your demands -are not unfriendly. For your powerful support, -for the risk you take and the assurance that you -will stand by us bravely and faithfully, we will -double the price first agreed upon. Twenty -pounds more we will give you now. It is all -the remaining money we brought with us. But -upon our return to the ship we will give you -eighty pounds in addition, making two hundred -pounds in all. Does this satisfy you?”</p> -<p>“No,” was the quiet answer. “Give me the -twenty pounds and your writing to pay me one -hundred and eighty pounds more on our return -to the ship and I shall be content. If any of my -men are killed in fighting I will say nothing. If -any of your party is killed you shall not blame -me in any way. Make a writing as I have said -and I will be true to you. This is my last word.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_141">141</div> -<p>I groaned in spirit at the necessity, but I tore -a leaf from my notebook and with my fountain -pen wrote the agreement. Uncle Naboth and the -Professor added their signatures to mine. It was -a great sum in Egypt, this fifteen hundred dollars, -and we had promised not to hold Gege-Merak -responsible if any of us lost our lives in -the venture. But the Professor assured us we -had won a powerful ally and that the investment -was warranted by our necessity.</p> -<p>I gave the Bega chief the paper, which I felt -sure he could not read, and counted out our remaining -twenty pounds upon the mat. Thereupon -he spoke to the girl in his native tongue, -for the Bega have a language of their own, although -they usually speak a hybrid Arabic. She -leaned forward, calmly gathered up the money -in her scarf, arose and left the room by the dark -passage. She was tall for her age and moved -with grace and dignity.</p> -<p>“At daybreak,” said Gege-Merak, “the caravan -will be ready to start. I shall go with you. -To-night my brothers will sleep in a house prepared -for you. Ketti will lead you to it.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_142">142</div> -<p>The young warrior who had guided us to the -village from Koser now came forward and bowed -to us respectfully. We nodded farewell to the -chief and followed Ketti to a large house of one -bare room, where our entire party shortly assembled. -Bry had already brought out his pots -and pans and soon a good supper was ready for -us. Appetites are keen upon the desert, and the -evening was already well advanced when we had -finished the repast. Soon after, tired by our -first day of camel riding, we rolled ourselves in -our blankets and fell asleep.</p> -<p>I was roused even before daybreak by the -noise and shouting in the village. Every inhabitant -seemed astir and in a state of wild excitement, -yet there was nothing for our party to do -but fold our blankets and eat the breakfast our -black cook quickly served us. At first we -stumbled around blindly in the gloom, but gradually -the sky grew lighter, until suddenly the -first red beams of the sun shot over the edge of -the desert. Beside the well and just in front of -the chief’s house the camels were assembled, all -bridled and saddled and ready for the journey. -We took the beasts assigned us and mounted to -our places while the obedient creatures knelt to -receive their burdens. The entire population of -the village stood around, silent now, but observant, -to watch the start.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_143">143</div> -<p>When we were ready I noticed that two of -the camels still knelt awaiting their riders. They -bore gorgeous trappings, the saddles being -studded with brass and silver ornaments. The -delay was brief, for soon the little old chief came -from his house, followed by the girl we had seen -the night before.</p> -<p>I had wondered how Gege-Merak, who had -seemed to be nothing more than a withered, -dried-up mummy, could by any possibility be able -to lead the caravan in person; but now, to my -surprise, he advanced with swift steps, agile and -light as the tread of a panther, and seated himself -upon his kneeling camel. His one bright eye -roved over the assembled villagers, who all prostrated -themselves an instant before resuming -their former upright positions. The chief was -clad in the same bright colored burnous he had -worn the night before. An old-fashioned pistol -was stuck in his sash and at his side hung a Turkish -cimetar with a jeweled handle. When his -camel had risen to its feet Gege-Merak made a -brief speech to the villagers and gave the signal -to start.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_144">144</div> -<p>The girl, meantime, had quietly mounted the -other camel and taken her place beside the chief. -No one saluted her or seemed to notice her presence, -yet to me she was scarcely less interesting -than her aged companion. The Bega women -were numerous in the village, were generally -good looking and bold in their demeanor, yet the -warriors seemed to make a point of disregarding -them altogether, as if the sex was wholly unworthy -of masculine attention. It seemed to be -a Bega characteristic and partly explained why -the chief’s companion was so generally ignored, -but I was curious to know something of the girl -who was to accompany us. So as we rode slowly -away from the oasis I asked Ketti, who was near -me, who she was.</p> -<p>“Gege-Merak’s grandchild,” was the answer, -and I thought the young warrior’s eyes rested for -an instant upon the young girl with a gleam of -admiration.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_145">145</div> -<p>“Will she succeed the chief, when he dies?” I -inquired.</p> -<p>“No, Effendi. Iva is but a woman. Only a -man becomes chief of a Bega tribe.”</p> -<p>“I see. In our country, Ketti, a woman is -considered equal to a man.”</p> -<p>He made no reply to the observation and after -a moment I continued:</p> -<p>“Tell me, then, why does Iva ride with us -on this journey?”</p> -<p>He frowned, glancing around sharply to see -that we were not overheard. But we had ridden -quite out of earshot.</p> -<p>“Effendi, we speak little of such matters, but -it is the superstition of Gege-Merak. He believes -that he will live as long as his grandchild lives, -but no longer. If she dies, then he will die. -Allah has decreed it. For this reason the chief -does not dare to leave her behind, lest some -harm happen to her.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_146">146</div> -<p>I laughed at this explanation, but the warrior’s -face was grave. He was by far the handsomest -and most intelligent of our escort, and his -dignified and straightforward expression attracted -me toward him.</p> -<p>“Always the chief does not treat Iva well,” -he added, as if to himself, as he glanced again to -where the oddly mated couple rode at the head -of the caravan. “Her health he guards, because -he is selfish; but he makes the girl his slave.”</p> -<p>It occurred to me I had been right in guessing -that the young man entertained a tender feeling -toward Iva. But I could scarcely blame him. -She was very attractive—for a Bega.</p> -<p>We made toward a dim ridge of mountains -that showed at the southeast and during the day -drew gradually nearer to them. At night we -encamped in the foothills. The rocks were bare -and of a black color, and the surrounding landscape -was wholly uninviting. Just beyond us the -hills grew to mountains, which formed a -seemingly endless range.</p> -<p>“Do we climb those peaks?” I asked the chief, -as our followers prepared the camp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_147">147</div> -<p>“There are passes between them, which we -follow for two days,” he answered, briefly. -Ketti told me they were the Hammemat -Mountains, composed of a hard, dark stone called -breccia, and that the ancient Egyptians had -quarries here, using the stone to form their -statues from.</p> -<p>From this first night the native and American -camps were separate. The Begas pitched low -tents for our use, but on their side only one -tent, for the use of Iva, was set up. The men, -including the aged chief, when they slept simply -rolled themselves in their <i>abayeh</i> or ragged -blankets and lay down upon the sand.</p> -<p>Bryonia, having brought a couple of sacks -of charcoal from Koser to use for fuel, managed -to cook us a good supper. The Bega did no -cooking, but satisfied their hunger with hard -bread and dried goat’s flesh, washed down with -a swallow or two of tepid water. We invited -Gege-Merak and Iva to join us at our meal, -but the chief curtly refused.</p> -<p>“I eat with my people,” he said.</p> -<p>This action seemed to worry the Professor -and his face grew anxious and thoughtful.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_148">148</div> -<p>“If Gege-Merak had broken bread with us, -or eaten of our salt,” he remarked, “we might -have depended upon his faithfulness at all times. -It is a rather suspicious circumstance, to my -mind, that he refuses to join us.”</p> -<p>“I don’t trust him at all,” said I.</p> -<p>“Nor do I,” added Uncle Naboth. “Seemed -to me, first time I spotted the rascal, that he -was playin’ a deep game. Don’t you think it was -foolish, Professor, to pay him all that money?”</p> -<p>“Not at all. If we had refused to pay it he -might have robbed us of it on the journey. Now -he knows he can get nothing more from us until -we return to the ship. That will be our salvation, -I imagine. To get the balance of his payment -he’ll be sure to return.”</p> -<p>“But he doesn’t agree to bring us all back -with him,” observed Archie, musingly. “He’ll -be entitled to the money, just the same, if a few -of us are killed.”</p> -<p>“That matter,” said Ned Britton, grimly, “we -must attend to ourselves. There are nine o’ us -to six o’ them copperheads, for the girl don’t -count. So I guess they’ll think twice afore they -attacks us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_149">149</div> -<p>“I don’t fear any open rupture,” replied -Van Dorn, with a moody glance toward the Bega -camp. “What we must guard against is -treachery. If the chief had eaten with us I -should have feared nothing; but I know the ways -of these Begas, and it will be best for us to set -a guard every night while we sleep.”</p> -<p>“Why, there’s nothing to murder us for at -present,” I objected. “When we get the -treasure, if we ever do, it will be another matter. -Just now—”</p> -<p>“Jest now,” interrupted Uncle Naboth, “we’ll -keep on the safe side and take the Perfessor’s -hint. Snakes is snakes, an’ you can’t tell when -they’re a-goin’ to strike. Let’s set a watch -nights, from now on.”</p> -<p>The suggestion was a reasonable one, and -we determined to follow it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_150">150</div> -<h2 id="c10"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER X.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">DEEP IN THE DESERT SANDS.</span></h2> -<p>The second day’s journey was through wild -passes of the Hammemat, among which we might -easily have become bewildered and lost our way -had not Gege-Merak’s knowledge of the -mountains enabled him to guide us accurately. -We passed an old Egyptian mine and, soon after, -the quarries which they had abandoned centuries -ago, and at evening came to the famous -well of Bir-Hammemat, the curb of which is -sixteen feet in diameter. Here we made our -camp, and so wild was the spot that we kept -a constant though secret watch throughout the -night. The Bega, however, seemed to harbor -no thoughts of treachery, and although they -made their camp on the opposite side of the well -from our own they neither by look nor action -gave us cause to suspect their loyalty.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_151">151</div> -<p>We emerged among the foothills on the third -day, and before noon passed a landmark in the -way of an old Roman well, now dry and -abandoned. It had once been a large cavity, -walled up with huge layers of stone, and I -imagined it must originally have been very deep, -too, for even yet the rubbish in its bottom was -a good fifteen feet from the curb. I glanced -at the place carelessly enough as we passed, -never dreaming of the tragedy soon to be enacted -there.</p> -<p>Pushing on at excellent speed we mounted -more rocky hills, here composed of yellow and -red Nubian sandstone and granite. Just at -sundown we reached the Pass of Mutrok without -incident.</p> -<p>The Professor was excellently satisfied with -our progress.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_152">152</div> -<p>“Four hours across the desert from here,” -he told us at supper, “lies the small village of -Laketa, which is but four hours more from -Luxor. The treasure lies some two hours’ -journey from Laketa, toward Karnak, and my -plan is to halt at the village, when we reach -it, and leave our native escort there. I can -guide you myself from Laketa, so only the -Americans shall go to the place where the -treasure lies hid. We shall take with us the two -extra camels, and when we rejoin the Bega -we must keep these camels constantly with our -party, and refuse to tell the chief or any of his -followers what load they bear. This is a -necessary precaution, I assure you. So far our -journey has been uneventful, but once we have -secured the treasure we must exercise exceptional -caution and vigilance until we get it safely aboard -the ship.”</p> -<p>This was good and timely advice, we well -knew, and Van Dorn’s plan seemed practical -enough. Before leaving the ship our sailmaker -had prepared several large canvas bags for -holding the treasure, and the Professor had -brought along a supply of sealing-wax with which -to seal up the treasure in the bags until it was -delivered on board the ship and could be -appraised and divided between us. According -to his recollection of the cavity and its size Van -Dorn judged that two camels would be ample -to transport all its contents.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_153">153</div> -<p>During this third day the Bega had seemed -to regard us with less friendly glances than -before, and just as we dismounted at the camp -an unpleasant incident occurred that for a time -promised open rupture between us.</p> -<p>One of the camels having gone lame during -the afternoon, Iva had been transferred from -her own beast to that of the chief, riding behind -whom she finished the journey in no very -comfortable manner. The girl, proud and -reserved, speaking seldom and then only in -monosyllables, seemed wholly out of place in this -caravan of men, and we realized that the chief’s -absurd superstition about her was responsible -for much of her sullen behavior.</p> -<p>Iva had ridden in a cramped position until -her limbs were numbed, and as she slid off the -kneeling camel she stumbled and fell awkwardly -against the chief. In sudden rage Gege-Merak -turned and struck her a blow on the side of her -head, and the next instant he found himself -tumbling headlong to the earth. For Archie had -happened to stand near, and seeing the outrageous -act had bowled over the great Gege-Merak -as coolly as if he had been a school-boy.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_154">154</div> -<p>Even before the chief could rise the Bega had -sprung at us with drawn knives and leveled -pistols; but Gege-Merak, hearing their shout -of rage, rolled over and held up an arm in -warning. They slunk back, then, while Ketti -assisted the ancient chief to his feet. He was -unhurt, for his mummified little form was tough -as leather. Neither had Iva been much injured -by the blow she had received, for she stood by -quiet and submissive to all appearances. But -I had caught a fierce gleam in her dark eyes that -proved she secretly resented her brutal treatment. -The sharp edge of one of her clumsy ear ornaments -had cut her cheek, and two or three tiny -drops of blood trickled down her face; but this -was unimportant. She well knew Gege-Merak -would take good care not to seriously endanger -her health or life, even in a fit of temper, as long -as his superstition regarding her held sway. But -a kick, a blow, or a bitter epithet was often her -portion.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_155">155</div> -<p>This was not the end of the incident. After -supper and during the brief Egyptian twilight -Ketti came to us with a message from the chief. -He asked us to kill Archie before morning and -expose his body to be torn and devoured by the -jackals, that the insult to Gege-Merak’s dignity -be avenged.</p> -<p>We greeted the request with a roar of laughter, -and Archie declared he would run across and -punch the old fellow’s nose for his impudence. -Ketti, who was less a barbarian than any of his -tribe, in our opinion, was still too dense to understand -our answer until we said frankly that -we fully approved what Archie had done and -had no intention of punishing him.</p> -<p>“Then,” said the messenger, “you must deliver -him to our chief, who will satisfy his vengeance -according to our customs.”</p> -<p>“See here, Ketti,” I replied; “you’re a good -fellow, and I’ll explain to you our position. The -poorest American is of higher rank than the most -important Bega that lives, and your Gege-Merak -is merely our servant, having accepted our pay. -Aside from that, we Americans won’t allow any -woman of any race to be abused in our presence, -and you might tell your wicked old chief that -if he dares to touch the girl again while in our -company, we’ll tie him up and horsewhip him.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_156">156</div> -<p>Ketti listened to this speech with keen interest. -Perhaps he secretly approved our stand, for his -expression was thoughtful rather than angry.</p> -<p>“Do not send this message by me, Effendi,” -said he, in a low voice. “It will mean to fight, -and that must not be—for we are friends.”</p> -<p>“Are we, Ketti?” I inquired, doubtfully.</p> -<p>“I am your friend,” answered the warrior, -evasively. “But our chief is proud, for he is the -father of all the Bega of Egypt, our tribe being -the head tribe of our people, and the Arabs and -Turks have taught us that the whites are but -dogs, and have no rank. It will make danger -for you to defy Gege-Merak tonight. Tell him -you will punish the Archie-boy when you reach -your ship, in your own way, which is to cut him -in pieces and feed him to the fishes; once we -knew a ship-sailor who did that and the promise -will make Gege-Merak content.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_157">157</div> -<p>“Very well, Ketti,” broke in the Professor, -nervously; “deliver that or any other message -you like, and we’ll remember your friendship -when we get back to Koser. Say anything to -your chief that will restore peace between us, for -we must remain friends.”</p> -<p>Ketti nodded understandingly and returned to -his people. Doubtless he promised the old ruffian -that we would take ample vengeance upon our -companion, for we could hear his voice declaiming -loudly our reply before all the tribesmen. -Gege-Merak’s dignity was thus restored at little -expense to us, and we heard no more of the -matter. The incident, however, showed us that -we stood in a delicate position and that our -protective escort might at any moment become -our most vindictive enemy.</p> -<p>Next morning we slept late and resumed our -journey at leisure. The Professor told the chief -that we should not require his escort beyond the -village of Laketa. He might remain there with -his band and rest until we were ready to begin -the return journey, probably upon the following -day. Gege-Merak listened quietly and made no -comment beyond saying that his people were -our servants and that to hear was to obey—an -Oriental figure of speech that meant nothing -at all.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_158">158</div> -<p>After leaving the mountains a series of low -bleak hills had been encountered, and about the -middle of this forenoon we reached the ruins of -the old Roman hydrauma, or caravan station, -long since abandoned. Three miles farther -brought us within sight of Laketa, a small group -of mud huts occupying an oasis which boasted -two small wells and five palm trees.</p> -<p>We were at the village before noon, and found -ourselves greeted by a dozen Bisharin, men, -women, and children. They were small, skinny -people, naked except for a loin cloth, and having -bushy hair saturated with foul smelling grease. -The Bisharin claim kinship to the Bega nation, -but are much inferior in physique or intelligence -to the Ababdeh who formed our escort. They -are great thieves, as are all these gypsy Bedouins, -but, too cowardly to fight in the open, they -prefer to creep upon their victims unobserved -and stick a knife or short spear into their backs.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_159">159</div> -<p>These natives of Laketa, however, lived so -near to Luxor and civilization that they had lost -much of their native fierceness and were a cowed -and humble group. They welcomed Gege-Merak -joyously, knowing him as a great chief; but they -stood more in awe of us than they did of their -visiting allies. The Professor assured us that -we had nothing to fear from them. He had often -been to this village with Lovelace, during the -time they were engaged upon their tedious search -for the treasure, and the Bisharin knew him and -treated the little “red-beard” with profound -respect.</p> -<p>We made our camp beside one of the wells, -while our escort encamped beside the other, -situated on the opposite side of the group of huts. -During the afternoon we rested from the fatigue -of our journey and perfected our plans, canvassing -all matters of detail in the presence of our -entire party, so that every man, even to black -Bry, might understand exactly what our -intentions were and what work would probably -be required of them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_160">160</div> -<p>We informed Gege-Merak that we should ride -that evening to a place near Luxor, where the -Professor would gather his belongings and pack -them on the two extra camels. Most of us would -return during the night or at daybreak; all would -again be assembled at the oasis by noon, when -the return journey would be begun. We should -camp the next night at our old station in the -mountain pass, which could easily be reached -before dark.</p> -<p>It was all simple and easily understood, and -the chief appeared to be satisfied with the -arrangement. We had an early supper and at -sundown our band of Americans departed, taking -the direction of Luxor and using as a landmark -the low hill called Tel-Ambra, lying southward -of the village. The Bega gathered in a silent -group to watch us move slowly over the desert, -but night soon fell and they must have shortly -lost sight of us in the gloom.</p> -<p>The Professor knew this territory by heart. -There was no moon, and even the stars lacked -their usual brilliance because of fleecy clouds that -moved swiftly across the sky—an unusual sight -in Egypt. Such clouds, when they appear, -contain no moisture, but are what are called -“smoke clouds.” There was plenty of light to -guide us, however, so the Professor was sure -of his route.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_161">161</div> -<p>In an hour and a half we passed around the -base of Tel-Ambra, which is a barren rock -cropping out of the desert, some twenty feet in its -highest part and about half a mile in circumference. -Skirting this rock we turned abruptly -to the north, altering our course decidedly, for -our first direction was only undertaken to deceive -the Bega.</p> -<p>Thirty minutes of this northerly course brought -us in sight of a group of three straggling palms -which showed like black streaks against the sky; -but now the Professor called a sudden halt, and -I could hear him storming and cursing in low -but tense tones as he sat his camel and glanced -around him observantly.</p> -<p>“What’s wrong, sir?” I asked, coming to his -side.</p> -<p>“That scoundrelly Arab, Abdul Hashim, has -rebuilt his village,” he answered, with evident -chagrin. “The police tore down every wall and -scattered the stones far and wide; but here they -are piled up again to form houses, and even the -roofs of some are newly thatched.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_162">162</div> -<p>He pointed away to the left, and the stars -being bright at the time I had no trouble in -perceiving that we had halted a few hundred -yards from a native village. But it was black -and seemed deserted.</p> -<p>“What does it matter?” I asked, impatiently. -“We can surely keep away from Abdul Hashim -and his people until morning, and by that time -we ought to have gained possession of the -treasure.”</p> -<p>The Professor shook his head, doubtfully; but -he gave the command to march and we hurried -away from this dangerous vicinity and -approached the group of palms. The feet of the -camels made no noise on the desert sands and our -people were all too anxious and intent upon the -adventure to speak unnecessarily; so like shadows -we passed through the shifting and ghostly light -that reached us from the stars, and soon gained -our destination.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_163">163</div> -<p>I had often wondered, in thinking upon the -subject, how the Professor would be again -enabled to locate with any degree of accuracy -the buried treasure, situated as it was in a barren -spot where the sand drove over it with every -breeze. So now I watched him curiously as he -dismounted at the palms and, drawing a line -from one of the trees to another, seemed to pick -out a star straight ahead to guide him and began -pacing his way regularly over the desert. He -gained an absolute regularity of pace in an -amusing and ingenious, yet simple manner, -attaching a cord from one of his ankles to the -other, after carefully measuring its length. -Consequently all his paces were mathematically -equal, or could vary but slightly.</p> -<p>The rest of us followed him silently. I tried -at first to count the number of paces, but from -my high seat presently lost track of the count. -But I had no idea it would matter to us; we -should never be likely to visit this weird spot a -second time.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_164">164</div> -<p>At last the Professor came to a sudden halt -and held up his hand. We leaped from our -camels without waiting for them to kneel and -two of our sailors promptly produced shovels -from their panniers and began to dig in the spot -the Professor indicated. They worked with -steady industry, you may be sure, and we took -turns relieving them at the task, for shoveling -sand is by no means an easy job.</p> -<p>After going a certain depth without finding the -granite slab we began making our pit wider, and -within an hour a shovel wielded by Bryonia -bounded back with a metallic sound that told -us the search had finally been successful.</p> -<p>While the men quickly cleared away the -remaining sand, disclosing three bronze rings -imbedded in an oblong slab of granite, I could -not help marveling at the Professor’s cleverness -in locating the spot so accurately after several -weeks of absence.</p> -<p>“It is a matter of simple mathematics,” he -explained, while he watched the sand fly with -eager eyes. “The only thing that could interfere -with my calculations would be the removal of -the palm trees. But I did not fear that, as they -are centuries old.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_165">165</div> -<p>The big stone was now cleared of sand. The -three sailors and Ned Britton stooped and put -their shoulders to the slab, raising the ponderous -weight slowly but surely until it stood upright -on its edge. Then the Professor knelt down and -with nervous haste threw out the padding of -dried rushes and the thick layers of rotted -mummy cloth that covered the contents of the -vault.</p> -<p>Now, more gently, he began removing a -number of bandaged cylinders, something like -eighteen inches long and six inches in diameter. -These, I supposed, were the rolls of papyrus bark -that told the history of that dark period of Egypt -between the Sixth and Twelfth Dynasties. From -the tenderness with which Van Dorn handled -these rolls—which he rewrapped in new canvas, -sealed securely and then handed to Ned to be -placed in one of the panniers—I had no doubt -he considered them the most valuable and important -part of the treasure. There were sixteen -rolls; all of them, according to our bargain, Van -Dorn’s personal property. After these had been -cared for the Professor threw aside another -layer of bandages and then, at last, the more -tangible wealth of the powerful priests of Karnak -was revealed to our wondering eyes.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_166">166</div> -<p>Under the dim stars we could see the sparkle -of many rich jewels and the gleam of a vast store -of golden vases, exquisitely worked; of many -chains, bracelets and other ornaments; of pearls -and precious stones. Indeed, the pit seemed full -of the queer and valuable things.</p> -<p>Van Dorn did not pause an instant to admire -this gorgeous sight. He took one of the canvas -sacks which Ned handed him and began filling -it with the jewels. It was difficult to see just -what they were, but the Professor took all that -came to his hand and soon had filled the sack. -He tied its mouth securely and brought out his -sealing wax. When he lighted a match to melt -the wax its rays illumined the pit, and I drew -a deep breath of wonder at the splendor that met -my eyes.</p> -<p>“Ah; treasure!” said a soft voice beside me.</p> -<p>Startled, we all sprang up at the words and -found squatting beside the pit the form of the -withered Bega chief, Gege-Merak.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_167">167</div> -<h2 id="c11"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XI.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">TAKING CHANCES.</span></h2> -<p>The Professor gave a cry of positive terror, -and before it was well out of his throat Ned -Britton had made a leap and pinioned the chief -to the ground with the weight of his huge form.</p> -<p>We were all greatly startled; and dismayed, -as well, for it seemed that in spite of all our -precautions Gege-Merak had spied upon us and -the secret of the treasure now extended to him—the -most uncomfortable confederate, from our -standpoint, we could possibly have gained. -Already an enemy, and more powerful in this -country, his own, than we were; animated by the -unscrupulous cupidity of his race and reckless—as -his people are—of any consequences that -follow lawless acts, Gege-Merak was the last -person we would have chosen to share our important -secret. The worst feature of the whole -matter was that we ourselves were defying the -laws of Egypt in stealthily removing this vast -hoard, hidden by Egyptian priests long before -the present rulers had ever set foot in the land. -If the government suspected our act we should -all be summarily imprisoned.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_168">168</div> -<p>No doubt the Bega chief knew very well our -predicament, and that we could not appeal to the -authorities whatever injury he might inflict upon -us; so he would be inclined to fight us for the -possession of the treasure, if any dependence -could be placed upon the native character. If we -tried to compromise, then a large share of our -find must go to Gege-Merak; but he was not -likely to be satisfied with a little.</p> -<p>These thoughts doubtless flashed across every -mind in the pause that followed Ned’s capture -of the spy. I know, anyway, that they passed -rapidly through my own mind, and appalled me.</p> -<p>Two of the sailors had sprung forward to assist -the mate, and now they produced several lengths -of cord from their pockets—every sailor carries -such things—and the chief was soon fast bound -and laid upon the sand a few paces away. One -of the sailors was left sitting beside him as a -guard.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_169">169</div> -<p>While the Professor nervously continued to -fill the canvas bags from the pit and to seal each -one securely, we counselled together in whispers -as to the best method of dealing with Gege-Merak. -The sailors and Bryonia loaded the sacks -into the panniers of the camels, which were -strongly woven of rushes, as fast as they were -filled and sealed, and still the pit seemed to -contain as many jewels and precious stones as had -been removed. We began to tremble with a -realization of the hugeness of the treasure, and -to understand that in spite of our ample provision -to carry it, some must be left behind. But that -meant turning it over to the chief, who now -knew its location, unless——</p> -<p>“Gege-Merak must die!” growled the little -Professor, through his teeth. His face was pale -and his eyes were glittering with excitement.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_170">170</div> -<p>Some of us breathed deeply; but none made -reply in words. I dreaded the necessity as much -as any one could, but saw clearly that the chief’s -death was inevitable. It meant not only our -protection, but perhaps our salvation. We were -now burdened with too vast a store of wealth -to be safe on the desert for a single moment, -if Gege-Merak was to be at large to dog our steps.</p> -<p>We now implored the Professor to return the -papyrus rolls to the cavity and take instead more -of the treasure; but Van Dorn obstinately refused.</p> -<p>“It is my own share, and you have agreed -I should take it,” said he. “There are millions -in gold and precious gems, besides; isn’t that -enough to satisfy you?”</p> -<p>“But this may be our last chance at the -treasure,” replied Uncle Naboth, anxiously.</p> -<p>The Professor gave him a queer look. It -seemed defiant and half threatening, but -a moment later he dropped his head to resume his -work.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_171">171</div> -<p>“That’s nonsense,” he snapped, wrathfully. -“The stuff has lain here for ages, and what -we now leave will remain in safety until we can -come again—unless we give Gege-Merak a chance -to grab it. We mustn’t do that, gentlemen. -If the chief lives he will never allow us to reach -the ship again; you may be sure of that. We’ve -had evidence already of his grasping disposition. -It’s our lives against his, now, and we must not -hesitate to save ourselves.”</p> -<p>“Bring the chief here, Cunningham,” called -Uncle Naboth, peering through the gloom where -our sailor sat upon the sand guarding his prisoner.</p> -<p>Cunningham did not move, and Uncle Naboth -called again. Then Joe ran across to him, bent -over, and gave a cry that raised us all to our -feet in an instant.</p> -<p>“The man’s dead!” he shouted. “Gege-Merak -is gone!”</p> -<p>It was true enough. The wily chief had -managed to slip his bonds and plunge a knife -to the heart of his unsuspecting guard before -he crawled away into the night and escaped.</p> -<p>We were horrified at the disaster. Our fears -had now become realities, and as we looked -gravely into one another’s eyes under the dim -stars we realized that our lives were in deadly -peril.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_172">172</div> -<p>“You’re a lot of clods—of duffers—of fools!” -screamed the Professor, stamping the ground -in furious rage. “You deserve to die for being -so clumsy; you deserve to lose the treasure you -are not clever enough to guard! Bah! to think -I have leagued myself with idiots!”</p> -<p>Archie grabbed him by the shoulder and gave -him a good shaking.</p> -<p>“Shut up, you red-whiskered ape!” he said, -menacingly. “Keep a civil tongue in your head, -or I’ll skin you alive!”</p> -<p>We were all irritated and unnerved, and I -tried to quiet both Archie and Van Dorn, and to -bring them to a more reasonable frame of mind.</p> -<p>“It’s no use crying over spilt milk,” said -I. “Let’s face the peril like men, and do our best -to get the treasure safely to the ship. Even -if Gege-Merak gets the rest, we have a fortune -already.”</p> -<p>“He’ll get that, too,” groaned the Professor. -“The chief has more cunning than the whole -crowd of you.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_173">173</div> -<p>The two camels were now heavily loaded with -the sealed canvas sacks containing the treasure -and the library of historic papyri. We next -strapped the four panniers to the two beasts—one -on either side of each camel—and Van Dorn -with the remainder of his wax smeared the -buckles so that if the panniers were opened or -tampered with we should speedily know the fact. -He did not trust us wholly, it seemed, nor did -we fully trust him. The man had been acting -ugly of late, and the fact that we had no chance -to examine any of the treasure we had so quickly -thrust into the sacks made it necessary that the -seals remain intact until we could open them -in safety and in each other’s presence.</p> -<p>Having now secured all of the ancient deposit -of wealth that we could carry, we held a solemn -conference to determine our future movements. -The Professor, who had calmed down somewhat -but was still sullen, admitted that with proper -caution we might find our way back to Koser -over the same route by which we had come. The -only puzzling part of the trail was that which -lay through the intricate passes of the Hammemat -mountains, and we were willing to chance -finding the right path because we had no option -but to undertake the risk. From being our guide -Gege-Merak had now become our most dreaded -foe. We were better armed than the chief’s -band, and outnumbered it, although three of our -party were only boys. Aside from an ambush -or an unexpected addition to the chief’s party -we might hope to hold our own against him -in a declared warfare.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_174">174</div> -<p>If we could have started at once on our return -journey our chances of reaching the <i>Seagull</i> -in safety might have been better; but it was -necessary for Archie to visit Luxor and deliver -his father’s goods to the merchants who had -ordered them, and to receive payment on delivery. -This necessitated a delay which could not -be avoided even under the present trying -circumstances.</p> -<p>Van Dorn assured us that by morning we -could plainly see the outlines of Karnak and -Luxor across the desert, and he said the journey -could be made in three hours. If Archie started -at daybreak he could reach Luxor in time for -breakfast and by concluding his business as soon -as possible ought to be able to rejoin our party -by noon.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_175">175</div> -<p>But Archie did not relish going alone upon -this mission, and I had grown to like the young -fellow so well that I offered to accompany him. -It was decided all of us should move around the -base of Tel-Ambra, after concealing every trace -of our visit to the pit, and there encamp to await -our return from Luxor.</p> -<p>We had to bury poor Cunningham in the sand; -but we dug him a deep grave and wrapped him -in two blankets in lieu of a proper coffin. The -stone having been dropped to cover the cavity -and the sand piled in and smoothed above it, we -marched across to Tel-Ambra and came to a halt -well on the other side of it. Here we speedily -made camp and appointed Bryonia and Ned -Britton to watch while we lay down to sleep.</p> -<p>I was so excited by the occurrences of the night -that I could not compose myself to slumber for -some time, but lay awake and watched Van -Dorn, who, also restless, paced up and down -in the sands apparently in deep thought. He had -grown moody and unsociable, and since his -violent exhibition of temper I had come to dislike -him more than ever.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_176">176</div> -<p>When dawn came creeping over the desert -I sprang up and aroused Archie. The others -were mostly awake, I found, and while we -munched a little food Joe came to me and begged -to travel to Luxor in our company.</p> -<p>Ned Britton, who had now assumed military -command of our party, thought there would -be no greater danger to the others and more -safety to Archie and me if Joe accompanied us; -so Uncle Naboth’s consent was obtained and -we three mounted our camels and set off at -a brisk pace toward Luxor, the outlines of which -city the Professor pointed out.</p> -<p>The morning air of the desert was crisp and -invigorating, and so fresh were our camels that -in two and a half hours we reached the Karnak -road and soon after clattered into the streets -of Luxor.</p> -<p>It is an odd town, a mingling of the modern -and ancient. On the bank of the Nile stands the -ruin of the great temple so famous in history, -its many rows of lotus-capped columns rising -toward the sky in magnificent array. Beside the -monster temple is a litter of mud huts; across -the way is the wall surrounding the fine modern -Hotel Luxor, and against this wall on all sides -are rows of booths occupied by the Greek, -Syrian, and Arab merchants as bazars.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_177">177</div> -<p>When we arrived and inquired for the merchants -with whom Archie was to deal, we found -their shops still closed; so we entered the grounds -of the hotel, left our camels at the stables, hired -a dray to fetch Archie’s boxes from the railway -station, and then treated ourselves to a good -breakfast served in civilized fashion. By the -time it was finished the boxes were waiting in -a cart outside, and the merchants, we found, had -arrived at their shops and were anxious to -examine the goods.</p> -<p>We realized the necessity of making haste and -so accepted the invitation of a Syrian dealer -to open our boxes in a big vacant room back -of his bazar. We admitted only the two men -who had ordered the goods, although a group -of curious natives wished to enter with us, and -soon Archie, Joe, and I had the cases open and -the goods spread out for examination.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_178">178</div> -<p>The Syrian and his fellow merchant, a gray-bearded -Greek, gravely inspected and approved -the clever imitations of ancient scarabs, charms, -figures, urns, and the like, that had been “made -in America” to deceive American tourists in -Egypt; but when Archie demanded to be paid -the price agreed upon they both demurred, -claiming the trinkets were not worth the sum -asked.</p> -<p>Archie was indignant and threatened to box -up the goods again and ship them to Cairo; and -then began the inevitable bargaining that is so -tedious but necessary in dealing with the -Egyptians.</p> -<p>While my friend, who proved no unskillful -bargainer, was engaged in this occupation -I chanced to glance toward the one dirty window -in the place and saw a man standing outside who -instantly riveted my attention. He was tall and -stately, with a calm, handsome face and steady -eyes, and while he gazed in upon us it suddenly -flashed across me that I had seen this Arab before—standing -on the quay at Alexandria and staring -at the <i>Seagull</i> as we had sailed out of the harbor.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_179">179</div> -<p>Yes; it was indeed Abdul Hashim, the Professor’s -most bitter enemy; and as this fact was -revealed to me I remembered the peril of our -friends awaiting us on the desert and turned -impatiently to Archie to ask him to hasten.</p> -<p>As I spoke the eyes of the Arab outside turned -toward mine and, perhaps seeing my glance of -recognition, he turned and disappeared.</p> -<p>“Archie,” I said in a low voice, “for heaven’s -sake end this squabbling. Too much depends -on our prompt return to quarrel over a few -beastly piasters.”</p> -<p>He seemed to realize this, for he quickly closed -with the offers of the merchants and they paid -him the sum he had agreed to take in English -bank notes and gold. While the money was -being counted out I saw Abdul Hashim again -at the window, his greedy eyes feasting upon the -money; and this made me more nervous than -before. I quickly made my way outside and -moved around to the window, but the Arab had -disappeared and I failed to find him in any of the -neighboring streets.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_180">180</div> -<p>I told Archie and Joe of my discovery, and -that Abdul Hashim had seen us receive the -money. The tale alarmed my friends, but after -a moment’s thought Archie decided what to do. -We went at once to Cook’s banking office, which -was in the hotel building, and there Archie -exchanged his gold and notes for a draft on the -bank’s American correspondents, for the full -amount. The paper he placed in his stocking, -flat on the sole of his foot, and then he drew -on his boot with a sigh of relief.</p> -<p>“If it is stolen,” said he, “no one can cash -it but my father; but I’d like to see the Arab -or Bega clever enough to find the draft where -I’ve hidden it. Come on, boys; we’re free now; -so let’s hurry back to our party and the -treasure.”</p> -<p>The camels had been watered and fed by the -hotel attendants, and we hastened to mount them -and start on our return journey. As we left the -town it was a little after eleven o’clock, for much -valuable time had been consumed in settling -Archie’s business.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_181">181</div> -<p>“But it’s what I came to Egypt for,” said -he, “and father would be wild if I neglected the -business he sent me on, even to get a share of that -treasure. As it is I’m afraid he’ll think me a poor -hand at a bargain, to take less than was agreed -upon.”</p> -<p>“There’s no trusting to the word of these -native merchants,” I remarked, as we sped away -over the sands. “How much did you manage -to get for that rubbish, Archie?”</p> -<p>“About twenty-five hundred dollars. But -I ought to have had three thousand.”</p> -<p>“And what did it cost to make the stuff?” -I inquired, curiously.</p> -<p>“Oh, the material is mostly mud, you know; -but the molds and the workmanship are expensive. -With the freight and my own expenses added, -the finished product cost us nearly nine hundred -dollars.”</p> -<p>“Not a bad deal, then,” said I, with a laugh. -“Your father will find himself a bit richer, -anyhow.”</p> -<p>“But think of what those rascally merchants -will make!” he exclaimed indignantly. “The -scarabs, which cost them about half a cent each, -they’ll sell for twenty piasters—and that’s a -whole dollar!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_182">182</div> -<p>“Say, boys,” observed Joe, quietly, “we’re -being followed.”</p> -<p>We turned quickly in our saddles at this -startling news, and a glance told us Joe was -right. Coming toward us in a cloud of dust, -from the direction of Luxor, were several camels -and donkeys. Already they were near enough -for us to see that they were ridden by a band -of Arabs, who were urging the animals to their -best speed.</p> -<p>We pricked up our camels with the sharpened -sticks provided for that purpose, and with groans -of protest the supple beasts threw out their hoofs -and fairly flew over the sands.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_183">183</div> -<h2 id="c12"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">ABDUL HASHIM EXPLAINS.</span></h2> -<p>Far ahead we could see the outlines of Tel-Ambra -standing clear against the blue sky, and -toward this we headed, for our friends would -be there awaiting us.</p> -<p>Our pursuers also redoubled their pace, and -it became a set race in which only the endurance -of our animals was of importance. The camels -we rode were among the best of Gege-Merak’s -herd, and we saw with satisfaction that they -could easily keep the distance between ourselves -and the Arabs.</p> -<p>Gradually the mound grew nearer and we -strained our eyes to discover Uncle Naboth and -his party, who should be near its base. Perhaps -they were on the other side, and had not observed -our approach. The quick pace was beginning -to tell on our camels, which all breathed heavily; -but on we dashed at full speed, for the remaining -distance was short.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_184">184</div> -<p>We reached the base of the hill, skirted it -without slacking rein, and then with a sense of -dismay realized that we were alone upon the -desert—save for that grim and relentless band -following in our wake.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth, the Professor, Ned Britton, the -sailors and Bry—even the camels with the -treasure—had all been swallowed up by the -mysterious waste of sands.</p> -<p>And now we three boys, left to our fate, must -show the mettle we were made of. We halted -our panting camels, backed them against a rocky -cliff of Tel-Ambra, and hastily unslung our -repeating rifles.</p> -<p>“Don’t let us be captured without a struggle, -boys,” I exclaimed.</p> -<p>“We’ll fight while there’s a bullet left or a -breath in us,” responded Archie, promptly.</p> -<p>“All right, fellows, if you say so,” said Joe, -strapping on his cartridge belt; “but it seems -to me you’re making a mistake.”</p> -<p>“How so?” I asked, rather indignantly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_185">185</div> -<p>“Look at them,” said Joe. The Arabs had -halted just out of range, but we could count their -numbers now. “There are about twenty of the -rascals, and they’re all armed. We can’t hope -to beat them in a fight. We can kill a few, of -course, but they’ll down us in the end. And -what then? Why, they’ll be mad as hornets, and -want revenge. It’s natural. But as it now stands -we are not the enemies of these heathens, as I can -see, having had no dealings with them. I understand -they want to rob us, for they think we’ve -got the money those merchants paid Archie—that -beast Abdul Hashim is at the head of them. But -if we submit quietly to being searched they won’t -find any money and they’ll scarcely dare kill -us for disappointing them.”</p> -<p>“I don’t know about that,” said Archie, eyeing -the foe fiercely. “I’ve heard Van Dorn say these -Arabs will kill a Christian as calmly as they’ll eat -a dinner. They think a good Mahommedan will -gain paradise by killing an infidel dog. And -besides that, if they try to rob us and then let -us go our ways, they’ll be afraid we will make -trouble for them with the police. No, Joe; it’s -robbery they mean first, and murder afterward; -you can rely upon that.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_186">186</div> -<p>“Maybe so, sir,” answered Joe. “But I was -just looking for our one chance. To fight means -sure death; to give in quietly means a hope for -life—not a great hope, sir, but one just big -enough to hang your hat on. If you say fight, -I’m with you. If you say be foxy and try -diplomacy, I’ll like it better.”</p> -<p>“Humph!” said I, partly convinced. “Perhaps -Joe’s right.”</p> -<p>“I’m sure he is,” responded Archie, frankly. -“But I hate to see those beggars down us so -easily.”</p> -<p>“Discretion is the better part of valor,” -I quoted, pompously; yet I longed to fight, too.</p> -<p>“We aren’t giving in, fellows,” declared Joe; -“we’re just playing our best cards in the game, -and it isn’t our fault if we don’t hold all trumps. -Come on; don’t let’s act like cowards, or even -whipped curs. Let’s go to meet them—and, say, -put up your rifles. We won’t show any force, -but try to smile and look pleasant.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_187">187</div> -<p>The Arabs had been conversing together, -evidently trying to decide how to attack us. They -knew if they came within range of our rifles some -of them would be shot down, and since they now -had us safely snared they might take time to -figure out the problem.</p> -<p>Had there been any hope of our overtaking -our friends I should have advised keeping the -Arabs at bay as long as possible. But as far -as the eye could reach, in every direction, the -desert was deserted save by the two groups at -Tel-Ambra. What, I questioned, anxiously, -could have induced my uncle and Ned Britton -to desert us? Such an act was wholly unlike -them, and there must indeed have been a powerful -reason behind it. At present it was all a profound -mystery to us, and we had no time to make -an attempt to unravel the web.</p> -<p>Thinking Joe’s counsel good, in the circumstances, -we started our camels and advanced -leisurely toward the Arabs. They were startled -at first, expecting a fight; then, as they saw our -rifles slung over our shoulders, they became -puzzled by our audacity and amazed at our boldness. -But they stood in a motionless group -awaiting our approach, and as we drew near to -them I, being slightly in advance of the other two, -said in a voice which I strove to render calm:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_188">188</div> -<p>“Good day, gentlemen. Can you tell us the -way to the village of Laketa? I’m afraid we’ve -missed the trail.”</p> -<p>The Arabs looked at us stupidly a moment, and -then Abdul Hashim spurred his donkey—a -strong, thin limbed beast—toward me and -touched his turban. His gesture indicated respect, -but his steady eyes were as unfathomable -as a pool at midnight.</p> -<p>“The blessing of Allah be thine, Effendi,” said -he. “What is your errand at Laketa?”</p> -<p>“To rejoin the rest of our party,” I answered -confidently.</p> -<p>“Ah, yes; your party from the ship, with the -red-bearded jackal Van Dorn at their head,” -he said, with a flash of resentment as he mentioned -the Professor.</p> -<p>“You are wrong in one thing,” said I, calmly. -“Naboth Perkins, my uncle, heads the party.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_189">189</div> -<p>“Why try to deceive us, Effendi?” asked -Abdul Hashim, in a sterner tone. “You take -me for a fool, it seems; and a fool I am not. -You would not be here—you could not be here—unless -led by the red-beard, who is a dog and -a traitor to his masters.”</p> -<p>“I don’t answer for Van Dorn,” I replied, -with a shrug. “It seems you know the Professor, -and don’t like him; but I’m sure that is none -of our business. All we ask of you is the favor -of a courteous direction to Laketa. If you will -not give this, we must proceed without it, and -find the place the best way we can.”</p> -<p>I had observed that as we conversed the band -of Arabs had crept around our group, slowly -encircling us in all directions, so that now they -fairly hemmed us in. Also their long rifles were -in their hands and their belts were stuck full -of pistols and knives. The party had been formed -for warfare, without a doubt.</p> -<p>Although noting all this I endeavored to -appear unconcerned as I awaited the sheik’s -reply.</p> -<p>The latter smiled rather grimly and said:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_190">190</div> -<p>“We will indeed be your guides, young sirs; -but not to Laketa. Forgive me if I ask for your -companionship until you have told us all I wish -to know.”</p> -<p>“And what is that, Abdul Hashim?” I asked -boldly.</p> -<p>“You know my name?”</p> -<p>“Of course. We knocked you down that -evening we rescued Van Dorn from your clutches -in Alexandria, and he told us your history. The -Professor wanted us to kill you; but we refused. -Perhaps you remember that?”</p> -<p>“I remember that I owe my life to my own -skill, and not to your mercy.” He expressed -himself in excellent English, for an Arab. But -the English have occupied Egypt for so long that -nearly all the natives have learned to speak or at -least understand our language.</p> -<p>“You have not told me what it is that you wish -to know,” I said, impatiently.</p> -<p>He looked me over with a thoughtful expression -and proceeded to examine each of my -comrades, in turn. Then he said, abruptly:</p> -<p>“You will come to my village.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_191">191</div> -<p>At once the Arabs began to move forward, and -we, being surrounded, were forced to accompany -them. They were an evil appearing lot, dirty -and hungry looking, and I did not doubt that any -one of them would murder us with much -satisfaction, merely for the pleasure of killing.</p> -<p>As for Abdul Hashim himself, I began to -perceive he was a character, and one worth -studying in other circumstances. Never have -I seen more handsome features on any man, but -they were as immobile as if carved from marble. -Any expression you might read showed in his -eyes, which he could not control so well as he did -his face. Usually they were calm as those of the -sphinx, but at times they flashed evilly—nay, even -with a gleam of madness in them—and always -they were cruel and terrible in their aspect. In -civilized countries a man like this would -be greatly dreaded; here he was an insignificant -sheik, with a handful of followers too degraded -to be of any importance.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_192">192</div> -<p>We passed around Tel-Ambra to the left and -headed for the small group of rude stone huts -which the Professor had sighted the night before -and had aroused in him such violent emotions. -The place was not far distant from the three -ancient palms, and as we rode along I glanced -over the desert to try to discover the spot where -the treasure was hid; but the endless, undulating -sands refused to reveal their secret. Indeed, the -brisk morning breeze appeared to have smoothed -away every trace of our night’s work.</p> -<p>Abdul Hashim said little until we reached his -village, which had hastily been rebuilt after the -police had demolished it. Even before then -it must have been a miserable affair; now it was -scarce worthy the name of village, or suitable for -mortal habitation. Doubtless the only object -of a settlement at this place was to waylay -travelers who crossed the desert from the Red -Sea, and I could conjecture without much chance -of going wrong that robbery had been the only -means of livelihood for its inhabitants.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_193">193</div> -<p>Entering a narrow street we were told to -dismount in front of the most important hovel the -place contained. We obeyed because we could not -well do otherwise. Abdul Hashim personally -ushered us into the dwelling, and as we entered -the Arabs slily cut the straps of our rifles and -took the weapons from us. We dared not resent -this insult, but though we made no protest in -words we were angry enough when we turned -to face the sheik, who alone had entered with us.</p> -<p>The room consisted of four bare stone walls of -uneven height, only a portion of the inclosed -space being roofed or thatched with palm -branches. Slabs and blocks of stone lay around -in all directions, as if the work of restoring the -walls was still incomplete. In one corner a black -goat with a white spot over one eye lay asleep -in the shade, and a rude bed of palm leaves stood -underneath the thatch.</p> -<p>“Now,” began our captor, in a brusk tone, -“let us come to an understanding, if you will. You -<i>gidân</i><a class="fn" id="fr_2" href="#fn_2">[2]</a> must tell me all that I wish to know, or I -will put you to sleep forever. But first I will -tell you what I already know. It is this: The -red-bearded jackal you call Van Dorn was -formerly the slave of a wise explorer named -Lovelace Pasha, who was my friend. Lovelace -Pasha sought for buried treasure in the desert, -and I gave him my assistance in return for his -promise to give me and my people a share of the -treasure, if he found where it lay. This Lovelace -was a real effendi—a gentleman—and always -to Abdul Hashim a true friend.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_194">194</div> -<p>“One night he found the treasure, and with -him at the time were two of my tribe—one being -my own brother—and the slave Van Dorn. -Lovelace Pasha took a few jewels and started -to return to my village, but the discovery had -driven Van Dorn mad. He shot my men and -killed them, and would have shot Lovelace -Pasha had he not caught and held the red-beard -and wrenched the pistol from his grasp. So my -friend bound Van Dorn with ropes and brought -him to my village, with the sad news of the crime -he had committed. Also Lovelace Pasha showed -me the jewels which he had taken, and said there -was much treasure to divide and that I should -have my share according to the compact, as I had -been faithful to him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_195">195</div> -<p>“My people, <i>gidân</i>, do not take vengeance upon -those whom Allah has smitten with madness; -so we did no harm to Van Dorn. Lovelace Pasha -declared the fellow was without mind or reason, -but offered to care for him until the morning, -as he did not fear him. So he took him into his -house and my village went to sleep.</p> -<p>“In the morning we found that another great -crime had been committed. Van Dorn had -broken his bonds, stabbed Lovelace Pasha to the -heart, robbed him of the jewels, and escaped to -Luxor. With him he carried the secret of where -the treasure lay hid, and too late we gained the -knowledge that the red-beard was not mad, -as one without reason, but merely mad to gain all -the treasure for himself and willing to kill and -defy all who stood in the way of his gaining the -vast store his master had discovered. For, mark -the cunning of the miserable thief, Effendi: this -Van Dorn told the police that I and my people -had murdered the great Lovelace Pasha, and the -governor, believing him, sent a strong force -to my village and destroyed it, declaring me and -all my tribe outlaws.</p> -<p>“Thus did the jackal add to his crimes and -prove he was not afflicted of Allah, but by the -devil of the Christians. And, tell me, would -a Christian, even, love him after this?</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_196">196</div> -<p>“I followed him secretly to Alexandria and -with some friends to assist me was about to capture -Van Dorn and make him lead us where the -treasure is hid, when he cried out in fear and -your party came to his rescue. Again he escaped -me, for you took him aboard your ship and sailed -away. I watched you, and feared that my -revenge and the secret of the treasure were both -lost to me. Then I remembered the jackal’s -slyness, and knew that some time he would return -to secure the wealth that was hid in the sands -near to my village. So I came home to watch -for him, yet I did not expect him to act so soon. -In Luxor I saw you and recognized the fact that -you belonged to the ship in which Van Dorn had -sailed away. They told me you had ridden your -camels in from the desert, therefore I knew you -had followed the trail from the Red Sea. It was -all plain enough, with a little thought. I got -my men together and followed you, as you -know.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_197">197</div> -<p>The sheik paused. He had spoken earnestly -and well, and his story bewildered us because -we had until now believed in the plausible tale -the Professor had told us. If Abdul Hashim’s -relation was true the little Professor was indeed -a diabolical scoundrel; and I had a secret conviction -that a part of it, at least, was to be -believed rather than Van Dorn’s version. But -was not Abdul Hashim also a scoundrel and -thief? You had but to look at the fellow to doubt -that there was an honest hair in his head. -Privately I decided that neither was entitled to -any share of Lovelace’s find; but however the -original discoverer had been done to death a bitter -feud had undoubtedly sprung up between Van -Dorn and the Arab—both eager to profit by -Lovelace Pasha’s murder.</p> -<p>“Tell me,” resumed the sheik, abruptly, “where -is your ship—at Koser?”</p> -<p>I nodded.</p> -<p>“And you came over the caravan route -through the mountains?”</p> -<p>I nodded again.</p> -<p>“Perhaps, then, you know when the jackal -will try to secure the treasure?” the sheik continued, -eyeing me intently.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_198">198</div> -<p>I decided there was little harm in being frank -with the man. He knew there was a treasure -and that Van Dorn was after it and would not -rest till he got it. So it would avail us nothing -to lie, and I hoped our final safety might result -from being frank and truthful.</p> -<p>“Van Dorn has already secured the treasure,” -I answered.</p> -<p>For the first time the passionate heart of the -man conquered his impassive frame. He gave -a start of dismay and his face was for an instant -contorted with fear and anger. But presently -he controlled himself with a great effort -and asked:</p> -<p>“When was this, Effendi?”</p> -<p>“Last night.”</p> -<p>“Were you with him?”</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>“Where, then, is the robber now?”</p> -<p>“I do not know. We went to Luxor on business -and our party was to wait for us at Tel-Ambra. -When we arrived they were gone.”</p> -<p>I had reminded him of something. He looked -at Archie and said:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_199">199</div> -<p>“You received some money at Luxor. This -is a dangerous place, so I will myself take care -of your money until you are in safety, or rejoin -your friends. Give it to me.”</p> -<p>Archie grinned.</p> -<p>“Why, you’re as big a thief as Van Dorn,” -he answered, easily. “But I’ve fooled you, my -good Arab. The money is now in Cook’s bank -at Luxor, and I don’t believe they’ll give it up -if you go and ask them.”</p> -<p>The Arab frowned; but perhaps he remembered -there was more important game to be -bagged, for he said no more about Archie’s -money, to the boy’s great relief.</p> -<p>“Did the jackal secure much treasure?” he -inquired, turning to me with a trace of eagerness -in his voice.</p> -<p>“Quite a lot. Enough to load two camels,” -I replied.</p> -<p>“And did any remain after that?”</p> -<p>“Plenty, as far as I could judge.”</p> -<p>“Where is the place?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_200">200</div> -<p>“I could not find it again if I tried; nor could -my companions. Van Dorn did not tell us how -to get to it. He led us there at night, and it -is still his secret as far as we are concerned.”</p> -<p>After this Abdul Hashim began to pace nervously -up and down the room, the floor of which -was hard earth. Suddenly he paused.</p> -<p>“How many people came with you from -Koser?” he demanded.</p> -<p>I was glad he asked the question that way, -for it gave me an opportunity to answer truthfully -and still mislead him.</p> -<p>“Gege-Merak, who guided us, had an escort -of six Bega warriors; in our party were nine—fifteen -in all,” said I.</p> -<p>“Gege-Merak!” he exclaimed, in an annoyed -tone, and resumed his pacing. Evidently the -news did not please him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_201">201</div> -<p>I acknowledge that I hardly knew how to -conduct myself in so strange an emergency. The -question was whether to try to make an ally of -the sheik or to defy him. It naturally worried -me to be separated from my uncle and his party -of Americans, of whose fate I now stood in -doubt. The treasure I believed to be seriously -threatened by Gege-Merak, who had so inopportunely -discovered our secret, and the chief -would have no hesitation in murdering us all if -he found an opportunity. With Abdul Hashim -on our side we might successfully defy Gege-Merak, -yet to set the Arab on the trail meant -sure death to the Professor and a loss of much -of the treasure, since the sheik would be sure -to put forward his claim for a division, under -the alleged compact existing between himself -and Lovelace.</p> -<p>Truly we Americans were in double peril, from -the Bega chief on one side and the Arab sheik on -the other; and how we might extricate ourselves -from the difficulties that beset us was a difficult -problem. If we three boys were again with Ned -and Uncle Naboth we could assist them to fight -it out, but our loss must have weakened them -greatly, and alone we three were well nigh -powerless.</p> -<p>“Fifteen,” repeated Abdul Hashim, musingly; -“fifteen. Are you Americans true men?” he then -inquired, with an appearance of earnestness.</p> -<p>“True as steel,” I said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_202">202</div> -<p>“Will they deliver Van Dorn to my vengeance?”</p> -<p>The question amused me.</p> -<p>“No, sheik; they will be true to Van Dorn, -who has been true to them. They do not know -the story you have just told me, and have no -grievance against the man.”</p> -<p>“But when they learn the truth will they deliver -him up?” he persisted.</p> -<p>“I think not. My uncle would take an American’s -word in preference to that of an Arab.”</p> -<p>“I must fight,” said Abdul Hashim, as if to -himself. “But not openly. I must meet treachery -with treachery. Very good.”</p> -<p>He stopped and looked at us with composure, -as if he had settled all difficulties in his own -mind and outlined a plan of action.</p> -<p>“I shall yet secure my treasure and my revenge,” -he continued, and then bowed low to -us and left the room. The bow was a mockery, -and we felt less assurance in the sheik’s absence -than when we faced him.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_203">203</div> -<p>But here we were, prisoners of an unscrupulous -and lawless Arab, and realizing that any -present attempt to escape would be useless, we -sat down upon the palm branches to await the -next act in the drama.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_204">204</div> -<h2 id="c13"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XIII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">PRISONERS.</span></h2> -<p>The situation was not long in developing. A -tall, dirty Arab came in with some coarse food, -which we ate because it was now the middle of -the afternoon and our long ride had made us -hungry.</p> -<p>Scarcely had we finished the meal when more -Arabs came to lead us from our quarters. We -found six camels saddled and kneeling in the -village street. Three were our own, and with -them were three others that seemed equally good—doubtless -the pick of Abdul Hashim’s animals.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_205">205</div> -<p>The sheik and two stalwart Arabs stood beside -the beasts and, as we approached, Abdul -Hashim tersely commanded us to mount. We -obeyed, selecting our own camels; I ventured to -ask if we could not have our rifles, which I saw -the sheik and his two men holding. The result -was that he not only refused my request, but -ordered us carefully searched, and so our knives -and revolvers were taken away. These the three -coolly appropriated and we were compelled to -mount.</p> -<p>Slowly we rode away from the village toward -the spot where the three aged palms reared -their fronded heads above the sands. Somewhere -near their roots there must have been -moisture, which welled up from below, but never -reached the surface of the desert. It is the only -way to account for the life of these trees amid -the sandy waste, whereon nothing else was able -to grow. Often you meet with such phenomena -in tropical climes—vegetation existing seemingly -without moisture—but there must be a rational -explanation of these remarkable occurrences.</p> -<p>Abdul Hashim seemed moody, and a frown -darkened his handsome bronzed features. When -we arrived at the palms he turned to us and -said:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_206">206</div> -<p>“I have decided to give you a full hour in -which to discover the location of the treasure. -To deny that you know where it lies is useless, -for if you fail to find it you will all three die -here. I will not be burdened with prisoners, -and I dare not set you free; so you may preserve -your lives but in one way, by finding the -treasure.”</p> -<p>This foolish speech made me very indignant -with the fellow and discovered the sheik in an -altogether new character.</p> -<p>“You must think we are a bunch of idiots!” -I exclaimed, angrily. “If you dare not set us -at liberty now, you surely would not dare do so -after we had found the treasure for you.”</p> -<p>“You may as well kill us now, without farther -trouble,” added Archie, gloomily.</p> -<p>“But that would be awkward for Abdul -Hashim,” observed Joe, with a quiet smile. -“Have we not warned the Cadi<a class="fn" id="fr_3" href="#fn_3">[3]</a> at Luxor that -we saw the sheik at the window of the bazar, -and that we feared mischief at his hands? And -did not the Cadi promise us that if harm came -to us he would take vengeance on Abdul -Hashim?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_207">207</div> -<p>I looked at Joe admiringly. It was all pure -invention, but I could see that the remark impressed -the sheik and caused him to waver in -his purpose.</p> -<p>“The death of Abdul Hashim won’t help us -after we are murdered,” remarked Archie, with -a grin of appreciation.</p> -<p>“But it will be a satisfaction, nevertheless, to -our friends,” I added, attempting indifference.</p> -<p>Now, the desert Arab is perhaps the most -lawless creature on earth, except the desert Bega; -but also he has a most wholesome fear of the -authorities. The Egyptian mounted police is -considered the finest and ablest body of the kind -in existence, and its officers are merciless in -hunting down the offenders of the law. So the -Arab covers his crimes as much as possible, not -being wholly deterred from them by the police, -but striving in stealthy ways to escape discovery. -Joe’s argument was, therefore, the most forcible -one we could have advanced to safeguard our -lives, and we were glad to see that it made our -captor thoughtful. It might not serve, after all, -if the sheik saw any particular object in killing -us off, but until he did the thought of punishment -evidently deterred him from harming us.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_208">208</div> -<p>He tried another argument.</p> -<p>“Come,” said he, assuming a soft, caressing -tone, “there is much treasure left, you say, and -we will divide it equally. Or we will make it -in quarters—I am not greedy, and a quarter is -enough for one poor Arab like me, who only -wants money to rebuild his village. And afterward -I will escort you and your prize safely to -Koser, or to Cairo, as you may prefer. All will -be well with us, and we shall part friends. Is -it agreed, then?”</p> -<p>He was not at all clever, this big and handsome -bandit. No wonder the Professor found -it easy to fool him.</p> -<p>For answer I shook my head.</p> -<p>“What you ask is impossible,” I said, truly. -“Van Dorn has guarded his secret well, for only -he knows where to unearth the treasure.”</p> -<p>“Then,” declared the sheik, with an abrupt -change in tone, “I must have Van Dorn. Come; -let us ride on.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_209">209</div> -<p>“Do you expect to capture Van Dorn’s party -with three men?” inquired Archie, maliciously.</p> -<p>“No; I will tell you my plan. I intend to -make a compact with Gege-Merak, if I can overtake -him,” was the calm answer. “Together we -will get the treasure that has been already taken -and what still remains. We have only to wrest -the secret from the red-bearded jackal, and kill -him. Then we will divide the spoils and each -go our own way. It is simple and easy enough -to do, is it not?”</p> -<p>It seemed to me rather difficult, but I said -nothing. Knowing more of the situation than -Abdul Hashim did, I realized that the Bega -chief was already our secret enemy and would -doubtless be glad to form an alliance with the -Arab, although the Bega professed to despise -the Bedouins who shared the desert with them. -I pinned my faith to Ned Britton, our stalwart -sailors, and Bry, and to the cleverness of the -Professor. Abdul Hashim would find some opposition -in carrying out his “easy and simple” -plans.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_210">210</div> -<p>The camels were now sent forward at a swift -pace and soon we reached the miserable oasis -of Laketa. There we learned that all the men -of the village—some half dozen—had joined -Gege-Merak’s party and gone into the mountains. -The party of Americans had followed -in pursuit an hour later, said an old woman who -spoke English imperfectly.</p> -<p>“Why pursuit?” I asked in wonder, when the -sheik, at this information, turned to me with a -triumphant leer.</p> -<p>That, however, the ignorant creature could -not explain, either in her native dialect or in -English. We only knew that friends and foes -had disappeared into the foothills several hours -before, and it puzzled me greatly to understand -why Uncle Naboth had left us three boys to -our fate and started in pursuit of the Bega chief. -The only plausible explanation was that the Professor -wanted to kill Gege-Merak before he could -betray the secret of the treasure and set the authorities -at Koser upon us; but even then it was -unlikely that my uncle would consent to abandon -me and my companions for the sake of the treasure -or to obey Van Dorn’s whim. It was not -like the faithful old fellow, who had stood by -me in many a former emergency.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_211">211</div> -<p>Abdul Hashim did not delay at the village, -but pushed on hastily, late as it was. We three -boys were ordered to ride ahead, and our captors -followed with rifles ready to shoot if we -dared swerve from the path. Neither could we -outdistance them, for their camels were as swift -as our own and more obedient to their control. -So we were as much prisoners as if bound and -manacled.</p> -<p>The twilight is brief in Egypt, so soon after -the setting of the sun we were obliged to make -a halt. We had now reached the old abandoned -well of the Romans, and beside it we made our -camp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_212">212</div> -<p>First of all the Arabs tethered the camels; -then calmly proceeded to bind us in an original -manner. Our legs were tied from ankles to -knees, and a rope was placed around each of -our necks, looping us together and connecting -us in one string with the most powerful of the -two Arabs who accompanied the sheik. We -were given food and a swallow of tepid water -each, and afterward our wrists were firmly tied -behind us. Trussed up like so many mummies, -we were commanded to lie down and sleep!</p> -<p>Strange to say, we did sleep—not comfortably, -perhaps, but from extreme fatigue; for the hard -riding of the day had thoroughly exhausted us.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_213">213</div> -<h2 id="c14"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XIV.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE WELL OF THE SCORPIONS.</span></h2> -<p>Next morning I awoke at early dawn to see -Abdul Hashim standing by the curb of the abandoned -well and looking into its depths thoughtfully. -His men joined him a moment later, -and they conversed together in low tones in -Arabic. Several times I heard the word -“akareb” mentioned, which I knew to signify -scorpions, and at times they would cast a pebble -into the well and then peer after it curiously.</p> -<p>At first I could not imagine what the fellows -were up to. I knew scorpions were thick in -these foothills, and remembered that my friend -Ketti had warned me of them as we passed -through; but why should the Arabs be so interested -in the fact that there were numbers of -these vermin at the bottom of the abandoned -well?</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_214">214</div> -<p>The sheik soon solved the mystery, to my great -horror. He came to us and kicked us in turn, -bidding us harshly to rise.</p> -<p>Something in the man’s eyes warned me of -grave danger. His mood had changed over -night and instead of the thin mask of friendliness -there was now a wicked look on his finely -cut features that I was positive meant our imminent -destruction—if he could accomplish it.</p> -<p>I slowly and with effort struggled to my feet, -as did Archie and Joe. I braced myself for the -final struggle.</p> -<p>“If I am to reach Gege-Merak I can carry -you with me no longer,” announced the sheik, -in a surly tone. “Therefore you will have the -misfortune to fall into the well here, and if your -bones are ever found no one can blame me for -your death.”</p> -<p>“The well is full of scorpions, boys,” I said -to my companions. “The sheik means to murder -us.”</p> -<p>Archie shuddered, Joe remaining strangely -silent.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_215">215</div> -<p>“It isn’t a pleasant fate, Abdul Hashim,” I -continued, turning to face the scowling Arab. -“Why don’t you shoot us down, and make an -end of it?”</p> -<p>“Ah, I fear your friend, the Cadi,” he responded, -with a guttural laugh. “My plan is -safe for me, and as sure for yourselves. There -shall be no bullet holes in your flesh to trap me; -there shall be no bonds around you to prove -foul play if you are discovered in the well before -the scorpions have picked your bones clean. -Now, then, Hassan—get to work!” he added, -turning with a gesture of command to his tall -follower.</p> -<p>Hassan proceeded to free Joe from his bonds—he -was first at hand—and the others at the -same time began to untie our cords.</p> -<p>“I will give you a chance to fight the scorpions,” -said the sheik, grimly; but that was the -biggest mistake he ever made. He should not -have risked loosening our bonds. He took us -for mere boys, but forgot that even a boy, if he -is an American and desperate, will fight to the -last for life and liberty.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_216">216</div> -<p>The tall one pushed Joe toward the edge of -the well and was about to thrust him over the -brink when the boy, who had seemed dazed and -inert, suddenly stooped and grasped the Arab’s -legs. It was the old trick that had once before -astonished us. There was a brief struggle and -then the man rose into the air, his arms extended -and swinging in space, and plunged head -foremost into the pit. His cry of terror, as he -fell, was bloodcurdling, and Abdul Hashim gave -an answering yell and sprang toward Joe with -a knife glittering in his upraised hand.</p> -<p>Swift as an arrow the boy darted under his -arm and ran where a rifle leaned against the -rock. I saw him swing around and fire point -blank at the sheik, who was not three paces -away—but I had business of my own to attend -to. For the burly Arab who had partly unfastened -my bonds now clutched me by the -throat and threw me to the ground, where he -knelt on my chest and drew his pistol from his -belt. Just as he fired the weapon was thrust -aside and Archie’s big fist crashed into the fellow’s -face and knocked him flat beside me.</p> -<p>“All right, Sam; you can get up now,” said -the Yankee, cheerfully. “The war’s over.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_217">217</div> -<p>He cut my remaining bonds with a knife; -half conscious of what had happened, I sat up -and looked around.</p> -<p>Joe was seated on a rock bandaging his leg -with a handkerchief.</p> -<p>“What is it?” I asked.</p> -<p>“Only a scratch,” he replied. “Abdul Hashim’s -knife grazed me as he fell.”</p> -<p>The sheik was lying motionless upon his face. -Archie turned him over and the dark eyes stared -steadfastly at the sun, without blinking. I found -myself trembling as with an ague.</p> -<p>“It’s dreadful, boys!” I gasped, appalled by -what we had done.</p> -<p>“So it is,” answered Joe, nodding; “but it was -our lives against theirs, Sam, and——”</p> -<p>He paused abruptly, glaring at something behind -me. Archie screamed a warning and I -sprang to my feet to find that the third Arab -had recovered consciousness and was about to -plunge a knife into my back.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_218">218</div> -<p>I caught his wrist and struggled to hold the -keen blade away from me, but the fellow was -strong as an ox and mad with rage. Archie -came to the rescue and dealt him a couple of -stinging blows, so that he dropped the knife and -caught us both in a fierce embrace, crushing the -two of us against his breast while he dragged -us nearer to the well.</p> -<p>I realized his intention and screamed and -struggled without avail. Nearer and nearer to -the scorpion pit we were dragged until all three -of us, a writhing mass of flesh and muscle, were -tottering on the brink.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/i_219.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="741" /> -<p class="caption">The fight at the scorpion pit.</p> -</div> -<p>Suddenly a pistol shot cracked—seemingly -close to my ear—and the Arab’s head dropped. -He gave us one final, spasmodic hug, and partly -relaxed his grasp. I felt that we were all three -reeling into the awful depths below, when my -hair was clutched and I was torn from that -terrible embrace and hurled to the earth. It -was Joe who had saved me, and from where I -lay I saw him straining to save Archie also from -falling into the well. The Arab was either dead -or desperately wounded, but with his final instinct -of enmity he clung to Archie on one side -while Joe dragged at him from the other.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_219">219</div> -<p>The Arab’s body, however, was hanging over -the pit, and its weight would soon draw my -struggling, desperate friends after it unless -prompt help was rendered them. I again leaped -up and, half dazed as I was, clung frantically to -Joe, and my added weight gave us the victory. -For the Arab’s grasp slackened and his body -slowly collapsed and fell with a thud to the -bottom of the pit, while we three, clinging together -and panting from our efforts, staggered -away to sink weakly upon the ground.</p> -<p>It had all happened in half the time it takes -to tell it, and for a moment the sudden revulsion -from impending death to absolute freedom -was more than we could comprehend. A little -time ago we were being dragged by our terrible -captors to the scorpion pit, there to meet a -frightful death, and now two of our assailants -were themselves in the pit, while the third lay -motionless before us!</p> -<p>“How did it happen?” I asked myself, greatly -bewildered; and then I remembered how Joe’s -trick at wrestling had tumbled the first man into -the well; how Joe had seized the rifle and shot -Abdul Hashim; how Joe had vanquished the last -Arab by a pistol shot as Archie and I struggled -with him for dear life.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_220">220</div> -<p>Joe? Yes; Joe had done all this. The quiet, -slender lad I had once befriended through pity -had now saved us all three from an awful fate, -and by his extraordinary pluck and quick wit -had proved himself a hero indeed.</p> -<p>Joe sat before me in an inert heap, breathing -fast after his amazing efforts. Silently I reached -out and grasped both his hands in mine, pressing -them with gratitude too deep for words. -Archie awoke from his stupefied abstraction and -shook our deliverer’s hands warmly in his big -paws. But he too forbore to speak. Words -are poor things, and—Joe understood, I’m sure.</p> -<p>Finally we grew calm enough to resume conversation -and to inquire what it was best we -should do next. I was for taking the three best -camels and pushing on toward Koser, hoping -to find the pass through the mountains and regain -the ship. My friends thought the plan as -safe and practical as any. So I arose, rather -unsteadily, for my nerves were still on edge, and -searched the saddle-bags for food, having had -no breakfast. I found plenty of dates, banyans -and dried goat’s flesh, and we each took a portion -of these and began to eat.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_221">221</div> -<p>Presently Archie crawled to the edge of the -well and leaning over looked in. I saw his face -blanch and a look of horror come to his eyes, -but neither Joe nor I asked a single question as -our comrade hastily drew back and came to our -side. Nor have I questioned him since. Whatever -the Yankee boy saw in that gloomy pit he -has never cared to speak of.</p> -<p>We were about to mount our animals, having -recovered our rifles and some of our other -weapons, when the quick tread of approaching -camels reached our ears. Unnerved by our recent -experience, our first impulse was to grasp -our rifles and leap behind a sheltering rock, from -which refuge we might determine whether -friends or foes were drawing near.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_222">222</div> -<h2 id="c15"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XV.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">VAN DORN TURNS TRAITOR.</span></h2> -<p>The tread of the camels sounded ahead of us -from up the trail, and soon we were reassured -by a loud voice speaking in hearty American -fashion. Shortly after there moved into our -line of vision Uncle Naboth and Ned Britton, -riding side by side, while after them came -Bryonia and the sailors from the <i>Seagull</i>.</p> -<p>With a shout of joy, we leaped from our concealment, -and my uncle fairly tumbled off his -tall camel in his eagerness to embrace me. It -was indeed a joyful reunion, and for a while -no questions were asked on either side, the satisfaction -of knowing we were all safe and reunited -being enough for us.</p> -<p>But soon the silent form of Abdul Hashim -stretched upon the ground attracted attention, -and Uncle Naboth leaned over it and asked in -a hushed voice:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_223">223</div> -<p>“Who killed him, Sam?”</p> -<p>“Joe, uncle; and by killing him saved all our -lives.” As quickly and in as few words as possible, -I related the tragic scene just enacted.</p> -<p>But the relation of Abdul Hashim’s enmity -reminded me to ask a question, in turn.</p> -<p>“Where is the Professor, uncle?”</p> -<p>“And where’s the treasure?” demanded -Archie, almost in the same breath.</p> -<p>Uncle Naboth frowned and looked glum, and -Ned swore a deep oath in sailor fashion.</p> -<p>“The Perfessor, Sam, is a infernal scoundrel!” -my uncle answered.</p> -<p>I glanced at the dead Arab. Was his story -indeed true, I wondered, and had Van Dorn -wronged Abdul Hashim even as the sheik had -declared? If so, much might be forgiven the -Arab.</p> -<p>“Let us admit the Professor is a scoundrel,” -I remarked, “for such a statement does not surprise -me. But that does not account for his -absence.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_224">224</div> -<p>“Yes; it does,” retorted Uncle Naboth; “an’ -it ’counts for our runnin’ away and leavin’ you -boys in the lurch. Almost it accounts for your -all bein’ killed—which you would ’a’ been, lads, -if it hadn’t been fer Joe.” Here he glanced -affectionately at our hero, who grew red and -embarrassed.</p> -<p>“True enough, uncle,” I said. “Tell us about -it, please.”</p> -<p>“It were this way, Sam,” he began, seating -himself upon a stone and mopping his brow with -his red silk handkerchief, for it was hot up here -among the rocks and Mr. Perkins was round -and chubby. “You boys hadn’t more’n started -for Luxor yesterday mornin’ before that blasted -Gege-Merak come a-ridin’ up with his band an’ -all the scoundrelly niggers in the village. They -halted a little way off, for we showed fight an’ -they was summat afraid of us. But that little -dried-up one-eyed chief was game to come on -alone, an’ as soon as he was in speakin’ distance -he begun jabberin’ away in Arabia to the Perfessor. -Van Dorn answered back, for he can -talk Arabia well enough himself, an’ so they -jabbered together for a time. I asked ’em to -speak so’s we could understand, for ol’ Gege -can talk English if he wants to, as you know; -but the Perfessor told me not to interfere.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_225">225</div> -<p>“‘You leave me to deal with him,’ says he, -‘an’ I’ll negotiate this business all right. P’raps,’ -says he, ‘the Bega will keep our secret, after all, -an’ not want a share o’ the plunder, either. He -ain’t lookin’ for trouble,’ says the Perfessor.</p> -<p>“So I said nothin’ more, an’ they talked an’ -jabbered a long while. Then on a suddint Van -Dorn turns an’ says: ‘The chief thinks some o’ -you understan’ Arabia, the langwidge as we’re -speakin’, an’ he suspicions we’re a-trappin’ him.’</p> -<p>“‘We’re all honest English,’ says I, ’an’ I’m -glad to say we don’t know a word of Arabia. -What does he want, anyhow?’</p> -<p>“The Perfessor looked hard at Gege, but ol’ -one-eye wouldn’t talk English. ‘Come,’ says the -Perfessor, ‘state your terms.’ But still Gege was -silent as a clam.</p> -<p>“‘I guess,’ says the Perfessor, ‘you all better -draw aside an’ leave me to dicker with the chief. -Draw back a little,’ says he, motionin’ to us.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_226">226</div> -<p>“Well, you know, Sam, we’d come to rely a -good deal on Van Dorn. He’d led us straight -to the treasure, as he’d said he would, an’ he’d -sealed it all up accordin’ to agreement until we -could get it aboard ship an’ divide it proper. -An’ we knew we’d have a hard time gettin’ -back to Koser if we had to fight Gege an’ his -niggers all the way. So we thought if Van Dorn -could settle the trouble in his own fashion we’d -give him every chance to do so. Leastwise, -that’s what I thought, for I told the boys to -ride off a little way, out o’ earshot. We did -that, leavin’ the Perfessor an’ the chief together, -and leavin’—that’s where we blundered, my lad—leavin’ -the two camels with the treasure with -’em. But we hadn’t a thought of treachery -until ol’ Gege raised his arm an’ the whole troop -o’ niggers come rushin’ forward. They surrounded -the Perfessor an’ the camels, fired a -few shots at us, an’ then turned an’ rode as fast -as they could for the village.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_227">227</div> -<p>“Ned an’ I didn’t know what to do for a -minute. The Perfessor was escapin’ as lively -as the rest, leadin’ one treasure camel, while -ol’ Gege led the other; so we knew well enough -he’d put up the job on us an’ made a dicker with -Gege to rob us of our share.</p> -<p>“‘The boys won’t be back till afternoon, so -let’s foller the thieves an’ fight it out,’ says Ned. -That struck me as sensible, so after ’em we -went, not meanin’ at the time to desert you, but -tryin’ to save the treasure we had earned an’ -to balk the plans of that dum-sizzled Perfessor.”</p> -<p>“You did quite right, uncle,” said I. “I don’t -blame you a bit. Well?”</p> -<p>“Well, lad, they didn’t stop at the village, as -we expected, but kep’ right on. Also we kep’ -right on. Whenever we got too close they’d -turn an’ shoot at us, but they never hit anything, -an’ we didn’t dare shoot much ourselves -for fear o’ killin’ the girl, who was ridin’ her -camel jest beside the chief an’ the Perfessor.”</p> -<p>“Iva?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_228">228</div> -<p>“Yes. She’s a pretty girl, Sam, and ain’t -to blame in this matter, as I can see; so we -hated to harm her. Another thing, we ain’t so -used to shootin’ folks for a bit o’ money as these -Arabs is. So all day we chased ol’ Gege through -the hills, an’ towards dark we were a long way -ahead o’ here, past the next stretch o’ desert -beyond, and well into the black mountains. -Then, to our surprise, instead o’ keepin’ in the -trail, the chief and his party turned aside into -a narrer path an’ rode plumb into a blind ravine, -where they made camp.</p> -<p>“I couldn’t understan’ the whys an’ wherefores -of this, at first, but Ned an’ I figgered out -that the foxey ol’ chief, or the Perfessor, or -both, didn’t care to get any nearer to Koser -with that treasure while we were hot on their -track. They mean to stop in that canyon until -they can get rid o’ us, some way or ’nuther; -for to let us chase ’em into the settlement, or -to get there first an’ warn the police, would -mean that they’d have to give up the boodle, -sure thing, an’ p’raps render an account for -killin’ poor Cunningham.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_229">229</div> -<p>“We watched the mouth of that ravine all -night, but couldn’t get any nearer the thieves -’cause one man, well armed, can stand in that -narrer place between the rocks an’ keep off an -army. This mornin’ we decided we’d go back -an’ find you boys, for you’ve been on my mind -a good deal an’ I’ve worried about you. So -I’m mighty glad to find you so soon, safe an’ -well.”</p> -<p>This story was as perplexing as it was interesting. -I tried to understand the policy of the -Professor’s strange desertion.</p> -<p>“Why, uncle, do you think Van Dorn preferred -to deal with the Bega chief rather than -remain faithful to us?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_230">230</div> -<p>“There’s several things to explain it, Sam. -Ol’ Gege knew the secret, first an’ foremost, an’ -the Perfessor reckoned we could never get to -Koser alive an’ with the treasure as long as the -chief was agin us an’ hankerin’ to get his fists -on them jewels an’ things. Van Dorn had -agreed to give us half of all the treasure, exceptin’ -the rolls of writin’, an’ if he stuck to his -bargain with us ol’ Gege might capture the outfit, -bein’ stronger than we are an’ knowin’ the -country better. On the contrary, if Van Dorn -deserted an’ went over to the chief, he could -make the same terms with him an’ stand a better -chance of gettin’ out safe. Mebbe he’s got -a plan to return for the rest of the treasure, -an’ mebbe his idea is to take it to Luxor, so’s -to keep out of our way. Anyhow, the Perfessor’s -a low-down villain, Sam, an’ he’s tryin’ -to feather his own nest at our expense. I -wouldn’t be a bit surprised if he’s plottin’ right -now how to kill us all, so’s to make himself safe. -You see, he an’ Gege has that paper, signed by -us, sayin’ we don’t hold anyone responsible if -we’re killed in this adventure. That was a great -mistake, Sam; we hadn’t ought to ’a’ signed it, -at all.”</p> -<p>“But Van Dorn wouldn’t dare go to the ship -and face my father,” said I.</p> -<p>“Of course not. His plan would be to find -some other vessel to carry his plunder away from -Egypt. He’s cunning as a weasel, that Perfessor, -an’ vile as a skunk.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_231">231</div> -<p>I thought it a good time to relate to our -friends the story of Van Dorn’s treachery to -Lovelace Pasha, as told us by the Arab sheik; -and they all agreed that Abdul Hashim’s version -was likely to be true, and that the “red-beard” -had been a scoundrel from the beginning -of his connection with the affair, plotting to get -the treasure away from both the explorer and -the sheik, in case it was discovered. We were -sorry Abdul Hashim had been killed, but his -cold-blooded attempt to murder us had led to -his own undoing, and he was now out of the -running for good and all. The Arab might have -possessed some manly instincts, and perhaps was -a better man than Van Dorn, if the two could -be compared; but his hatred of the white infidels -made him as dangerous as the other, and -we felt that one desperate enemy, at least, had -been removed from our path.</p> -<p>“I wish he could have lived long enough to -meet the Professor once more,” said I, with a -sigh; “but fate has robbed the poor devil of -even his revenge.”</p> -<p>We buried him among the rocks, to keep the -jackals from preying upon his body, and mounted -our camels to ride toward the place where Gege-Merak -was encamped.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_232">232</div> -<p>There was little need of haste now. The -chief did not wish to escape us, it seemed, any -more than we wished him to escape. The treasure -was a magnet that drew both parties toward -it irresistibly, and in order to possess it we -must isolate ourselves in these mountains until -we had fought the matter out and one side or -the other became the victor.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_233">233</div> -<h2 id="c16"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XVI.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE MAD CAMEL.</span></h2> -<p>Beyond the old Roman well, which had this -morning witnessed so strange a tragedy, there -lay, as you will remember, a stretch of sandy -desert some five miles in extent, beyond which -rose the black breccia cliffs of the Hammemat -Mountains. It was in a rift of these cliffs that -Gege-Merak had established himself.</p> -<p>We were proceeding leisurely across the sands -and had come near enough to the edge of the -mountain to note well its defiles, when our attention -was arrested by a strange occurrence. A -camel came racing at full speed from the hill -path and dashed out upon the flat desert where -we rode. For a short distance the beast made -straight toward us, and we could see a rider -clinging to its back—a huddled up figure dressed -in a green and scarlet robe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_234">234</div> -<p>“It’s Iva!” cried Archie, astonished; and at -the same moment the dress also enabled me to -recognize the chief’s granddaughter.</p> -<p>Even as my friend spoke, the camel swerved -and commenced running in a circle, scattering -the sand in clouds as it bounded along in great -leaps. The girl huddled lower, clinging desperately -to her seat as the seemingly infuriated -beast continued on its wild career.</p> -<p>“Why, the camel’s mad!” I exclaimed, remembering -the tales of mad camels I had heard -related, and seeing in the animal’s erratic actions -the solution of the mystery.</p> -<p>There was no doubt of it now. The huge -beast ran here and there in an aimless manner, -never slacking its terrific speed, but darting first -this way and then that, and finally renewing the -circular course that was the clearest proof of -its crazed condition.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_235">235</div> -<p>Our party had halted involuntarily to watch -the strange scene, but I felt that the girl was -in serious danger and urged my camel forward -without any clear idea of how I could render -her assistance. In a moment I found that Archie -and Joe had both joined me; pricking our animals -to a faster pace we rode straight for the -place where the mad camel was performing his -capricious pranks.</p> -<p>Suddenly the beast stopped—so abruptly that -Iva flew over its head and landed in the sand -twenty feet or more away. She seemed unhurt -by the fall, for instantly she was on her feet -and, picking up her skirt, ran toward us with -the speed of a deer. At the same time the mad -brute’s eye caught the flash of her gaudy robe -and, with a loud bellow, he darted after her -flying figure.</p> -<p>For a second my heart was in my throat. -Then I jabbed the pointed stick into the flank -of my camel and shouted:</p> -<p>“Quick, boys—keep close together and run -the beast down!”</p> -<p>It was a desperate act, but Iva’s peril was -imminent. Even the lion in his jungle is not -more terrible to face than a mad camel, and in -a few moments the girl might have been trampled -into a shapeless mass by the feet of the -frenzied animal.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_236">236</div> -<p>Riding so close together that the flanks of the -three camels touched, we dashed swiftly on. Iva -saw us, and, almost as we were upon her, turned -and darted to one side. Her camel had also -marked us, but with elevated head and flashing -eyes, its hoofs spreading in the air as it bounded -along, it made no attempt to pause. Next moment -we came together and struck with the -force of a catapult, the impact being so great -that I sailed skyward and alighted—fortunately -on my feet—several yards away. Archie and -Joe also took croppers, and as soon as we recovered -ourselves we looked toward the camels. -They were all in a bunch at first. The mad -one was down, and also one of the others, while -the remaining two were stamping on them with -terrific blows from their powerful feet.</p> -<p>It was a camel fight then, sure enough, for -it is the instinct of these creatures to destroy one -of its kind if it becomes crazed and runs amuck; -and Archie’s camel, having tumbled down, would -have suffered severely from the indiscriminate -attack of its companions had it not found a -chance to rise and join them against the real -offender.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_237">237</div> -<p>When, finally, the mad one lay crushed and -motionless upon the sands, the others quieted -down and stood meekly awaiting us to come -and remount them.</p> -<p>Meantime Ned Britton, who followed close -behind us, had leaped down and caught up the -terrified girl, and when I looked to see what -had become of her I found her seated upon -Ned’s steed with our big mate beside her, while -he strove to quiet her fears and agitation by -smoothing her hair with his rough hand.</p> -<p>Heretofore Iva had been sullen and silent, -keeping by the side of the old chief, her grandfather, -like a shadow and seeming to lack any -interest in her surroundings. But now, as we -gathered around her with sympathetic faces, she -became animated and frank, thanking us very -sweetly and with evident gratitude for coming -to her rescue.</p> -<p>“But how did it happen, Iva?” I asked. “Why -did you leave Gege-Merak?”</p> -<p>She drew back with a sober look; then, impulsively, -she said:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_238">238</div> -<p>“I will tell you all, for Ketti says you are -honest and good, and I know my grandfather -to be cruel and wicked.”</p> -<p>The speech astonished us, but the girl continued, -quickly:</p> -<p>“Ketti has quarreled with his chief, and he is -in disgrace—Ketti, who will be chief after my -grandfather dies!”</p> -<p>“Will he, Iva?” I asked. “Is Ketti to be the -next chief?”</p> -<p>“Yes; it is his right,” she answered, proudly; -“and that is why Gege-Merak hates him. But -Ketti is good, and when he is chief I am to -marry him.”</p> -<p>“Bravo, Iva!” cried Archie. “Ketti is the best -fellow in your gang, to my notion.”</p> -<p>“I think so, too,” said I. “But go on with -your story, Iva.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_239">239</div> -<p>“The red-beard offered to give our chief half -the treasure he has found if Gege-Merak will -kill you all. My grandfather has promised to -do so, but the men we brought from Laketa are -cowards and do not dare to kill the Americans, -and we have not enough men to be sure we will -beat you in a fight. So the chief sent me back -to our village to get all of the fighting men of -our tribe and bring them to join him in yonder -valley.”</p> -<p>“A very pretty plan,” remarked Uncle Naboth.</p> -<p>“That was why Ketti quarreled,” said the -girl. “He said you must not be killed, for if -we injured you the whole tribe would suffer, -and perhaps be destroyed. Ketti does not care -for treasure; he says it makes our people thieves -and jackals; and he wants to live honestly and -in peace, as our forefathers did. There was another -thing, too, Effendi. The chief also plots -to kill Red-beard, now that he is in our power, -and to keep to himself all the treasure. Ketti -told my grandfather that was not right, for we -had given Red-beard our word, and the word -of a Bega chief should be an honest word, and -never false.”</p> -<p>“It won’t hurt the Perfessor to kill him,” observed -Uncle Naboth reflectively. “The dum-sizzled -scoundrel deserves several kinds of -deaths, as a matter of justice.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_240">240</div> -<p>Iva did not know how to take this speech, -but, after looking at my uncle in grave protest, -she continued:</p> -<p>“So Ketti was disgraced—he, the bravest of -our tribe!—and the chief, my grandfather, commanded -me to ride to the village for our warriors, -because I could not fight if you attacked -him, and I knew well the way. He made me -take Sekkat, our swiftest camel, although Sekkat -has been acting strangely for two days. -There is Sekkat,” she continued, pointing to the -crushed remains of the beast that had so nearly -destroyed her. “No sooner had I ridden out of -the valley where the camp is than I understood -that Sekkat was mad. I tried to turn him, and -he rushed down the path and out upon the desert. -The rest of my story you know, Effendi, -and I thank you again for saving my life. Ketti -also will thank you,” she continued, with a proud -look at us.</p> -<p>“But Ketti is disgraced,” I said, smiling.</p> -<p>Her eyes flashed at this and her brow grew -dark and fierce.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_241">241</div> -<p>“Not for long will Ketti bow to any man’s -anger!” she cried. Looking about us with an -air imperious as that of any queen, she added: -“Come with me, brave Amêrikâni! I will show -you how to save both Ketti and yourselves, even -as you have saved me. More; you shall save -Red-beard and his treasure, too.”</p> -<p>That last promise was not necessary, but we -accepted it with the rest, and that right joyously, -as you may imagine.</p> -<p>“What is your plan, Iva?” I asked, as we -once more put our camels in motion and rode -toward the black cliffs of the mountain.</p> -<p>“Wait; you will see,” she replied, setting her -lips firmly together. So much were we impressed -by this girl’s courage and frankly avowed friendship -that we followed her lead blindly, questioning -her no more.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_242">242</div> -<h2 id="c17"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XVII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">IVA.</span></h2> -<p>It soon became evident to us that Iva knew -this country intimately. She abandoned the -clearly outlined entrance to the pass through -which we had come on our way from Koser, -and led us around to the less promising cliffs -at the left. An hour’s ride brought us to a -ravine we had not before noticed, and silently -we entered this and rode among boulders and -loose stones until the steep rocky sides closed in -on us and we could proceed no farther. Then -we dismounted and picketed our camels. Taking -only our rifles and ammunition with us, we followed -the Bega girl up a dizzy and difficult -path that one would have judged, at first sight, -it was impossible to scale. But Iva, mounting -light as an antelope, seemed sure of her way, -and where she went we could not well hesitate -to follow.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_243">243</div> -<p>The perilous climb brought us to the top of -the cliff—a rocky ridge, narrow and uneven, -with peaks here and there that shot their points -still farther toward the sky. Presently the girl -paused and looked over the edge, and dropped -lightly into a pocket-like hollow of the inner -cliff—a place that reminded me of an upper box -in a theatre.</p> -<p>Here, quite protected from observation, we -could look down upon the ravine in which Gege-Merak -and his men were encamped. Just beyond -the pass we could see the two tall warriors -who were guarding its entrance, so we -had approached the ravine from the rear.</p> -<p>The cunning old chief had chosen his retreat -well. On all sides were smooth walls of black -breccia, where not even a mountain goat could -have found a foothold. Only at the entrance -was there any cleft that allowed one to enter or -leave the place. The camels stood grouped at -one end, and the four panniers containing the -treasure of the priests of Karnak had been piled -upon a rocky table and were guarded by one of -Gege-Merak’s own men. The ravine was perhaps -eighty feet wide by some three hundred -feet long, and several of the low, spreading -Bedouin tents had been pitched just underneath -the hollow wherein we lay.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_244">244</div> -<p>The chief and all his company, except the -guards I have mentioned, must have been congregated -under these tents when we arrived at our -point of observation, and for more than an hour -we lay there patiently attentive without seeing -any evidence of life in the camp below. We -supposed that Iva’s adventure was unknown to -them, shut in as they were, and doubtless the -chief believed her even then to be speeding -toward his village to bring back reinforcements -of fighting men.</p> -<p>But Gege-Merak had no intention of remaining -idle in the meantime, as we were soon to -observe. For at last the Bega began to stream -out of the chief’s tent, and among them came -Van Dorn, his arms bound close to his sides and -a big warrior now leading, now pushing him -along.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_245">245</div> -<p>The Professor seemed weak and unnerved, for -he stumbled among the loose stones that littered -the way and would have fallen more than once -had not his guard steadied him. His head was -bare and his clothing torn in many places. -Doubtless the fellow had struggled desperately -before he had finally been secured.</p> -<p>They led Van Dorn to the end of the ravine -opposite us and placed him with his back against -the rock. The Bega and the Bisharin from -Laketa, all animated and talking eagerly in their -native tongue, formed a group fifty yards away. -Prominent amongst them we could see the -dwarfed, withered form of the aged chief, and -the stalwart, towering figure of Ketti.</p> -<p>Gege-Merak gave an order and a man stepped -forward and leveled his rifle at the Professor. -Before he could fire, Van Dorn shrieked in terror -and dropped to the ground. They raised -him again, cuffing and shaking him until once -more he stood upright. Yet he trembled visibly. -Again the Bega warrior raised his rifle, but, -answering the victim’s pitiful screams, Ketti now -sprang before the man and wrenched away his -weapon, protesting so loudly that his voice -reached even to our high nest on the cliff against -the deed the chief had ordered.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_246">246</div> -<p>Gege-Merak fairly danced with rage at this -defiance. He gave a command which at first -his men seemed reluctant to execute, but finally -two of them approached Ketti, seized him and -drew him away, binding his arms to his sides. -Iva was frantic at this act, and we had to warn -her several times to be quiet or we should surely -be discovered by those below.</p> -<p>It was while I was busy soothing Iva that I -heard a shot and a cry of agony, and turned in -time to see Van Dorn fall flat upon his face. -Poor fellow, the treasure had cost him his life. -However treacherous he had been in his dealings -with Lovelace, with Abdul Hashim and -with us, his final alliance with old Gege-Merak -had brought him into contact with a nature as -unscrupulous as his own, and the barbaric chief -had evened up all scores by robbing the man of -his ill-gotten wealth and his life at once.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_247">247</div> -<p>But it seemed that Gege-Merak’s vengeance -was not yet complete, and we could see from -the tense and strained attitudes of the warriors -that Van Dorn’s death was but an incident in -the drama. If, indeed, the chief had cause to -hate Ketti, that young man’s rash interference -with his commands had given Gege-Merak the -chance, perhaps long desired, to punish him. It -may be he lived in fear of the handsome fellow -who was destined to succeed him at his death, -for Ketti’s popularity with the tribe was indisputable. -Anyway, his orders, now given in a -firm, loud voice, seemed instantly to seal the fate -of Iva’s lover.</p> -<p>Bound and helpless as he was, the young man -was led to the spot where Van Dorn had stood -and set with his back against the wall of rock. -But there was no craven spirit in the victim -this time. Proudly the warrior stood facing -his chief, his pose erect, his dark eyes calmly -regarding his destroyer and a slight smile of -scorn curling his lips.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_248">248</div> -<p>Gege-Merak shouted his commands, but not -a tribesman moved to obey. Softly Iva reached -out her hand and grasped my repeating rifle, -and I let her take it. She knelt before me, her -brown face rigid, her eyes dark with horror, and -rested the barrel on the ledge of rock before -her. I saw Uncle Naboth and Ned glance at -each other significantly; but they made no move -to interfere.</p> -<p>Again and again the chief shouted his orders, -waving his arms imperiously and stamping his -foot in rage; but the Bega stood stolid and unyielding, -and their Bisharin allies shrank back -and huddled in a frightened group in the rear.</p> -<p>Gege-Merak himself snatched a rifle from a -warrior’s hand and swinging around leveled it -full at Ketti. At the same instant Iva’s rifle -cracked beside me and I saw the aged chief -totter, drop his weapon and sink slowly to the -earth. A shout went up from the assembled -group below, and with one impulse they turned -their eyes toward us.</p> -<p>And now the girl sprang upon the dizzy ledge -and stood where all might see her figure clearly -outlined against the sky. High above her head -she held the rifle that had slain her wicked grandsire, -and as the Bega recognized her they shouted -again—joyfully this time—and waved their -hands to her in full approval of her act.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_249">249</div> -<p>I own I was horrified for a moment, remembering -the ties of blood between Iva and Gege-Merak; -but she was a wild, half-civilized child -of the desert, and to her simple mind her lover’s -life must be preserved at any cost.</p> -<p>All was eager animation in the ravine. Ketti’s -bonds were quickly removed, and the big fellow -waved his thanks to the sweetheart whose courage -had saved him.</p> -<p>“Come,” said Iva, calmly, as she stepped down -to a safer position beside us. “There are only -friends in Ketti’s tribe now; let us go to him.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_250">250</div> -<h2 id="c18"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XVIII.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">KETTI PROVES A FRIEND.</span></h2> -<p>As hastily as might be we groped our way -down the dangerous pathway to the ground -below the cliffs. There we regained our camels -and made for the desert, around the spur of the -mountain, and so up the regular trail to the -mouth of the ravine.</p> -<p>Ketti was eagerly awaiting us, and as she -saw him Iva quickly rode forward and threw -herself from her camel to crouch with bowed -head before the new chief.</p> -<p>Coming to her side, Ketti raised her gently -and, while we watched with curiosity from one -side and the assembled Bega watched from the -other, the young warrior gravely placed one -hand beneath Iva’s chin, palm upward, and the -other hand upon her head, palm down.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_251">251</div> -<p>This, we learned afterward, was the betrothal -ceremony of the Bega. When a young man -chose his bride he went to her and took her chin -and head between his palms, and thus made -claim to her for all time. None other dared -afterward make advances to the girl, under penalty -of incurring her affianced youth’s anger. -Indeed, I was told this was frequently the only -ceremony performed at all, whether of betrothal -or marriage, by many of the tribes, although -there was a form of native wedding that included -various and lengthy rites and involved -much feasting and dancing.</p> -<p>The girl, it seems to me, has not a fair chance -in this custom, for she is not allowed to refuse -a man who so salutes her. It is true a brother -or father may challenge a presumptuous warrior -and fight him to the death, but the girl -herself is helpless.</p> -<p>I am sure Ketti and Iva had an elaborate -wedding ceremony thereafter; but that is not a -part of my story, from which I fear I have -digressed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_252">252</div> -<p>Feeling quite safe with the friendly Ketti, we -had no hesitation in following him and his band -into the ravine, where we dismounted and went -at once to examine the body of Van Dorn. He -was quite dead, having been shot through the -heart, and Ned Britton lifted him and bore him -to one of the low tents, of which Ketti willingly -gave us the use. Gege-Merak’s body still lay -upon its face where it had fallen, and to my -surprise none of the natives touched it or even -so much as glanced toward it, so far as I could -see.</p> -<p>In the tent, Ned and one of the sailors searched -Van Dorn’s clothing and removed from it the -leathern belt, his rings and watch and a small -note-book. Last they found, sewn into the lining -of his well-worn coat, a package, rather bulky, -though flat, covered with goat-skin, tied and -sewn securely and carefully sealed. These things -I took possession of, and Uncle Naboth and I -went to see Ketti to get permission to bury the -body.</p> -<p>We found the young chief seated on a rock -beside Iva, with whom he was conversing most -earnestly. He smiled at us as we came up, and -said:</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_253">253</div> -<p>“We have made changes, Effendi. I am now -chief.”</p> -<p>“So I understand, Ketti,” I answered, “and -I’m glad of it. We are friends with the Bega -now, are we not?”</p> -<p>“We are friends,” he announced, gravely. -“Gege-Merak was bad, and had no love for you. -He loved treasure better, and killed the Red-beard -to get it all. But Ketti does not want -his brothers’ wealth. It is enough that you have -paid the Bega to guide and protect you.”</p> -<p>“Do you mean that you will return to us the -treasure?” I asked, striving to conceal my astonishment.</p> -<p>“It is not Ketti’s. It was not Gege-Merak’s. -It is yours,” he said, simply. “My tribe shall -not rob, nor shall they slay their friends. While -I am chief, the Bega who call me master must -be honest and good, and keep the laws the great -Khedive has made. Is it not so, Iva?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_254">254</div> -<p>“It is the only way for our tribe to prosper -and grow in strength,” she answered, soberly. -“Under our great and good Chief Ketti we will -be rich and strong, and our father the Khedive -will call us good children.”</p> -<p>“You shall say, when you return to Koser,” -continued Ketti, regarding us earnestly, “that -my tribe was true and honest, and touched not -one jewel of your treasure. You will say that -we guided you straight and protected you from -enemies and thieves and earned your money well. -Is it so, Effendi?”</p> -<p>“We will say that, Ketti,” I replied.</p> -<p>“But there are also things which you will not -say, Effendi,” he continued, with a note of -anxiety in his voice.</p> -<p>“And what are they, my friend?”</p> -<p>“You will not say my people killed the Red-beard; -for you do not know what killed him. -You will not say where he is gone, for that you -do not know. Is not the land broad for men -to wander in? And if any asks you about Gege-Merak -you will be sorrowful and tell how he -died in the desert, being old and feeble, and you -will say that Ketti succeeded him as chief of -the tribe. Then you will mount the great ship -that awaits you and sail away.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_255">255</div> -<p>I began to understand. Ketti intended to -make a bargain with us. He feared the consequences -of the murder of Van Dorn and did not -want the fact that Iva had shot her grandfather -known. If we would promise to be discreet in -these matters he would restore to us the treasure, -which he considered another element of danger -to him, not realizing that we were slyly removing -it in defiance of the Khedive’s orders. Had he -known that—but, fortunately, he did not know it.</p> -<p>“It shall be as you say, Chief Ketti,” I returned; -“for we wish you and Iva only happiness, -and to tell some things might cause you -trouble. If your father the Khedive asks us of -your service, we will say you are a good chief, -and faithful.”</p> -<p>That pleased him greatly.</p> -<p>“The treasure is untouched,” said he. “Not -a seal is broken. It awaits your orders, Effendi.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_256">256</div> -<p>Willingly he gave us permission to bury the -Professor among the rocks, which we did during -the afternoon. When we returned to the -ravine from this labor we were surprised to notice -that in our absence the natives had gathered -several heaps of stones, which were piled in the -form of a wide circle around Gege-Merak’s body. -But the body itself had not been disturbed, and -the Bega were now lounging in various parts of -the ravine and conversing together in their customary -indifferent manner.</p> -<p>Ketti came to us with the information that -we should start at dawn next morning for Koser, -which he hoped to reach in two days’ fast riding.</p> -<p>“But what will you do with Gege-Merak?” I -inquired.</p> -<p>“His ceremony of entombment will be held -this evening, Effendi. Your people will be welcome -to watch the solemn rites,” he added.</p> -<p>We had supper and awaited with curiosity to -witness the proposed ceremony; but the natives -were in no hurry, and showed no activity until -the stars were bright in the sky.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_257">257</div> -<p>At a word from Ketti, every Bega and Bisharin -sprang up and stood in a circle around the -dead chief’s body. Beginning a low chant they -now commenced to move slowly around Gege-Merak, -keeping step to the chant and bending -in lithe, rhythmic attitudes characteristic of the -Eastern dances. And ever the chorus grew -louder and faster until it became a roar and at -last a wild shout. Also the excitement of the -warriors increased until presently they were -dancing with frenzied leaps.</p> -<p>Suddenly, as they circled round just beside the -piles of rock, each man seized a stone from the -nearest heap and hurled it at the dead body. -From the next pile he grabbed another stone, -until the missiles were raining upon Gege-Merak’s -prostrate form from every direction. As the -dance reached its climax of animation and the -shower of rock continued, the old chief’s body -began to disappear from sight, until he was -covered up entirely and entombed in a mound -of stone several feet in height.</p> -<p>It was a shocking sight, and seemed to us -extremely brutal; but Iva, who stood by our -side, calmly declared it was the custom of her -people, and that a chief was highly honored who -was thus buried by his people where he fell or -expired. The chant, she told us, was a relation -of his virtues and his mighty deeds on earth.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_258">258</div> -<p>If a chief dies or is killed on the desert, his -people cast sand upon him, in like manner, and -afterward weight the mound with rocks; and, -as his body is never moved from the spot where -he expired, they take down his tent or house -after the funeral and set up the habitation in -another place, leaving his burial mound stationary.</p> -<p>The wild chant rang in my ears long after -the grim ceremony was completed and the camp -had become quiet for the night. We Americans -slept uneasily through the next few hours and -at dawn awoke to eat a hasty breakfast and -mount our camels.</p> -<p>The panniers were replaced on the two extra -animals by Ned and Bryonia, who now took -charge of the treasure. We were pleased to -observe the truth of Ketti’s statement that the -wax upon the buckles of the panniers had not -been tampered with and was still intact.</p> -<p>The Bisharin left us here and went away to -their village, and without incident we traversed -the trail back to Koser, which we reached, weary -but exultant, at the close of the second day.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_259">259</div> -<p>My father and a number of sailors, apprised -by a swift messenger of our coming, were at -the wooden dock to meet us, and we unstrapped -the four treasure-laden panniers from the saddles -of the camels and sent them on board by a -boat commanded by Ned in person.</p> -<p>Captain Steel produced the hundred and eighty -pounds due to Ketti for his services, according -to the contract we had made with Gege-Merak, -and I asked that an extra gold piece be given -to each of the Bega warriors, which was willingly -agreed to since we had been successful in -our quest. It made the simple fellows very happy -indeed.</p> -<p>After consulting with Uncle Naboth and gaining -his consent, I opened the Professor’s leathern -belt and took from it the prettiest jewel it contained, -a diadem of yellow gold set with clusters -of pearls and sapphires. This I presented to -Iva as a wedding present from her American -friends, and the beautiful girl was proud indeed -of the gift, as well she might be. Once, perhaps, -it had adorned the brow of some famous -Egyptian queen, and though it might now appear -incongruous upon the person of a poor -Bega woman, we were so grateful to Iva for -the service she had rendered us that we thought -it none too good to express our appreciation.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_260">260</div> -<p>We parted from Ketti and his people in the -mostly friendly manner, and he returned that -night to his village in the desert.</p> -<p>It was not so easy to get rid of the bearded -Arab sheik of Koser, who was curious to know -what we had brought from Luxor and what -adventures we had met on the way. It was -strange, he added, that the Bega had brought -us safe back again; it was not like that clever, -evil old Gege-Merak. Fortunately no one had -told him of the old chief’s death, or he would -have been still more curious.</p> -<p>But we refused to satisfy the fellow’s desire -to gossip and kept our mouths fast shut when -he was around. Also we refused his polite offers -of entertainment and to his disgust hoisted sail -early the next morning and head up the gulf -toward Port Ibrahim.</p> -<p>Now that we had the treasure safe aboard, -every moment we delayed was fraught with -danger, and the doubtful friendship of this sheik -of Koser was no longer of any value to us.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_261">261</div> -<h2 id="c19"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XIX.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">LOVELACE PASHA.</span></h2> -<p>The treasure was taken from the panniers and, -still snugly packed in the canvas sacks which -Van Dorn had so carefully sealed, carried to -my stateroom and dumped unceremoniously into -a huge chest.</p> -<p>After a brief conference we had decided to -leave it untouched until after we had passed -through the Suez Canal and, free from the shores -of Egypt, were safe on the broad waters of -the Mediterranean. Then we would open the -sacks, sort and examine the treasure, and divide -it in ways still to be agreed upon. Our contract -with Van Dorn, you will remember, gave us his -share in case of his death.</p> -<p>And now, while we sailed up the long branch -of the Red Sea which is called the Arabian Gulf, -I examined with some curiosity the things Ned -had taken from the Professor’s dead body.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_262">262</div> -<p>His note book had been a sort of diary, but -from it several leaves had been torn, as if he -had recorded events which he afterward feared -might compromise him, and had thus destroyed -their written evidence. From what remained I -gathered that the man was no “professor” at all, -but a wandering adventurer attracted to Egypt -by the recent valuable discoveries there. Falling -in with Lovelace, he had hired his services to -that savant to assist his search, and from scattered -notations in the book I formed the shrewd -conclusion that the fellow had never possessed -the shadow of a claim to Lovelace’s discovery. -Abdul Hashim had read his character fairly well, -and it seemed that Van Dorn had played a desperate -and murderous game to win the treasure -for himself and rob, incidentally, the real discoverer -and any others who might lay claim to -a portion of the buried wealth.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_263">263</div> -<p>Turning from the note book, I cut the stitches -of the goatskin cover of the parcel which Van -Dorn had so cleverly concealed in the lining of -his coat, and proceeded to break the seals, which -I observed bore the monogram “J. L.,” surmounted -by a winged sphinx. This was not -Van Dorn’s seal, but that of Lovelace Pasha, -and I judged that after the owner had sewn and -sealed the packet it had in some way come into -the possession of Van Dorn, who had never yet -ventured to open it.</p> -<p>At this time all of those most interested were -gathered with me in the Captain’s room: Uncle -Naboth, Ned, Archie and Joe, as well as my -father. When I removed the covering a small -locket dropped out, and this I opened to glance -at a sweet, womanly face that met my gaze.</p> -<p>Over my shoulder came a sob and a cry and -Joe seized the locket from my hands.</p> -<p>“My mother!” he said, softly, as he devoured -the miniature with eager, loving eyes.</p> -<p>We looked at the boy in astonishment.</p> -<p>“Your mother, Joe?” I questioned, stupidly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_264">264</div> -<p>He swiftly drew from beneath his clothing -the slender chain which I had often observed he -wore around his neck, and showed us a similar -locket attached to it. Opening this with trembling -fingers, the boy laid the lockets side by -side, and we saw that the portraits were nearly -identical.</p> -<p>“Father and I each had one,” he said, in an -awed whisper; “mother has often told me that.”</p> -<p>“Did you ever know what became of your -father, Joe?” I inquired.</p> -<p>“No; he went away when I was a baby, and -we never heard of him again. For that reason -mother was sure he was dead, for she said he -loved her and would not otherwise have deserted -her.”</p> -<p>“Then,” said I, softly, “you are about to discover -your father, Joe; for the man who wrote -this and owned the locket could be none other.”</p> -<p>“Wrote what?” asked Uncle Naboth.</p> -<p>I had been hastily examining a flat book which -accompanied the locket. It had leaves of coarse -paper closely covered with writing in a fine, -scholarly hand.</p> -<p>“Here is a manuscript which I believe I will -read aloud,” said I. “It may be interesting to -us, in view of our recent adventure, and I am -sure it will tell Joe something about his father.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_265">265</div> -<p>As I spoke I turned over the pages to the end, -and Uncle Naboth, peering over my shoulder, -exclaimed:</p> -<p>“Why, it’s signed by John Lovelace. That -must be the same Lovelace Pasha who discovered -the treasure.”</p> -<p>“He was not a Pasha,” I returned, “although -he was called so. He was not even entitled to -the name of Lovelace, for here he tells us who -he really was—John Herring.”</p> -<p>Joe was staring intently, first at the lockets -and then at me. His face was pale and his dark -eyes glowed with nervous excitement.</p> -<p>“Sit down, uncle,” I said, “and let me read -what is here written.”</p> -<p>All now assumed attentive attitudes while I -proceeded to read as follows:</p> -<p>“‘This shall be, to any who reads it after my -death, my last testament and my final behest. -For some weeks I, John Herring, have feared -treachery and sudden death, although I cannot -discover from what direction the danger threatens. -So I am determined to explain herein my -position in Egypt, for, being reserved by nature, -I know that at present I am a mystery to all with -whom I have come into contact in this ancient -and romantic land.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_266">266</div> -<p>“‘I am an American, a native of Galveston, -and a graduate of Harvard. Soon after I left -college my father, who was reputed a wealthy -man, died without estate, and I was thrown upon -my own resources. Being little fitted for a business -career I gained scant success, except that I -took a wife to share my poverty—a gentle natured -woman who gave me devotion and love -but was unable to further my fortunes because -her nature was weaker than my own.</p> -<p>“‘I was led into an illegitimate venture by -a friend named José Marrow, an enterprising -Mexican who owned a sloop and proposed that -I join him in smuggling laces and cigars from -Mexico into the United States. We succeeded -for a time and I made considerable money. But -at length I was discovered, as was inevitable, and -only saved myself from imprisonment by sudden -escape. Marrow managed to get me aboard a -vessel bound for Gibraltar and I was obliged to -leave my wife and baby boy without the comfort -of a farewell, although I sent them all the money -I had and my friend Marrow promised to see -they were provided for in case I was unable to -send them more before it was gone. But I thank -God I have been able to supply their wants, and -each year I have sent a substantial remittance to -them through Marrow, who by good fortune was -never suspected of being implicated in the smuggling.’”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_267">267</div> -<p>“But we never got a dollar!” broke in Joe, -indignantly. “Old Marrow must have kept -every penny of the money.”</p> -<p>Without replying to this I continued to read:</p> -<p>“‘Twelve years ago I made my way to Egypt, -and having been a student of Egyptology in my -college days, I became much interested in the -excavations being made to secure ancient relics. -Soon I was myself successfully engaged in this -search, and I have had the good fortune to discover -several important tombs of the Twenty-fourth -Dynasty.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_268">268</div> -<p>“‘This success finally led to my undertaking -a queer and seemingly impossible search—for the -treasure hidden by the High Priest Amana of -Karnak at the time of Cambyses’ invasion. I -conceived the idea that the treasure had been -buried in the sands of the desert, instead of in -the Sacred Lake, according to popular tradition. -For several years I searched the desert around -Karnak without result, and just as I was beginning -to despair I came upon an inscription graven -upon an angle of the ruined walls of the temple -of Seti, which described—although not accurately—the -place where the treasure had been -hidden.</p> -<p>“‘I must explain that this treasure of Karnak -is mainly a library of papyri recounting the history -of the Egyptians during the period between -the Sixth and Twelfth Dynasties. As no other -records of this period exist our historians have -been in the dark concerning this broad epoch, -although we know from inscriptions found at -Abydos and Edfu that the papyrus rolls hidden -by the priest of Karnak gave a full account of -that portion of Egyptian history which we have -hitherto been unable to account for. So the discovery -of this library means fame and riches to -one fortunate enough to find it, and it is supposed -that a store of gold and precious jewels -was buried by the priests at the same time, which -should further enrich the discoverer.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_269">269</div> -<p>“‘I have an explorer’s and excavator’s license -granted me by the Khedive under the name of -John Lovelace, which name I assumed on coming -to Egypt, although, as I have said, my real name -is John Herring. It was necessary to cover my -identity in this way to avoid extradition in case -the American customs officers discovered my retreat. -But my crime was not an important one -and I believe it has long since been forgotten.</p> -<p>“‘The finding of the Karnak treasure is now -merely a question of time, since I know by the -secret inscription where to search for it. But I -found that I needed help, and engaged a man -named Van Dorn, who has at one time been a -foreman at the workings of the Italian excavators -in the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, to -assist me. He has now been with me nearly -three years, receiving 400 piasters a month, which -is equal to about 20 American dollars. He is a -faithful worker, but has a covetous and dishonest -mind, so that I suspect he will not be trustworthy -in case I discover the treasure. Unfortunately -I have been obliged to intrust him with knowledge -nearly equal to my own, and the misgivings -I have expressed at the beginning of this testament -are mostly due to this man’s connection -with my search. I fear the day when the treasure -is at last unearthed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_270">270</div> -<p>“‘Besides Peter Van Dorn, who is to receive -one thousand dollars, in addition to his wage, if -the treasure is found, I have employed members -of an Arab desert tribe led by one Abdul Hashim, -which inhabits a village near Tel-Ambra. -For his services the sheik Abdul Hashim is also -to receive one thousand dollars when I find the -treasure, but nothing if I am unsuccessful. My -contract with the sheik, to be exact, is for 200 -pounds Egyptian. My permit from the Khedive -obliges me to sell the papyri to the Cairo Museum -for a sum not less than the total of my expenses -during the search for them, and should there be -other treasure of gold or jewels, one-half belongs -to the Khedive and the other half to me. This -I write plainly to explain all just claims against -the treasure, should I succeed in finding it.’”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_271">271</div> -<p>Here the writing halted, but under date of -January 11, 190—, it continued as follows:</p> -<p>“‘At last the search for the treasure of Karnak -has been successful. Last night Van Dorn -and I located a granite slab in which are set three -bronze rings—evidence indisputable that here lies -the wealth hidden centuries ago to escape the -rapacity of Cambyses. To-night we are to take -two Arabs of Abdul Hashim’s tribe to assist -us in lifting the slab, which Van Dorn and I -were unable to do alone. I am eager to see what -lies beneath it. Van Dorn has been acting more -suspiciously than ever this morning, and is in a -state of wild excitement. Perhaps that is natural, -and I do not see how he can rob me of either -the honor of the discovery or of the treasure -itself; but I shall watch him closely.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_272">272</div> -<p>“‘Some months ago I wrote to José Marrow, -my friend in Galveston, who now commands a -trading ship, stating that I expected shortly to -find a large treasure, and that if I succeeded I -would send all of my share to him to be applied -to the education and advancement in life of my -son, who is now nearly fifteen years of age. -Marrow has written me that my wife is ill and -needs more money than I have sent; but I am -now sure of being able to provide generously for -my family.</p> -<p>“‘If anything happens to me to prevent my -carrying out this plan, I implore whoever may -come into possession of this writing as a matter -of simple humanity and justice to fulfill my -wishes and send my share of the proceeds of the -treasure to Capt. José Marrow, at Galveston, -Texas, U. S. A., to be applied by him for the sole -welfare of my wife and son. And I ask his -Gracious Highness, the Khedive, if by chance -this should come to his notice, to order my estate -disposed of as I have said above.</p> -<p>“‘I shall seal and otherwise protect this manuscript -from prying eyes, and it may be that my -fears are fanciful and unfounded, and that I -shall myself have the delight of enriching my -dear ones in person. I wish nothing for myself. -The honor to my name as the discoverer of the -historic papyri of Karnak will be a sufficient -reward.</p> -<p><span class="jr">“‘<span class="sc">John Lovelace.</span>’”</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_273">273</div> -<p>“Humph!” said Uncle Naboth; “is that all?”</p> -<p>“That is all, sir,” I answered, closing the book. -“But it explains a lot that we did not know, and -transfers the ownership of the treasure from us -to Joe.”</p> -<p>They all sat thoughtfully considering this for -a time. Then Joe said:</p> -<p>“I may have a sort of claim to my father’s -share, although that is not quite clear. But the -half that was to go to the Khedive you people -are now fully entitled to.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_274">274</div> -<p>“That’s a sure thing,” observed Archie, whose -keen Yankee wit had grasped the situation -quicker than mine did. “But let’s consider another -thing, my friends. We agreed long ago -that the hidden treasure of those old priests -belonged by right to whoever was lucky enough -to grab it. It isn’t the Khedive’s, and never has -been. Lovelace—or Joe’s father—may have -made a deal with the Khedive to insure his own -safety, but Lovelace did nothing more than to -locate the place where the treasure lay. He -never got his fists on it. Neither did Abdul -Hashim, nor Van Dorn, nor old Gege-Merak, -although any one of ’em would have seized it if -he could and held on to it like grim death to a -grasshopper. The fact is, we got possession of -the treasure ourselves, at considerable risk, and -it belongs to us except for the liens Joe’s father -had on it. In my opinion we needn’t consider -the Khedive any more than the Shah of Persia -or any other hungry shark.”</p> -<p>“You’re right,” said Uncle Naboth. “We’ll -keep half an’ give Joe half. That’s fair, I guess.”</p> -<p>“But first,” said I, “let’s get safely away from -Egypt,” and I left them and went on deck to find -we had just sighted Suez.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_275">275</div> -<h2 id="c20"><span class="h2line1">CHAPTER XX.</span> -<br /><span class="h2line2">THE KHEDIVE TAKES THE LAST TRICK—BUT ONE.</span></h2> -<p>We reached Port Said without interruption at -five o’clock on a gloomy afternoon, and my father -managed to get his papers signed so he could -clear the port an hour later.</p> -<p>We had used our steam to make the journey -through the Canal, and so we determined to -steam for the next twelve hours, at least, in order -to show our heel to Egypt as soon as possible.</p> -<p>Heading slowly down the harbor we were surprised -at being hailed by a small government -launch flying the Egyptian flag, which pressed -close to our side, while an officer in uniform stood -up and gesticulated wildly toward us.</p> -<p>“What’s wanted?” asked Captain Steele, leaning -over the rail.</p> -<p>“Stop! Wait!” cried the fat officer, brokenly. -“I must come on board.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_276">276</div> -<p>“Hike along, then,” called my father, but made -no signal to stop the engines.</p> -<p>We were moving very slowly, for we had -to steer clear of the numerous craft anchored -in the harbor, so the launch grappled our side -and Ned let down a ladder which the official -clutched and swarmed overboard with surprising -agility.</p> -<p>“Stop! Go back!” he shouted, as soon as -he reached the deck. “This ship is the ship -<i>Seagull</i>; it is arrest—you are all arrest!”</p> -<p>“What for?” demanded the Captain.</p> -<p>“I have instruction from his Excellency the -Minister of Finance to stop you. You must -not leave Egypt, he say. You have treasure -on board—treasure contraband to the Egyptian -Government.”</p> -<p>We stared at one another aghast. How in -the world had this information come to the ears -of the government? and what should we do—what -<i>could</i> we do—in this emergency? Arrest -and confiscation first, and a legal battle to -follow! We shuddered even to contemplate -such a difficulty.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_277">277</div> -<p>“Crowd on full steam, Tomlinson,” said Captain -Steele to the Chief Engineer, who stood -beside him. The man saluted with a smile and -retired to obey.</p> -<p>“As for you,” continued my father, turning to -the officer, “I advise you to get back to your boat -in double quick time. We’ve got our papers, in -reg’lar fashion, and we’re free American citizens. -You can’t arrest us a single minute—you or -your whole blamed Egyptian outfit.”</p> -<p>“But I command! You are under my arrest! -You are criminal!” screamed the fat man, stubbornly. -“In the name of——”</p> -<p>“In the name of Sam Hill, throw the cuss overboard!” -roared the Captain, losing all patience.</p> -<p>To my horror Ned promptly obeyed and the -pompous official tumbled over the rail head first -and disappeared with a splash in the water below.</p> -<p>Those in the launch shouted excitedly and let -go our side to rescue their superior. He bobbed -up a minute later and they grabbed him with a -boat-hook and drew him, dripping and gasping, -aboard their boat.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_278">278</div> -<p>But it was too late for them to board us again. -Our propeller was by this time whirling rapidly -and churning the water into a creamy streak in -our wake. Slowly we drew away from the -government boat, which puffed after us at its best -gait, the inmates shaking their fists at us threateningly -but in vain. Presently we lost sight of -them altogether in the gloom, for twilight was -fast falling.</p> -<p>Out into the blue waters of the great Mediterranean -we sped and I for one greeted the expanse -gratefully. We had narrowly escaped a -serious disaster, for if the Khedive had once -gripped our hard-won treasure we should never -have set eyes on it again. Also we might have -found ourselves and our ship hopelessly compromised -in the meshes of Egyptian law.</p> -<p>We headed for the southwest point of the -island of Sicily, for we dared not undertake to -pass the straits of Messina. This way would -also bring us sooner to Gibraltar, and we determined -to head our course between Tunis and Sicily, -out of the beaten path of ships, and to keep -away from any port until we were afloat on the -broad Atlantic.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_279">279</div> -<p>All night our engines throbbed powerfully and -we sped swiftly on our course. By morning we -began to feel we were out of danger, and at -breakfast I decided that during the forenoon we -would open the canvas sacks and take a good look -at our treasure. But while we still sat at table -the mate came down with a grave face to report -that a man-o’-war had just been sighted and was -bearing down on us.</p> -<p>We rushed eagerly on deck to inspect the boat -through our glasses and made her out easily -enough. She was a big armored cruiser, heavily -armed, and seemed intent on heading us off.</p> -<p>“But we may be more scared than hurt,” remarked -my father, calmly. “All nations have -men-o’-war in these waters, and it ain’t a bit -strange we should run across one. Like as not -she won’t mind us at all.”</p> -<p>“But the course she’s headed won’t take her to -any port in creation,” observed Ned, shaking his -head dolefully. “She’s after the <i>Seagull</i>, sure -enough.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_280">280</div> -<p>It really looked that way, and we stood with -bated breath and watched the huge hulk come on. -It would be folly to try to run away; still we did -not pause an instant.</p> -<p>In an hour she was less than a mile to leeward, -and soon we saw a puff of smoke followed by a -shot that flew singing across our bow. At the -same time she hoisted her flag peak and Ned took -a look at it through his glass.</p> -<p>“Egypt,” he said, laconically, and my heart -sank like a chunk of lead.</p> -<p>“The jig’s up, fellows,” I said, mournfully. -“Joe, my lad, you’ve been rich for nearly a whole -day. To-night you’ll be a pauper again.”</p> -<p>Joe grinned, but not with a pleasant expression, -and turned away to vanish below deck. I -was really sorry for the poor chap—and sorry -for ourselves, too.</p> -<p>“Never mind,” said Archie, consolingly; -“we’ve had a lot of fun, anyhow. The Khedive -can’t rob us of that.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_281">281</div> -<p>As Captain Steele hesitated to obey the first -shot a second one quickly followed, and this came -so near to piercing the hull of his beloved <i>Seagull</i> -that my father uttered a gruff explanation and -ordered Ned to lay to. The engines were stopped -and slowly we lost way and floated quietly upon -the sea, which was smooth as a mill-pond. The -sky was overcast with a mantle of solid gray and -not a breath of wind was stirring.</p> -<p>Had we not been so preoccupied with other -matters I am sure we would ere this have been -speculating on the queer atmospheric conditions -that prevailed, and wondering what they might -portend.</p> -<p>The cruiser slowed up near by and lowered a -gig, which was speedily manned. Then, being -rowed with admirable precision, it shot across -the space which separated us and came alongside. -We threw out a boarding ladder and two officers -climbed it and a minute later stood upon -our deck, where they inquired courteously for -the Captain. They were fine-looking fellows, -middle-aged and with an air of breeding. Their -duty, whatever it might be, would doubtless be -performed in a gentlemanly manner.</p> -<p>My father advanced to announce that he commanded -the <i>Seagull</i> and would be glad to know -by what authority he was arrested on the high -seas.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_282">282</div> -<p>Said the elder of the two: “You resisted an -officer of the Egyptian government in the harbor -of Port Said, and escaped. We consider -you still our prisoner, although you have fled -into neutral waters.”</p> -<p>“My papers are regular, sir, and you have -no right to arrest me or to fire upon my ship,” -returned my father, boldly. “If you persist in -your illegal and high-handed course, sir, you will -make this an international affair,” he added.</p> -<p>“There is little danger of that, Captain Steele,” -answered the officer, with a smile. “It may be -we have exceeded our authority in arresting -you here; but kindly permit me to state our case. -In Egypt you dug up a treasure—an important -treasure—which you are now carrying away in -defiance of our laws. We should not have permitted -your ship to clear our port, I admit, but -unfortunately we did not receive the news of -your misdemeanor in time to prevent by force -your escape. However, we do not intend to -be robbed. Our instructions from the Minister -of War at Cairo are positive. We are told to -recover the treasure or send your ship to the -bottom of the sea—or to do both, at our discretion. -The matter of legality we will not discuss. -We have the power to take this treasure if you -refuse to give it up cheerfully, and I assure you -we will do so. That is all. I await your decision, -Captain.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_283">283</div> -<p>Well, there was nothing for us to do but give -up the treasure. If we tried to withhold it we -would lose both the treasure and the <i>Seagull</i>. -We held a short conference, however, Uncle -Naboth, Ned and Archie being present besides -my father and myself. Joe was also an interested -partner, but was not on deck and we had -no time to hunt him up.</p> -<p>We decided there was but one way out of our -difficulty. The American government would -scarcely support us in a claim for damages, under -such peculiar circumstances; and this the clever -Turks knew as well as we did.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_284">284</div> -<p>The thing that most amazed us was the accuracy -of their information, and we wondered who -could have revealed to the government the fact -that we had secured the treasure. Abdul Hashim -was dead, but some of his tribe might have -learned our secret and reported it to the authorities -in order to obtain vengeance for their sheik’s -death. Or the villagers of Laketa, who had seen -the treasure in Gege-Merak’s possession, might -have disclosed the information. We did not -suspect Ketti for a moment.</p> -<p>Anyway, the mischief was out and it only -remained for us to give up the treasure and -make our way homeward somewhat the poorer -for our unsuccessful enterprise.</p> -<p>“Pardon me, gentlemen, if I ask you to make -haste,” said one of the Turkish officers, stepping -to our side. “The simoon is threatening both -our ships, so we are anxious to finish our errand -and be gone.”</p> -<p>Indeed, the day had grown suddenly darker -and the sea sighed audibly, although it was perfectly -still. My father looked anxiously at his -bare rigging and hurried away to give an order -for additional security. Ned followed him, and -Uncle Naboth turned to me and said, with almost -a groan:</p> -<p>“Give ’em the treasure, Sam, an’ let’s be done -with the blamed Egyptians forever.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_285">285</div> -<p>I bowed to the officer.</p> -<p>“If you will come below you shall have it,” I -said; “but you’d better get a couple of your -men to help carry it.”</p> -<p>He went to the side and shouted an order, -and two of the men from the gig sprang on -deck. I took them to my stateroom, threw open -the lid of the great chest and said:</p> -<p>“There, gentlemen, is the entire treasure, -including the rolls of papyrus. If you doubt -that it is all here, you are welcome to search -the ship.”</p> -<p>They lugged it all away and I sighed to think -we had never obtained so much as one good -view of the plunder we had been at so much -pains to gain. The canvas sacks still bore the -original seals which Van Dorn had placed upon -them in the desert beside the pit.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_286">286</div> -<p>When the last sack was in the boat they did -delay to search the ship, to my extreme disgust. -But their search was hasty and perfunctory, and -after visiting the other cabins and peering into -the forecastle and galley—as if we would keep -treasure hidden in such places!—they finally got -into the gig to return to their ship. I demanded -a receipt, but they refused to give one, mumbling -that the threatening simoon was likely to -strike us any minute.</p> -<p>And then they cast off and rowed away toward -their own vessel, making such speed as they -could; but unfortunately they had delayed too -long. The simoon struck us like a blow and -the <i>Seagull</i> keeled over at a dangerous angle -and trembled through every beam.</p> -<p>As I clung desperately to the rail my eyes -followed the Turkish gig, and I saw its prow -rise from the water as the whirling cloud of -mingled wind and sand caught it, and dump its -occupants—officers, men and all—into the now -seething flood. Yes, the treasure went, too—the -priceless historic papyri, the golden ornaments -and splendid jewels of the great priests -of Karnak—all, all were swallowed up by the -waters and vanished forever from the sight of -men!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_287">287</div> -<p>The wrecked gig was only a mass of splinters. -They shot life-lines from the deck of the cruiser -and these were clutched by those of the boat’s -crew who rose again to the surface. But I cannot -say how many of those ill-fated Turks were -finally rescued. For we had our own ship’s -safety to look after, and when the dreadful -simoon had subsided, which it did as suddenly -as it had appeared, but after several hours of -terror, the Khedive’s man-o’-war was but a dim -speck upon the horizon, and soon we had lost -sight of her altogether.</p> -<p>When, the strain being at last over, we met -together in the main cabin for supper, it was -a dismal enough lot of faces that surrounded -the table. Except Joe. Joe did not seem dismal -at all. He smiled upon us most cheerfully, -until we all hated the boy for his good nature -under such trying circumstances.</p> -<p>No one, however, cared to mention our great -loss—which was in everyone’s mind—except -Archie, who growled out:</p> -<p>“Why in thunder couldn’t the simoon have -arrived an hour or so earlier, before we were -robbed?”</p> -<p>But we chose not to heed the wail. Fate has -her own way of ordaining things.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_288">288</div> -<p>I rose abruptly and passed into my cabin, and -to my surprise Joe followed. As he lighted my -lamp and turned up the wick so that it illumined -the room brightly, I heard him whistling softly -to himself.</p> -<p>The boy annoyed me, and I turned upon him -rather savagely.</p> -<p>“You seem quite content to have lost your -inheritance,” said I; “but the rest of us are -not so well satisfied. Can’t you try to respect -our feelings?”</p> -<p>He grinned at me most provokingly.</p> -<p>“Strikes me we’ve got something yet to be -thankful for, sir,” he replied. “The Turks didn’t -bag so much treasure as they thought they did.”</p> -<p>I stared at him with sudden interest.</p> -<p>“What do you mean, Joe?”</p> -<p>He stepped to my bunk and drew back the -curtains. Then he threw aside the blanket and -disclosed the berth heaped full with glittering -jewels and golden ornaments that sparkled -brightly under the clear rays of the lamp.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_289">289</div> -<p>My cry brought the others running hastily -into the room, but as their gaze followed my -own and fell upon the mass of treasure they -stood mute and still, filled with a wonder that -fairly dulled their senses.</p> -<p>At last Uncle Naboth tumbled into a chair -and began mopping his forehead with his red -silk handkerchief, and I awoke far enough to -ask, in an awed whisper:</p> -<p>“How did it happen, Joe?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_290">290</div> -<p>“Why, it was dead easy, Sam,” he replied -with a laugh. “As soon as that infernal gunboat -fired at us I knew something had to be done -to save the treasure. So I ran down here and -ripped open the seams at the bottom of all those -canvas sacks, and dumped about three-quarters -of the contents of each one of ’em into your -berth. I left some of the stuff in the ends of -the sacks that were tied and sealed, so if the -Egyptians opened any of ’em they’d think they -were still loaded all the way down with jewelry. -Then I had to fill up the spaces, and that was -harder than you’d think. I first chucked in all -the old bits of iron and brass I could find in -the junk-chest; but that wasn’t near enough. -So I ran to the galley and got Bry to give me -a lot of potatoes and a bag of beans. With -these I filled up the treasure sacks and then -sewed up all the seams again. It took some time -to do this, and the only way I could hide the -treasure was to cover it up with this blanket -and draw the curtains. Mebbe I wasn’t scared -stiff when the officers came down here! But -they never thought to search the bunk in this -cabin, though they went through all the others. -I’m sorry, sir, I didn’t empty the bags entirely, -for they never opened any of ’em; but I thought -it was best not to take too many chances, and -I guess we’ve saved about two-thirds of all the -treasure we brought from the desert—except, -of course, the rolls of writing, and those we -didn’t care so much for, anyhow.”</p> -<p>By the time the boy had finished this speech -he was the focus of all our admiring eyes.</p> -<p>“Don’t worry about what’s lost, Joe,” said -Uncle Naboth, earnestly. “There’s enough left -to make us all rich; an’ we owe it to your -pluck and wit—an’ to nothin’ else.”</p> -<p>“Three cheers for Joe!” yelled Archie, joyously.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_291">291</div> -<p>“Pshaw!” said Joe, flushing red, “what else -was there to do?”</p> -<p class="tb">Three weeks after we anchored safely in Boston -harbor, and before many days had passed -Uncle Naboth’s prediction was amply fulfilled. -The proceeds of the treasure made us all, in -our humble stations, “rich,” and Joe’s share, -being so much the largest, made him very rich -indeed.</p> -<p class="tbcenter"><span class="small">THE END.</span></p> -<h2 id="c21"><span class="h2line1">Footnotes</span></h2> -<div class="fnblock"><div class="fndef"><a class="fn" id="fn_1" href="#fr_1">[1]</a>Pronounced “Gay-gay Maw-rock.” -</div><div class="fndef"><a class="fn" id="fn_2" href="#fr_2">[2]</a>Boys—young men. -</div><div class="fndef"><a class="fn" id="fn_3" href="#fr_3">[3]</a>Judge of the court. -</div> -</div> -<hr /> -<h2 id="c22"><span class="h2line1">The Girl Graduate; Her Own Book</span></h2> -<p class="center"><span class="small"><b>A NOVELTY EVERY GIRL WANTS</b></span></p> -<p>In which to keep the happy record of her last -year in school or college—a book she will keep and -prize always.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/i_297.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="782" /> -<p class="caption"><i>Reduced Title Page</i></p> -</div> -<p>There is a place for -everything dear to the girl -graduate’s heart and memory—class -flower, color, -yell, motto, photographs, -jokes and frolics.</p> -<p>Departments for social -events, officers, teachers, -invitations, baccalaureate -sermon, programmes, presents, -press notices, class -prophecy and other “doings.”</p> -<p>The Girl Graduate is -equally appropriate for -young misses leaving grade -and high schools and their -older sisters who have “finished” at college or boarding -school. It makes a suitable present at any season -of the year.</p> -<p><span class="large"><b>NINTH EDITION. Revised and improved</b></span></p> -<p>Dainty designs in delicate coloring on pearl gray stationery. -Cover to match, with a trellis of rose in tints and decoration in gold.</p> -<p class="center small">Decorated on Every Page. -<br />8vo. 200 pages. Each book put up in an attractive gray box. Price $1.50. Full leather, gold edges, De Luxe edition. Price $3.00</p> - -<p> </p> -<hr /> -<p> </p> -<p> </p> - -<h2>Transcriber’s Note</h2> -<ul> -<li>Relocated some images closer to the corresponding text.</li> -<li>Silently corrected obvious typographical errors; left non-standard - spellings and dialect unchanged.</li> -</ul> - -<p> </p> -<p> </p> -<hr class="full" /> -<p class="pg">***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BOY FORTUNE HUNTERS IN EGYPT***</p> -<p class="pg">******* This file should be named 55845-h.htm or 55845-h.zip *******</p> -<p class="pg">This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> -<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/5/8/4/55845">http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/8/4/55845</a></p> -<p class="pg"> -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed.</p> - -<p class="pg">Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. -</p> - -<h2 class="pg">START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<br /> -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</h2> - -<p class="pg">To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license.</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works</h3> - -<p class="pg">1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed:</p> - -<blockquote><p class="pg">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United - States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost - no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use - it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with - this eBook or online - at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this - ebook.</p></blockquote> - -<p class="pg">1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that</p> - -<ul> -<li>You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation."</li> - -<li>You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works.</li> - -<li>You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work.</li> - -<li>You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li> -</ul> - -<p class="pg">1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions.</p> - -<p class="pg">1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. </p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm</h3> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life.</p> - -<p class="pg">Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org.</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation</h3> - -<p class="pg">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.</p> - -<p class="pg">The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact</p> - -<p class="pg">For additional contact information:</p> - -<p class="pg"> Dr. Gregory B. Newby<br /> - Chief Executive and Director<br /> - gbnewby@pglaf.org</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation</h3> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS.</p> - -<p class="pg">The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.</p> - -<p class="pg">While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate.</p> - -<p class="pg">International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p> - -<p class="pg">Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate</p> - -<h3 class="pg">Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.</h3> - -<p class="pg">Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support.</p> - -<p class="pg">Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition.</p> - -<p class="pg">Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org</p> - -<p class="pg">This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p> - -</body> -</html> - diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 08d1b34..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_004a.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_004a.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 74201ca..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_004a.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_005.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_005.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 526a7e0..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_005.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_006.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_006.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 67b8ac2..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_006.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_007.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_007.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dce40d9..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_007.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_130.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_130.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d127467..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_130.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_132.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_132.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5d3b56a..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_132.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_219.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_219.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 492d375..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_219.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_221.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_221.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 14bd3e9..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_221.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_297.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_297.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8b9363e..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_297.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55845-h/images/i_299.jpg b/old/55845-h/images/i_299.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index fb36567..0000000 --- a/old/55845-h/images/i_299.jpg +++ /dev/null |
